Pandemic Darlings The pandemic economy, in original documents
Home Source documents Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2022

Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2022

Summary

This is House Report 117-321 of the 117th Congress, 2d Session, titled Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2022, from the Committee on Education and Labor, together with minority views, committed to the Committee of the Whole House on the State of the Union and ordered to be printed May 12, 2022. Mr. Scott of Virginia reports on H.R. 7309, to reauthorize the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, which the Committee reports favorably with an amendment and recommends that the bill as amended do pass. The contents list sections on the purpose and summary, committee action, committee views, a section-by-section analysis, roll call votes, and minority views.

Summary drafted by a model from the document's text below and checked by script against that text before publication. It is a navigation aid, not a reading of what the document proves. Where AI is used

Issuer
Congressional materials
Document type
Crpt Crpt 117Hrpt321 Crpt 117Hrpt321
Case
Crpt Crpt 117Hrpt321 Crpt 117Hrpt321

Cite this document

“Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2022.” Original at www.govinfo.gov. Archived at Pandemic Darlings, https://pandemicdarlings.com/source-documents/crpt-crpt-117hrpt321-crpt-117hrpt321/, SHA-256 c32144b7fc79124dd310d8733f5fd2983adef43c8dde792549b4cb7051bc6e17.

Full text

                                                                                                                               1




                                       117TH CONGRESS                                                                      REPORT
                                                      "             HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES                     !
                                          2d Session                                                                       117–321




                                                         WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND
                                                          OPPORTUNITY ACT OF 2022




                                                                           R E P O R T
                                                                                   OF THE


                                              COMMITTEE ON EDUCATION AND LABOR
                                                                               TO ACCOMPANY


                                                                                 H.R. 7309

                                                                           together with

                                                                      MINORITY VIEWS




                                           MAY 12, 2022.—Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on the
                                                       State of the Union and ordered to be printed




                                                                                                                                     E:\Seals\Congress.#13
VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 6012   Sfmt 6012   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX    HR321
                                                                                                                    WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT OF 2022




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 6019   Sfmt 6019   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX                                               HR321
                                                                                                                                1




                                       117TH CONGRESS                                                                       REPORT
                                                      "             HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES                      !
                                          2d Session                                                                        117–321




                                                         WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND
                                                          OPPORTUNITY ACT OF 2022




                                                                           R E P O R T
                                                                                    OF THE


                                              COMMITTEE ON EDUCATION AND LABOR
                                                                                TO ACCOMPANY


                                                                                  H.R. 7309

                                                                           together with

                                                                      MINORITY VIEWS




                                            MAY 12, 2022.—Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on the
                                                        State of the Union and ordered to be printed


                                                                   U.S. GOVERNMENT PUBLISHING OFFICE
                                           47–566                              WASHINGTON : 2022




                                                                                                                                      E:\Seals\Congress.#13
VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00003    Fmt 4012   Sfmt 4012   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX    HR321
VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4012   Sfmt 4012   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                     117TH CONGRESS                                                                                              REPORT
                                                    " HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES                                                           !
                                        2d Session                                                                                               117–321




                                           WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT OF
                                                              2022



                                           MAY 12, 2022.—Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on the State of
                                                             the Union and ordered to be printed




                                            Mr. SCOTT of Virginia, from the Committee on Education and
                                                          Labor, submitted the following


                                                                                      R E P O R T
                                                                                          together with

                                                                                    MINORITY VIEWS

                                                                                   [To accompany H.R. 7309]

                                       The Committee on Education and Labor, to whom was referred
                                     the bill (H.R. 7309) to reauthorize the Workforce Innovation and
                                     Opportunity Act, having considered the same, reports favorably
                                     thereon with an amendment and recommends that the bill as
                                     amended do pass.
                                                                                             CONTENTS
                                                                                                                                                                    Page
                                     Purpose and Summary ............................................................................................                67
                                     Committee Action ....................................................................................................           68
                                     Committee Views .....................................................................................................           70
                                     Section-by-Section Analysis ....................................................................................                99
                                     Explanation of Amendments ...................................................................................                  111
                                     Application of Law to the Legislative Branch .......................................................                           111
                                     Unfunded Mandate Statement ...............................................................................                     111
                                     Earmark Statement .................................................................................................            111
                                     Roll Call Votes .........................................................................................................      111
                                     Statement of Performance Goals and Objectives ..................................................                               118
                                     Duplication of Federal Programs ............................................................................                   118
                                     Hearings ...................................................................................................................   118
                                     Statement of Oversight Findings and Recommendations of the Committee ......                                                    119
                                     New Budget Authority and CBO Cost Estimate ...................................................                                 119
                                     Committee Cost Estimate .......................................................................................                119
                                     Changes in Existing Law Made by the Bill, as Reported .....................................                                    119
                                     Minority Views .........................................................................................................       432
                                           The amendment is as follows:




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566    PO 00000        Frm 00005       Fmt 6659      Sfmt 6602       E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX            HR321
                                                                                           2

                                           Strike out all after the enacting clause and insert the following:
                                     SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
                                           This Act may be cited as the ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2022’’.
                                     SEC. 2. REFERENCES.
                                       Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever in this Act an amendment or
                                     repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal of, a section or other
                                     provision, the reference shall be considered to be made to a section or other provi-
                                     sion of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.).
                                     SEC. 3. TRANSITION PROVISIONS.
                                       (a) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEMS AND INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.—The Sec-
                                     retary of Labor and the Secretary of Education shall take such actions as the Secre-
                                     taries determine to be appropriate to provide for the orderly transition from any au-
                                     thority under subtitle A of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act
                                     (29 U.S.C. 3111 et seq.), as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this
                                     Act, to any authority under subtitle A of title I of such Act (29 U.S.C. 3111 et seq.),
                                     as amended by this Act. Such actions shall include the provision of guidance related
                                     to unified State planning, combined State planning, and the performance account-
                                     ability system described in such subtitle.
                                       (b) WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.—The Secretary of Labor shall take such
                                     actions as the Secretary determines to be appropriate to provide for the orderly
                                     transition from any authority under the subtitles B through E of title I of the Work-
                                     force Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3151 et seq.), as in effect on the
                                     day before the date of enactment of this Act, to any authority under subtitles B
                                     through E of title I of such Act, as amended by this Act.
                                       (c) ADULT EDUCATION AND LITERACY PROGRAMS.—The Secretary of Education
                                     shall take such actions as the Secretary determines to be appropriate to provide for
                                     the orderly transition from any authority under the Adult Education and Family
                                     Literacy Act (20 U.S.C. 9201 et seq.), as in effect on the day before the date of enact-
                                     ment of this Act, to any authority under the Adult Education and Family Literacy
                                     Act, as amended by this Act.
                                       (d) EMPLOYMENT SERVICES ACTIVITIES.—The Secretary of Labor shall take such
                                     actions as the Secretary determines to be appropriate to provide for the orderly
                                     transition from any authority under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.),
                                     as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act, to any authority
                                     under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by this Act.
                                       (e) REGULATIONS.—
                                             (1) PROPOSED REGULATIONS.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enact-
                                          ment of this Act, the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education, as ap-
                                          propriate, shall develop and publish in the Federal Register proposed regula-
                                          tions relating to the transition to, and implementation of, the Workforce Innova-
                                          tion and Opportunity Act, as amended by this Act, and the Wagner-Peyser Act,
                                          as amended by this Act.
                                             (2) FINAL REGULATIONS.—Not later than 18 months after the date of enact-
                                          ment of this Act, the Secretaries described in paragraph (1), as appropriate,
                                          shall develop and publish in the Federal Register final regulations relating to
                                          the transition to, and implementation of, the Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
                                          tunity Act, as amended by this Act, and the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended
                                          by this Act.
                                       (f) EXPENDITURE OF FUNDS DURING TRANSITION.—
                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraph (2) and in accordance with regulations
                                          developed under subsection (f), States, grant recipients, administrative entities,
                                          and other recipients of financial assistance under the Workforce Innovation and
                                          Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.), as in effect before the date of enact-
                                          ment of this Act, may expend funds received under such Act in order to plan
                                          and implement programs and activities under the Workforce Innovation and
                                          Opportunity Act, as amended by this Act.
                                             (2) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.—Not more than 2 percent of any allotment to
                                          any State from amounts appropriated under the Workforce Innovation and Op-
                                          portunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.), as in effect on the day before the date
                                          of enactment of this Act, for fiscal year 2022 may be made available to carry
                                          out activities authorized under paragraph (1) and not less than 50 percent of
                                          any amount used to carry out activities authorized under paragraph (1) shall
                                          be made available to local entities for the purposes of the activities described
                                          in such paragraph.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                               3
                                     SEC. 4. EFFECTIVE DATE.
                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in this Act, this Act, including the
                                     amendments made by this Act, shall take effect on the first day of the first full pro-
                                     gram year after the date of enactment of this Act.
                                       (b) EXCEPTIONS.—Sections 102, 103, and 108 of the Workforce Innovation and Op-
                                     portunity Act, as amended by this Act, shall apply to plans for the second full pro-
                                     gram year after the date of enactment of this Act, including the development, sub-
                                     mission, and approval of such plans during the first full program year after such
                                     date.
                                     SEC. 5. TABLE OF CONTENTS.
                                           The table of contents for this Act is as follows:
                                     Sec. 1. Short title.
                                     Sec. 2. References.
                                     Sec. 3. Transition provisions.
                                     Sec. 4. Effective date.
                                     Sec. 5. Table of contents.
                                                               TITLE I—DEFINITIONS AND OTHER GENERAL MATTERS
                                     Sec. 101. Definitions.
                                     Sec. 102. WIOA table of contents.
                                                                  TITLE II—WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
                                                                                Subtitle A—System Alignment
                                                                                CHAPTER 1—STATE PROVISIONS
                                     Sec. 201. State workforce development boards.
                                     Sec. 202. Unified State plan.
                                     Sec. 203. Combined State plan.
                                                                               CHAPTER 2—LOCAL PROVISIONS
                                     Sec. 206. Workforce development areas.
                                     Sec. 207. Local workforce development boards.
                                     Sec. 208. Local plan.
                                                                         CHAPTER 3—PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY
                                     Sec. 211. Performance accountability system.
                                                                  Subtitle B—Workforce Investment Activities and Providers
                                                              CHAPTER 1—WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND PROVIDERS
                                     Sec. 221. Establishment of one-stop delivery systems.
                                     Sec. 222. Identification of eligible providers of training services.
                                                                   CHAPTER 2—YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
                                     Sec. 231. State allotments.
                                     Sec. 232. Within State allocations.
                                     Sec. 233. Use of funds for youth workforce investment activities.
                                     Sec. 234. Summer and year-round employment for youth.
                                                   CHAPTER 3—ADULT AND DISLOCATED WORKER EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES
                                     Sec. 241. Within State allocations.
                                     Sec. 242. Use of funds for employment and training activities.
                                                                  CHAPTER 4—GENERAL WORKFORCE INVESTMENT PROVISIONS
                                     Sec. 251. Authorization of appropriations.
                                                                                    Subtitle C—Job Corps
                                     Sec. 261. Amendments relating to Job Corps.
                                                                                Subtitle D—National Programs
                                     Sec. 271. Native American Programs.
                                     Sec. 272. Migrant and seasonal farmworker programs.
                                     Sec. 273. Technical assistance.
                                     Sec. 274. Evaluations and research.
                                     Sec. 275. National dislocated worker grants.
                                     Sec. 276. YouthBuild program.
                                     Sec. 277. Strengthening community colleges training grants program.
                                     Sec. 278. Reentry employment opportunities.
                                     Sec. 279. Sectoral employment through career training for occupational readiness (sector) program.
                                     Sec. 280. Workforce Data Quality Initiative Grants.
                                     Sec. 281. Authorization of appropriations.
                                                                                  Subtitle E—Administration
                                     Sec. 291. Nondiscrimination.
                                     Sec. 292. Secretarial administrative authorities and responsibilities.
                                     Sec. 293. Guard rails for program integrity.
                                                                TITLE III—ADULT EDUCATION AND FAMILY LITERACY
                                     Sec. 301. Family literacy.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000     Frm 00007     Fmt 6659     Sfmt 6631    E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                             4
                                     Sec. 302. Purpose.
                                     Sec. 303. Definitions.
                                     Sec. 304. Authorization of appropriations.
                                     Sec. 305. Performance accountability system.
                                     Sec. 306. State distribution of funds; matching requirement.
                                     Sec. 307. State leadership activities.
                                     Sec. 308. Grants and contracts for eligible providers.
                                     Sec. 309. Local administrative cost limits.
                                     Sec. 310. National leadership activities.
                                     Sec. 311. Integrated English literacy and civics education.
                                     Sec. 312. Technical corrections to other laws.

                                                                          TITLE IV—GENERAL PROVISIONS
                                     Sec. 401. Prohibition of national database management.
                                     Sec. 402. Accessibility.

                                                             TITLE V—AMENDMENTS TO THE WAGNER-PEYSER ACT
                                     Sec. 501. Inclusion of Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa.
                                     Sec. 502. Workforce and labor market information system.

                                                         TITLE VI—AMENDMENTS TO THE REHABILITATION ACT OF 1973
                                     Sec. 601. Authorization of appropriations.


                                       TITLE I—DEFINITIONS AND OTHER GENERAL
                                                      MATTERS
                                     SEC. 101. DEFINITIONS.
                                       (a) FOUNDATIONAL SKILL NEEDS.—Paragraph (5) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102) is
                                     amended to read as follows:
                                            ‘‘(5) FOUNDATIONAL SKILL NEEDS.—The term ‘foundational skill needs’ means,
                                         with respect to an individual—
                                                  ‘‘(A) who is a youth or adult, that the individual has English reading,
                                               writing, or computing skills at or below the 8th grade level on a generally
                                               accepted standardized test; or
                                                  ‘‘(B) who is a youth or adult, that the individual is unable to compute or
                                               solve problems, or read, write, or speak English, or does not possess digital
                                               literacy, interpersonal communication, time management, critical thinking,
                                               or financial literacy skills at a level necessary to function on the job, in the
                                               individual’s family, or in society.’’.
                                       (b) CAREER PATHWAY.—Paragraph (7) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102) is amended to
                                     read as follows:
                                            ‘‘(7) CAREER PATHWAY.—The term ‘career pathway’ means a combination of
                                         rigorous and high-quality education, training, and other services that—
                                                  ‘‘(A) are designed to support progression towards attainment of a recog-
                                               nized postsecondary credential;
                                                  ‘‘(B) align with the skill needs of industries in the economy of the State
                                               or regional economy involved;
                                                  ‘‘(C) include multiple entry and exit points;
                                                  ‘‘(D) prepare an individual to be successful in any of a full range of sec-
                                               ondary or postsecondary education options, including apprenticeship pro-
                                               grams;
                                                  ‘‘(E) provide career services, including counseling to support an individual
                                               in achieving the individual’s education and career goals, and helping the in-
                                               dividual to identify and access a path to skills and credentials that are
                                               needed for the educational and career advancement of the individual;
                                                  ‘‘(F) include supportive services or provides assistance in applying for and
                                               accessing direct support services, means-tested Federal benefit programs, or
                                               similar State, tribal, or local benefit programs;
                                                  ‘‘(G) include, as appropriate, education offered concurrently with and in
                                               the same context as workforce preparation activities and training for a spe-
                                               cific occupation or occupational cluster (such as through work-based learn-
                                               ing opportunities);
                                                  ‘‘(H) organize education, training, and other services to meet the par-
                                               ticular needs of an individual in a manner that accelerates the educational
                                               and career advancement of the individual to the extent practicable;
                                                  ‘‘(I) enable an individual to attain a secondary school diploma or its recog-
                                               nized equivalent as applicable, and at least 1 recognized postsecondary cre-
                                               dential; and
                                                  ‘‘(J) help an individual enter or advance within a specific occupation or
                                               occupational cluster.’’;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000    Frm 00008     Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                          5
                                       (c) DISLOCATED WORKER.—Paragraph (15) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102) is amend-
                                     ed—
                                            (1) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                 (A) in clause (i), by adding ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                 (B) in clause (ii)—
                                                        (i) in subclause (I), by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end;
                                                        (ii) in subclause (II), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end and inserting ‘‘or’’;
                                                     and
                                                        (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                 ‘‘(III) has been an unemployed individual for 27 weeks or more;’’; and
                                                 (C) by striking clause (iii);
                                            (2) by redesignating subparagraphs (D) and (E) as subparagraphs (E) and (F),
                                          respectively; and
                                            (3) by adding after subparagraph (C) the following:
                                                 ‘‘(D)(i) is currently underemployed and engaged in the occasional perform-
                                               ance of services for remuneration; and
                                                 ‘‘(ii) is self-employed, is seeking part-time employment, and does not have
                                               sufficient work history to qualify, or otherwise would not qualify for regular
                                               unemployment or extended benefits under State or Federal law;’’; and
                                            (4) in subparagraph (E), as so redesignated, by striking ‘‘homemaker’’ and in-
                                          serting ‘‘caregiver’’.
                                       (d) DISPLACED CAREGIVER.—Paragraph (16) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102) is
                                     amended—
                                            (1) in the heading, by striking ‘‘HOMEMAKER’’ and inserting ‘‘CAREGIVER’’;
                                            (2) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A)—
                                                 (A) by striking ‘‘homemaker’’ and inserting ‘‘caregiver’’;
                                                 (B) by striking ‘‘family members’’ and inserting ‘‘a family member’’;
                                            (3) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                 (A) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end;
                                                 (B) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end and inserting ‘‘or’’; and
                                                 (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                 ‘‘(iii) has involuntarily left the labor market to provide care for a relative
                                               or dependent, which may be validated through self-attestation in a manner
                                               consistent with section 402A(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
                                               U.S.C. 1070a–11(e)); and’’.
                                       (e) ELIGIBLE YOUTH.—Paragraph (18) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102) is amended to
                                     read as follows:
                                            ‘‘(18) ELIGIBLE YOUTH.—Except as provided in subtitles C and D of title I, the
                                          term ‘eligible youth’ means—
                                                 ‘‘(A) an opportunity youth; or
                                                 ‘‘(B) a youth who is not younger than 14 years of age and not older than
                                               24 years of age, who can self-attest, in a manner consistent with section
                                               402A(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a–11(e)), that
                                               the youth—
                                                        ‘‘(i) is attending school (as defined by State law);
                                                        ‘‘(ii) is a low-income individual; and
                                                        ‘‘(iii) is one or more of the following:
                                                               ‘‘(I) An English learner.
                                                               ‘‘(II) An individual impacted by the juvenile or adult justice sys-
                                                            tem.
                                                               ‘‘(III) A homeless individual (as defined in section 41403(6) of the
                                                            Violence Against Women Act of 1994 (42 U.S.C. 14043e–2(6))), a
                                                            homeless child or youth (as defined in section 725(2) of the McKin-
                                                            ney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2))), a run-
                                                            away, a child or youth in foster care or who has aged out of the
                                                            foster care system, a child or youth eligible for assistance under
                                                            section 477 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 677), or a child
                                                            or youth in an out-of-home placement.
                                                               ‘‘(IV) An individual who is pregnant or parenting.
                                                               ‘‘(V) An individual with a disability.’’.
                                       (f) ENGLISH LEARNER.—Paragraph (21) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102) is amended—
                                            (1) in the heading, by striking ‘‘LANGUAGE’’; and
                                            (2) by striking ‘‘language’’.
                                       (g) INDIVIDUAL WITH A BARRIER TO EMPLOYMENT.—Paragraph (24) of section 3 (29
                                     U.S.C. 3102) is amended to read as follows:
                                            ‘‘(24) INDIVIDUAL WITH A BARRIER TO EMPLOYMENT.—The term ‘individual with
                                          a barrier to employment’ means a member of 1 or more of the following popu-
                                          lations:
                                                 ‘‘(A) Displaced caregivers.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                          6
                                                  ‘‘(B) Low-income individuals.
                                                  ‘‘(C) Indians, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiians, as such terms are
                                                defined in section 166.
                                                  ‘‘(D) Individuals with disabilities, including youth who are individuals
                                                with disabilities.
                                                  ‘‘(E) Older individuals.
                                                  ‘‘(F) Justice-involved individuals.
                                                  ‘‘(G) Homeless individuals (as defined in section 41403(6) of the Violence
                                                Against Women Act of 1994 (42 U.S.C. 14043e–2(6))), or homeless children
                                                and youths (as defined in section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
                                                Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2))).
                                                  ‘‘(H) Youth who are in or have aged out of the foster care system.
                                                  ‘‘(I) Individuals who are English learners, individuals who have low levels
                                                of literacy including digital literacy, or individuals facing substantial cul-
                                                tural barriers.
                                                  ‘‘(J) Eligible migrant and seasonal farmworkers, as defined in section
                                                167(i).
                                                  ‘‘(K) Individuals who exhausted lifetime eligibility under part A of title
                                                IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.).
                                                  ‘‘(L) Single parents (including single pregnant women).
                                                  ‘‘(M) Long-term unemployed individuals.
                                                  ‘‘(N) The spouse of, or youth with a parent who is—
                                                        ‘‘(i) a member of the armed forces (as such term is defined in section
                                                      101(a)(4) of title 10, United States Code);
                                                        ‘‘(ii) on active duty (as such term is defined in section 101(d)(1) of
                                                      such title); and
                                                        ‘‘(iii) deployed or recently transferred.
                                                  ‘‘(O) Individuals who have been historically underserved and
                                                marginalized as a result of race, color, national origin, sexual orientation,
                                                or gender identity.
                                                  ‘‘(P) Such other groups as the Governor involved determines to have bar-
                                                riers to employment.’’.
                                        (h) LABOR MARKET AREA.—Paragraph (30) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102) is amend-
                                     ed by inserting ‘‘and the economic development agency’’ after ‘‘Department of
                                     Labor’’.
                                        (i) LOW-INCOME INDIVIDUAL.—Paragraph (36) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102) is
                                     amended—
                                             (1) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                  (A) by amending subclause (I) of clause (ii) to read as follows:
                                                               ‘‘(I) 150 percent of the poverty line (exclusive of unemployment
                                                            compensation, child support payments, payments described in this
                                                            subparagraph, and old-age and survivors insurance benefits re-
                                                            ceived under section 202 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 402));
                                                            or’’;
                                                  (B) in clause (v), by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end;
                                                  (C) in clause (vi), by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘; or’’;
                                                and
                                                  (D) by adding at the end the following:
                                                        ‘‘(vii) is an individual who is—
                                                               ‘‘(I) an eligible migrant or seasonal farmworker, as defined in
                                                            section 167(i); and
                                                               ‘‘(II) in a family with total family income that does not exceed
                                                            150 percent of the poverty line.’’; and
                                             (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘based on the most recent lower living
                                           family budget issued by the Secretary’’.
                                        (j) NONTRADITIONAL EMPLOYMENT.—Paragraph (37) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102)
                                     is amended to read as follows:
                                             ‘‘(37) NONTRADITIONAL EMPLOYMENT.—The term ‘nontraditional employment’
                                           refers to occupations or fields of work, for which a group of individuals (such
                                           as individuals from the same gender, race, or ethnicity), the members of
                                           which—
                                                  ‘‘(A) comprise less than 25 percent of the individuals employed in each
                                                such occupation or field of work; or
                                                  ‘‘(B) comprise a percentage of individuals employed in such occupation
                                                that is lower than the percentage of the total population comprised by such
                                                members, based on the most recent data from the Bureau of the Census.’’.
                                        (k) JUSTICE-INVOLVED INDIVIDUAL.—Paragraph (38) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102)
                                     is amended—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                          7
                                              (1) in the heading, by striking ‘‘OFFENDER’’ and inserting ‘‘JUSTICE-INVOLVED
                                           INDIVIDUAL’’; and
                                              (2) by striking ‘‘offender’’ and inserting ‘‘justice-involved individual’’.
                                        (l) OPPORTUNITY YOUTH.—Paragraph (46) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102) is amended
                                     to read as follows:
                                              ‘‘(46) OPPORTUNITY YOUTH.—The term ‘opportunity youth’—
                                                    ‘‘(A) means an individual—
                                                           ‘‘(i) who is not younger than 16 years of age and not older than 24
                                                        years of age; and
                                                           ‘‘(ii) who can self-attest to a one-stop operator or one-stop center, in
                                                        a manner consistent with section 402A(e) of the Higher Education Act
                                                        of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a–11(e)) that the individual is—
                                                                  ‘‘(I) not attending any school (as defined under State law); and
                                                                  ‘‘(II) not employed; and
                                                    ‘‘(B) except in the case of an individual who is a low-income individual
                                                 and has foundational skill needs, does not include any individual who is a
                                                 recipient of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent.’’.
                                        (m) RAPID RESPONSE ACTIVITY.—Paragraph (51) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102) is
                                     amended by inserting ‘‘in a job position of similar wages and benefits, to the great-
                                     est extent possible, or on the job training for a new occupation or industry,’’ after
                                     ‘‘reemployment’’.
                                        (n) STATE.—Paragraph (56) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102) is amended by striking
                                     ‘‘the Commonwealth of’’.
                                        (o) SUPPORTIVE SERVICES.—Paragraph (59) of section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102) is amend-
                                     ed to read as follows:
                                              ‘‘(59) SUPPORTIVE SERVICES.—The term ‘supportive services’ means services
                                           such as transportation, child care, dependent care, housing, food and nutrition
                                           services, mental health care supports, substance use disorder treatment, access
                                           to broadband, affordable internet connection, or digital devices with connection
                                           to the internet, assistive technology, and needs-related payments, that are nec-
                                           essary to enable an individual to participate in workforce development activi-
                                           ties.’’.
                                        (p) ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.—Section 3 (29 U.S.C. 3102), as amended by this sec-
                                     tion, is further amended—
                                              (1) by adding at the end the following new paragraphs:
                                              ‘‘(72) APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM.—The term ‘apprenticeship program’ means a
                                           program registered under the Act of August 16, 1937 (commonly known as the
                                           ‘National Apprenticeship Act’; 50 Stat. 664, chapter 663; 29 U.S.C. 50 et seq.).
                                              ‘‘(73) COENROLLMENT.—The term ‘coenrollment’ means simultaneous enroll-
                                           ment in more than one of the programs or activities carried out by a one-stop
                                           partner in section 121(b)(1)(B).
                                              ‘‘(74) COMPETENCY.—The term ‘competency’ means the attainment of knowl-
                                           edge, skills, and abilities in a subject area, as specified by an occupational skill
                                           standard and demonstrated by an appropriate written, oral, hands-on, or other
                                           appropriate proficiency measurement.
                                              ‘‘(75) DIGITAL LITERACY SKILLS.—The term ‘digital literacy skills’ has the
                                           meaning given the term in section 202(A) of the Museum and Library Services
                                           Act (20 U.S.C. 9101(2)).
                                              ‘‘(76) EVIDENCE-BASED.—The term ‘evidence-based’, when used with respect to
                                           an activity, strategy, or intervention, means an activity, strategy or intervention
                                           that—
                                                    ‘‘(A) demonstrates a statistically significant effect on improving partici-
                                                 pant outcomes or other relevant outcomes based on—
                                                           ‘‘(i) strong evidence from at least 1 well-designed and well-imple-
                                                        mented experimental study;
                                                           ‘‘(ii) moderate evidence from at least 1 well-designed and well-imple-
                                                        mented quasi-experimental study; or
                                                           ‘‘(iii) promising evidence from at least 1 well-designed and well-imple-
                                                        mented correlational study with statistical controls for selection bias; or
                                                    ‘‘(B)(i) demonstrates a rationale based on high-quality research findings
                                                 or positive evaluation that such activity, strategy, or intervention is likely
                                                 to improve student outcomes or other relevant outcomes; and
                                                    ‘‘(ii) includes ongoing efforts to examine the effects of such activity, strat-
                                                 egy, or intervention.
                                              ‘‘(77) LABOR ORGANIZATION.—The term ‘labor organization’ has the meaning
                                           given the term in section 2(5) of the National Labor Relations Act (29 U.S.C.
                                           152(5)), except that such term shall also include—
                                                    ‘‘(A) any organization composed of labor organizations, such as a labor
                                                 union federation or a State or municipal labor body; and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                            8
                                                   ‘‘(B) any organization which would be included in the definition for such
                                                 term under such section 2(5) but for the fact that the organization rep-
                                                 resents—
                                                         ‘‘(i) individuals employed by the United States, any wholly owned
                                                      Government corporation, any Federal Reserve Bank, or any State or
                                                      political subdivision thereof;
                                                         ‘‘(ii) individuals employed by persons subject to the Railway Labor
                                                      Act (45 25 U.S.C. 151 et seq.); or
                                                         ‘‘(iii) individuals employed as agricultural laborers.
                                              ‘‘(78) PERKINS-ELIGIBLE AGENCY.—The term ‘Perkins-eligible agency’ has the
                                           meaning given the term ‘eligible agency’ in section 3 of the Carl D. Perkins Ca-
                                           reer and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2302).
                                              ‘‘(79) PRE-APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM.—The term ‘pre-apprenticeship program’
                                           means a training model or program that—
                                                   ‘‘(A) is designed to prepare participants to enter an apprenticeship pro-
                                                 gram;
                                                   ‘‘(B) has a written agreement with 1 or more sponsors of apprenticeship
                                                 programs that would enable participants who successfully complete the pre-
                                                 apprenticeship program—
                                                         ‘‘(i) to enter into the apprenticeship program if a place in the pro-
                                                      gram is available and if the participant meets the qualifications of the
                                                      apprenticeship program; and
                                                         ‘‘(ii) to earn credits towards the apprenticeship program;
                                                   ‘‘(C) includes skills development (including a curriculum for the skills de-
                                                 velopment) aligned with industry standards related to an apprenticeship
                                                 program created in consultation with sponsors of the apprenticeship pro-
                                                 gram that are parties to the written agreement under subparagraph (B),
                                                 and that will prepare participants by teaching the skills and competencies
                                                 needed to enter 1 or more apprenticeship programs; and
                                                   ‘‘(D) does not displace a paid employee.
                                              ‘‘(80) WORK-BASED LEARNING.—The term ‘work-based learning’ has the mean-
                                           ing given the term in section 3 of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical
                                           Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2302).
                                              ‘‘(81) WORKFORCE AGENCY.—The term ‘workforce agency’ means the State
                                           agency or local agency responsible for administering workforce development ac-
                                           tivities or the workforce development system.’’;
                                              (2) by striking paragraphs (27) and (54); and
                                              (3) by reordering paragraphs (1) through (71), as amended by this section,
                                           and the paragraphs added by paragraph (1) of this subsection in alphabetical
                                           order, and renumbering such paragraphs as so reordered.
                                     SEC. 102. WIOA TABLE OF CONTENTS.
                                       The table of contents in section 1(b) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity
                                     Act is amended—
                                            (1) by adding at the end of the items relating to chapter 2 of subtitle B of
                                         title I the following:
                                     ‘‘Sec. 130. Summer and year-round employment for youth.’’;

                                              (2) by striking the item relating to section 172 and inserting the following:
                                     ‘‘Sec. 172. Strengthening Community Colleges Training Grants Program.
                                     ‘‘Sec. 173. Reentry employment opportunities
                                     ‘‘Sec. 174. Sectoral employment through career training for occupational readiness (sector) program.
                                     ‘‘Sec. 175. Workforce data quality initiative grants.
                                     ‘‘Sec. 176. Authorization of appropriations.’’; and

                                             (3) by adding at the end of the item relating to subtitle A of title V, the fol-
                                           lowing:
                                     ‘‘Sec. 507. Accessibility.’’.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566     PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6631    E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX        HR321
                                                                                          9

                                               TITLE II—WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
                                                          ACTIVITIES
                                                           Subtitle A—System Alignment
                                                                   CHAPTER 1—STATE PROVISIONS
                                     SEC. 201. STATE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARDS.
                                       (a) MEMBERSHIP.—Section 101(b)(1)(C) of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
                                     tunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3111(b)(1)(C)) is amended—
                                            (1) in clause (ii)—
                                                 (A) in the matter preceding subclause (I), by striking ‘‘20 percent’’ and in-
                                              serting ‘‘30 percent’’;
                                                 (B) in subclause (III), by inserting ‘‘, justice-involved individuals,’’ after
                                              ‘‘veterans’’; and
                                                 (C) in subclause (IV), by striking ‘‘out-of-school’’ and inserting ‘‘oppor-
                                              tunity’’; and
                                            (2) in clause (iii)—
                                                 (A) in subclause (I)—
                                                      (i) by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of item (aa); and
                                                      (ii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                 ‘‘(cc) State agency officials responsible for the daily adminis-
                                                              tration of education programs in the State, including secondary
                                                              education and adult education programs, and chief executive
                                                              officers (or their representatives) of community colleges and
                                                              other institutions of higher education; and’’; and
                                                 (B) in subclause (II)—
                                                      (i) by amending item (bb) to read as follows:
                                                                 ‘‘(bb) State agency officials responsible for adult or juvenile
                                                              justice programs in the State;’’;
                                                      (ii) by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of item (cc); and
                                                      (iii) by striking item (dd); and
                                                      (iv) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                 ‘‘(dd) State agency officials responsible for vocational reha-
                                                              bilitation; and
                                                                 ‘‘(ee) State agency officials responsible for economic develop-
                                                              ment.’’.
                                       (b) DIVERSE AND DISTINCT REPRESENTATION.—Section 101(b)(2) (29 U.S.C.
                                     3111(b)(2)) is amended by inserting before the period at the end the following: ‘‘, and
                                     diverse demographic populations of the State’’.
                                       (c) FUNCTIONS.—Section 101(d) (29 U.S.C. 3111(d)) is amended—
                                            (1) in paragraph (3)—
                                                 (A) in subparagraph (A), strike ‘‘and avoid duplication’’ and insert ‘‘avoid
                                              duplication, and leverage resources and expertise’’;
                                                 (B) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                      (i) by inserting ‘‘and expand’’ after ‘‘support’’; and
                                                      (ii) by striking ‘‘enter or retain employment’’ and inserting ‘‘enter in,
                                                   retain, or progress in employment’’;
                                                 (C) in subparagraph (C)—
                                                      (i) by inserting ‘‘and equitable’’ after ‘‘effective’’; and
                                                      (ii) by inserting ‘‘, including individuals with barriers to employment’’
                                                   after ‘‘system’’;
                                                 (D) in subparagraph (E), by striking ‘‘identification of’’ and inserting ‘‘con-
                                              tinued identification of and support for’’;
                                                 (E) in subparagraph (F)—
                                                      (i) by inserting ‘‘affiliated sites,’’ after ‘‘partners,’’; and
                                                      (ii) by striking ‘‘services and supportive’’ and inserting ‘‘services, ca-
                                                   reer services, and supportive’’; and
                                                 (F) in subparagraph (G), by inserting ‘‘ongoing’’ after ‘‘support’’;
                                            (2) in paragraph (5)—
                                                 (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘centers, relating to the use of busi-
                                              ness outreach, partnerships, and service delivery strategies, including’’ and
                                              inserting ‘‘centers, including the use of evidence-based strategies for such
                                              operations, the latest in digital technology and tools, and the use of partner-
                                              ships to expand and improve services to jobseekers and workers, including’’;
                                                 (B) by redesignating subparagraphs (B) and (C) as subparagraphs (C) and
                                              (D), respectively;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       10
                                                    (C) by inserting after subparagraph (A) the following:
                                                    ‘‘(B) local boards and one-stop centers on effective outreach and enhanced
                                                 services to businesses, joint labor-management partnerships, industry asso-
                                                 ciations, and industry or sector partnerships, to provide employment and
                                                 training activities reflective of regional economic priorities and the skill and
                                                 competency needs of in-demand industry sectors and occupations;’’; and
                                                    (D) in subparagraph (D), as so redesignated, by striking ‘‘adaptability, to’’
                                                 and inserting ‘‘adaptablity to reduce the time required for attainment of a
                                                 recognized postsecondary credential or reskilling, and’’; and
                                               (3) in paragraph (7)—
                                                    (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘technological
                                                 improvements to facilitate access’’ and inserting ‘‘improvements in the use
                                                 of digital technology to facilitate and expand access’’;
                                                    (B) by amending subparagraphs (B) and (C) to read as follows:
                                                    ‘‘(B) accelerate—
                                                          ‘‘(i) the acquisition of skills, competencies, and recognized postsec-
                                                       ondary credentials by participants with respect to an in-demand indus-
                                                       try sector or occupation in a State or local area; and
                                                          ‘‘(ii) the matching of participants to career pathways and employment
                                                       opportunities based on the skills, competencies, and recognized postsec-
                                                       ondary credentials attained by such participants;
                                                    ‘‘(C) strengthen the professional development of providers and workforce
                                                 professionals, ensuring professional development activities include—
                                                          ‘‘(i) trauma-informed practices and human-centered design that serve
                                                       individuals with barriers to employment;
                                                          ‘‘(ii) preparing providers and workforce professionals to use the latest
                                                       technology;
                                                          ‘‘(iii) accessing and understanding labor market data; and
                                                          ‘‘(iv) ensuring equitable access and service delivery for individuals
                                                       who have been historically underserved, marginalized, and adversely
                                                       affected as a result of race, ethnicity, or gender, including training on
                                                       customer-centered service delivery, racial bias, cultural competence, oc-
                                                       cupational stereotyping, and strategies for increasing participant and
                                                       worker voices; and’’; and
                                                    (C) in subparagraph (D), by striking ‘‘with disabilities and individuals’’
                                                 and inserting ‘‘with barriers to employment, including individuals with dis-
                                                 abilities, and to individuals’’.
                                     SEC. 202. UNIFIED STATE PLAN.
                                           Section 102 (29 U.S.C. 3112) is amended—
                                               (1) in subsection (b)—
                                                     (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
                                               ‘‘(1) STRATEGIC PLANNING ELEMENTS.—The unified State plan shall include
                                             strategic planning elements consisting of a strategic vision and goals for pre-
                                             paring an educated and skilled workforce, that include—
                                                     ‘‘(A) a summary and conclusions of analysis conducted of the economic
                                                  conditions in the State using labor market information, including—
                                                           ‘‘(i) existing and emerging in-demand industry sectors and occupa-
                                                        tions;
                                                           ‘‘(ii) the industry or sector partnerships within the State and the op-
                                                        portunities for expansion of such partnerships to support sector-specific
                                                        initiatives;
                                                           ‘‘(iii) projected industries or sectors within the State expected to de-
                                                        cline or face significant changes in employment opportunities; and
                                                           ‘‘(iv) the employment needs of employers, including a description of
                                                        the knowledge, skills, competencies, and abilities currently needed and
                                                        projected to be needed, in those industries and occupations;
                                                     ‘‘(B) a summary and conclusions of analysis conducted of the current
                                                  workforce using labor market information, employment and unemployment
                                                  data, labor market trends, and the educational and skill levels of the work-
                                                  force, including individuals with barriers to employment, in the State;
                                                     ‘‘(C) an analysis of the workforce development activities (including sup-
                                                  portive services, career services, education, and training) in the State, in co-
                                                  ordination with the Perkins-eligible agency in the State, in order to address
                                                  the identified education and skill needs of the workforce and the employ-
                                                  ment needs of employers in the State, including—
                                                           ‘‘(i) an analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of such activities;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      11
                                                          ‘‘(ii) the capacity of State entities to provide such activities that meet
                                                       the specific needs of youth, including opportunity youth, and individ-
                                                       uals with barriers to employment;
                                                          ‘‘(iii) an analysis of educational, skill, and competency levels of indi-
                                                       viduals served by the workforce system as compared to such levels re-
                                                       quired to address the employment needs in the State; and
                                                          ‘‘(iv) an analysis of the career pathways offered within the State, in-
                                                       cluding an analysis of how such pathways are aligned to the education
                                                       and training needs of the current and future workforce within the
                                                       State, and the development and expansion of career pathways to meet
                                                       current and future workforce needs;
                                                    ‘‘(D) a description of—
                                                          ‘‘(i) the State’s strategic vision and goals for preparing an educated
                                                       and skilled workforce, including preparing youth (including opportunity
                                                       youth), and individuals with barriers to employment and for meeting
                                                       the skilled workforce needs of employers (including in existing and
                                                       emerging in-demand industry sectors and occupations as identified by
                                                       the State), and goals of the State relating to performance accountability
                                                       measures based on primary indicators of performance described in sec-
                                                       tion 116(b)(2)(A), in order to support economic growth and economic
                                                       self-sufficiency;
                                                          ‘‘(ii) how the State will assess the overall effectiveness of the work-
                                                       force investment system in the State;
                                                          ‘‘(iii) the career pathways offered within the State, including an anal-
                                                       ysis of how such pathways are aligned to the education and training
                                                       needs of the current and future workforce within the State, and the de-
                                                       velopment and expansion of career pathways to meet current and fu-
                                                       ture workforce needs; and
                                                          ‘‘(iv) how the State will work with local areas to achieve equitable
                                                       service delivery and outcomes for individuals with barriers to employ-
                                                       ment, including employment and earnings outcomes by applying the in-
                                                       formation provided in the State equity report, for such State under sec-
                                                       tion 116(f);
                                                    ‘‘(E) a description of strategies the State intends to adopt to achieve the
                                                 vision and each goal described in subparagraph (D) through—
                                                          ‘‘(i) joint planning, alignment, coordination, and leveraging of funds
                                                       between—
                                                                 ‘‘(I) core programs under this Act; and
                                                                 ‘‘(II) other Federal programs, as determined appropriate by the
                                                              State, such as—
                                                                       ‘‘(aa) programs and activities under the Carl D. Perkins Ca-
                                                                     reer and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 et
                                                                     seq.);
                                                                       ‘‘(bb) programs under the Elementary and Secondary Edu-
                                                                     cation Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.);
                                                                       ‘‘(cc) programs under the Individuals with Disabilities Edu-
                                                                     cation Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.);
                                                                       ‘‘(dd) programs under the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
                                                                     U.S.C. 1001 et seq.);
                                                                       ‘‘(ee) apprenticeship programs; and
                                                                       ‘‘(ff) the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Se-
                                                                     curity Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.); and
                                                          ‘‘(ii) the provision of information about access to available State as-
                                                       sistance or assistance under related Federal programs, including such
                                                       assistance under—
                                                                 ‘‘(I) section 6(d) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C.
                                                              2015(d));
                                                                 ‘‘(II) section 3672(c)(1) of title 38, United States Code;
                                                                 ‘‘(III) section 231 of the Second Chance Act of 2007 (34 U.S.C.
                                                              60541); and
                                                                 ‘‘(IV) the State Temporary Assistance for Needy Families pro-
                                                              grams under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act.’’;
                                                    (B) by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (3) as paragraphs (3) and (4), re-
                                                 spectively; and
                                                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
                                              ‘‘(2) PLAN DEVELOPMENT.—
                                                    ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The Governor and State board shall—
                                                          ‘‘(i) develop the unified State plan in consultation with—
                                                                 ‘‘(I) representatives of local boards and chief elected officials;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      12
                                                                ‘‘(II) the community colleges in the State;
                                                                ‘‘(III) eligible providers of training services, including eligible pro-
                                                             viders of nontraditional training services and eligible providers of
                                                             apprenticeship programs and pre-apprenticeship programs, and eli-
                                                             gible providers of on-the-job training, customized training, incum-
                                                             bent worker training, internships, paid or unpaid work experience
                                                             opportunities, or transitional jobs, secondary schools and institu-
                                                             tions of higher education (including institutions offering career and
                                                             technical education programs, minority-serving institutions, and
                                                             historically Black colleges and universities), and providers of sup-
                                                             ported employment services;
                                                                ‘‘(IV) interested community representatives, including commu-
                                                             nity-based organizations;
                                                                ‘‘(V) individuals with barriers to employment or organizations
                                                             representing such individuals;
                                                                ‘‘(VI) representatives of business and industry, including rep-
                                                             resentatives of small business and representatives of industry and
                                                             sector partnerships in the State;
                                                                ‘‘(VII) representatives of labor organizations and joint labor-man-
                                                             agement organizations in the State;
                                                                ‘‘(VIII) representatives of agencies serving opportunity youth,
                                                             and homeless children and youth, including the State Coordinator
                                                             for Education of Homeless Children and Youths established or des-
                                                             ignated under section 722(d)(3) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
                                                             Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11432(d)(3));
                                                                ‘‘(IX) representatives of Indian tribes and tribal organizations lo-
                                                             cated in, or providing services in, the State;
                                                                ‘‘(X) representatives of the Perkins-eligible agency;
                                                                ‘‘(XI) representatives of the adult education and literacy commu-
                                                             nity; and
                                                                ‘‘(XII) other primary stakeholders; and
                                                         ‘‘(ii) consult the heads of other State agencies with respect to the de-
                                                      velopment of the unified State plan, including the State designated unit
                                                      under subparagraph (A) of section 101(a)(11) of the Rehabilitation Act
                                                      of 1973.
                                                   ‘‘(B) PUBLIC COMMENT.—
                                                         ‘‘(i) WRITTEN COMMENTS.—Not less than 60 days prior to submission
                                                      of the unified State plan, the Governor shall provide stakeholders de-
                                                      scribed in subparagraph (A)(i) with the opportunity to provide written
                                                      comments on the unified State plan that shall—
                                                                ‘‘(I) be included in the final unified State plan; and
                                                                ‘‘(II) include comments on whether and how the unified State
                                                             plan—
                                                                       ‘‘(aa) meets the requirements of this Act;
                                                                       ‘‘(bb) supports the improvement of performance of individ-
                                                                    uals with barriers to employment;
                                                                       ‘‘(cc) supports the employment needs of the State (including
                                                                    the business community, labor organizations, education and
                                                                    training providers, and other relevant parties), including in the
                                                                    design and content of the training, work experience, career ex-
                                                                    ploration, on-the-job training, and other career and training ac-
                                                                    tivities (including information related to employment opportu-
                                                                    nities, wage rates, benefits, career pathways, and in-demand
                                                                    industry sectors and occupations); and
                                                                       ‘‘(dd) takes into account collective bargaining agreements
                                                                    that include training or subsidized employment, including how
                                                                    the elements of such training or employment may affect the
                                                                    bargaining agreement (such as wages, benefits, and other fac-
                                                                    tors).
                                                         ‘‘(ii) STATE WORKFORCE AGENCY RESPONSE.—Each unified State plan
                                                      shall include a written response to the comments provided by stake-
                                                      holders under clause (i).’’;
                                                   (D) in paragraph (3), as so redesignated—
                                                         (i) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                                (I) in clause (iv), by striking ‘‘colleges and area career and tech-
                                                             nical education schools’’ and inserting ‘‘colleges, secondary schools
                                                             and area career and technical education schools, and adult edu-
                                                             cation providers under title II’’;
                                                                (II) in clause (v), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       13
                                                                (III) by amending clause (vi) to read as follows:
                                                         ‘‘(vi) how the State’s strategy will—
                                                                ‘‘(I) improve access to activities leading to a recognized postsec-
                                                             ondary credential (including credentials that are portable,
                                                             stackable, and aligned to high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand in-
                                                             dustry sectors and occupations); and
                                                                ‘‘(II) assess and validate the skills and competencies of such cre-
                                                             dentials and alignment to new or existing career pathways; and’’;
                                                             and
                                                                (IV) by adding at the end the following:
                                                         ‘‘(vii) how the State will work with local areas to achieve equitable
                                                      service delivery and outcomes for individuals with barriers to employ-
                                                      ment by applying the information provided in the State equity report
                                                      for such State under section 116(f).’’;
                                                         (ii) in subparagraph (D)—
                                                                (I) in clause (i)(II), by striking ‘‘local boards and chief elected offi-
                                                             cials in determining the planning regions’’ and inserting ‘‘State eco-
                                                             nomic development agency to support alignment to the extent prac-
                                                             ticable, local boards and chief elected officials in determining the
                                                             planning regions and work of such regions’’; and
                                                                (II) in clause (ii)—
                                                                       (aa) in subclause (V), by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end; and
                                                                       (bb) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                ‘‘(VI) how the eligible agency will promote the professionalization
                                                             of adult education through the adoption of full-time staffing mod-
                                                             els, including, at the eligible agency’s discretion, how the eligible
                                                             agency will give funding priority to local providers that have adopt-
                                                             ed such models;’’; and
                                                         (iii) in subparagraph (E)—
                                                                (I) in clause (iii)—
                                                                       (aa) in subclause (I), by inserting ‘‘, ensuring that services
                                                                    and resources are accessible throughout the State and local
                                                                    areas, including in urban, rural and suburban areas’’ after
                                                                    ‘‘such programs’’; and
                                                                       (bb) by amending subclause (II) to read as follows:
                                                         ‘‘(II) that the State obtained input into the development of the unified
                                                      State plan and provided an opportunity for comment on the plan by the
                                                      individuals listed in subsection (b)(2)(A)(i), and that the unified State
                                                      plan is published on a publicly accessible website;’’; and
                                                                (II) by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of clause (ix);
                                                                (III) in clause (x), by striking the period at the end and inserting
                                                             a semicolon; and
                                                                (IV) by adding at the end the following:
                                                         ‘‘(xi) that the employment services authorized under sections 1
                                                      through 13 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) are per-
                                                      formed by public employees under a merit system; and
                                                         ‘‘(xii) that the State will not prohibit self-attestation in a manner con-
                                                      sistent with section 402A(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
                                                      U.S.C. 1070a–11(e)) as a means for determining eligibility for a pro-
                                                      gram or service under this Act of any individual who is so self-attest-
                                                      ing.’’; and
                                               (2) in subsection (c)—
                                                    (A) in paragraph (1)(A), by striking ‘‘the Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
                                                 tunity Act’’ and inserting ‘‘the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act
                                                 of 2022’’; and
                                                    (B) by striking paragraph (4)
                                     SEC. 203. COMBINED STATE PLAN.
                                       Section 103(a)(2) (29 U.S.C. 3113(a)(2)) is amended by adding at the end the fol-
                                     lowing:
                                               ‘‘(L) State Apprenticeship Agencies, as applicable.’’.
                                                                    CHAPTER 2—LOCAL PROVISIONS
                                     SEC. 206. WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT AREAS.
                                           (a) REGIONS.—Section 106(a)(1) (29 U.S.C. 3121(a)(1)) is amended—
                                                (1) by striking ‘‘this Act’’ and inserting ‘‘the Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
                                             tunity Act of 2022’’ ; and
                                                (2) by inserting ‘‘, the State economic development agency, the State appren-
                                             ticeship agency, as applicable,’’ after ‘‘local boards’’.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       14
                                       (b) LOCAL AREAS.—Section 106(b) (29 U.S.C. 3121(b)) is amended—
                                            (1) in paragraph (1)—
                                                  (A) by amending subparagraph (A)(ii) to read as follows:
                                                        ‘‘(ii) after consultation with the State economic development agency,
                                                      chief elected officials, and local boards, and consideration of comments
                                                      received through the public comment process as described in section
                                                      102(b)(2)(E)(iii)(II).’’;
                                                  (B) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                        (i) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                        (ii) in clause (iii)—
                                                               (I) by striking ‘‘higher education and’’ and inserting ‘‘higher edu-
                                                            cation,’’; and
                                                               (II) by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘, and appren-
                                                            ticeship and pre-apprenticeship programs; and’’; and
                                                        (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                        ‘‘(iv) improve service delivery and efficiency under the workforce de-
                                                      velopment system, and provide for sufficient access to comprehensive
                                                      one-stop centers and affiliated sites.’’; and
                                                  (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                  ‘‘(C) CONSULTATIONS.—The State economic development agency, chief
                                               elected officials, and local boards shall provide such consultations as re-
                                               quested by the Governor in a timely manner.’’;
                                            (2) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                                            ‘‘(2) INITIAL DESIGNATION.—During the first 2 full program years following the
                                          date of enactment of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2022, the
                                          Governor shall approve a request for initial designation as a local area from any
                                          area that—
                                                  ‘‘(A) was designated as a local area for purposes of this Act for the 2-year
                                               period preceding the date of enactment of the Workforce Innovation and
                                               Opportunity Act of 2022;
                                                  ‘‘(B) performed successfully; and
                                                  ‘‘(C) sustained fiscal integrity.’’; and
                                            (3) in paragraph (4), by adding at the end the following: ‘‘Such designation
                                          may include the combining of areas that were designated as local areas under
                                          this subsection before the date of enactment of the Workforce Innovation and
                                          Opportunity Act of 2022 within a region described in subsection (a), to form a
                                          new, redesignated local area under this subsection, if all chief elected officials
                                          and local boards in the affected areas agree to such a redesignation.’’.
                                       (c) REGIONAL COORDINATION.—Section 106(c)(1) (29 U.S.C. 3121(c)(1)) is amend-
                                     ed—
                                            (1) in subparagraph (F), by inserting ‘‘and prioritizing such services for indi-
                                          viduals with barriers to employment,’’ after ‘‘services,’’;
                                            (2) in subparagraph (G), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                            (3) in subparagraph (H), by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘;
                                          and’’; and
                                            (4) by adding at the end the following:
                                                  ‘‘(I) the analysis of in-demand skills and competencies within the region,
                                               and corresponding wages offered for jobs requiring such skills and com-
                                               petencies.’’.
                                       (d) DEFINITIONS.—Section 106(e) (29 U.S.C. 3121(e)) is amended—
                                            (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘(or, if applicable, core indicators of perform-
                                          ance described in section 136(b)(2)(A) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998,
                                          as in effect the day before the date of enactment of this Act)’’; and
                                            (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘(or, if applicable, title I of the Workforce In-
                                          vestment Act of 1998 as in effect prior to the effective date of such subtitle B)’’.
                                     SEC. 207. LOCAL WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARDS.
                                           (a) MEMBERSHIP.—Section 107(b) (29 U.S.C. 3122(b)) is amended—
                                               (1) in paragraph (2)—
                                                    (A) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                         (i) in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking ‘‘20’’ and inserting
                                                      ‘‘30’’; and
                                                         (ii) in clause (iv)—
                                                               (I) by inserting ‘‘eligible youth and’’ after ‘‘include’’; and
                                                               (II) by striking ‘‘out-of-school’’ and inserting ‘‘opportunity’’; and
                                                    (B) in subparagraph (C)(ii), by striking the semicolon and inserting ‘‘;
                                                 and’’;
                                                    (C) by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph (D)(v);




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      15
                                                   (D) by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (E) and inserting
                                               ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                   (E) by adding at the end the following:
                                                   ‘‘(F) the members of each local board shall represent diverse demographic
                                               populations of the local area.’’;
                                             (2) in paragraph (3), by adding at the end the following: ‘‘Each chairperson
                                          shall ensure that each new board member is provided with information on the
                                          local area, employment opportunities (including youth employment opportuni-
                                          ties), industry or sector partnerships, eligible providers or training services, and
                                          demographic information of participants served including individuals with bar-
                                          riers to employment.’’; and
                                             (3) in paragraph (4)(A)—
                                                   (A) in clause (ii), by inserting ‘‘, if applicable, YouthBuild operators, and’’
                                               after ‘‘include’’;
                                                   (B) in clause (iii), by inserting before the period at the end the following:
                                               ‘‘, which include individuals with disabilities or representatives of organiza-
                                               tions serving individuals with disabilities’’ ; and
                                                   (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                         ‘‘(iv) A standing committee to provide information to assist with plan-
                                                      ning, operational, and other issues relating to the provision of adult
                                                      education services, which shall include providers of adult education car-
                                                      ried out under title II of this Act.
                                                         ‘‘(v) A standing committee to provide information related to work-
                                                      based learning opportunities, which shall include a representative from
                                                      a provider of work-based learning, including a provider of related in-
                                                      struction under an apprenticeship.
                                                         ‘‘(vi) A standing committee, which shall include representatives of
                                                      workers and their communities (including labor and community-based
                                                      organizations), to provide information to assist with responding to
                                                      rapid changes in the economy such as—
                                                                ‘‘(I) mass layoffs;
                                                                ‘‘(II) unexpected increases in unemployment; and
                                                                ‘‘(III) introduction of new employment opportunities, including
                                                             the assessment of the in-demand skills and competencies of the
                                                             local area.’’.
                                       (b) APPOINTMENT AND CERTIFICATION OF BOARD.—Section 107(c) (29 U.S.C.
                                     3122(c)) is amended—
                                             (1) in paragraph (1), by adding at the end the following:
                                                   ‘‘(D) PUBLICATION.—The chief elected official or officials appointing the
                                               board for a local area shall make publicly available the membership of the
                                               board (including information identifying how the membership composition
                                               requirements of subsection (b) have been met (other than the requirements
                                               of paragraph (2)(F) of such subsection)), including by posting that informa-
                                               tion on the website of the appropriate unit of local government included in
                                               the local area.’’; and
                                             (2) in paragraph (4)(A), by striking ‘‘and (2)’’ and inserting ‘‘, (2), and (3)’’.
                                       (c) FUNCTIONS OF LOCAL BOARD.—Section 107(d) (29 U.S.C. 3122(d)) is amended—
                                             (1) in paragraph (2)(A), by striking ‘‘skills’’ and inserting ‘‘, skills, and com-
                                          petencies’’;
                                             (2) in paragraph (3), in the first sentence, by inserting ‘‘, including supportive
                                          services offered by community-based organizations,’’ after ‘‘resources’’;
                                             (3) in paragraph (4)—
                                                   (A) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon;
                                                   (B) by amending subparagraph (C) to read as follows:
                                                   ‘‘(C) to ensure that workforce investment activities meet the skilled work-
                                               force needs of employers and support economic growth in the region by en-
                                               hancing communication, coordination, and collaboration among employers,
                                               economic development entities, and service providers, including by devel-
                                               oping and implementing proven or promising strategies for—
                                                         ‘‘(i) meeting the employment, skill, and competency needs of workers
                                                      and employers (including the establishment of industry and sector part-
                                                      nerships) and supporting skill and competency-based hiring;
                                                         ‘‘(ii) improving access to jobs in high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand
                                                      industry sectors and occupations, to expand employment and career ad-
                                                      vancement opportunities for workforce development system partici-
                                                      pants in in-demand industry sectors or occupations; and
                                                         ‘‘(iii) recruiting a more diverse workforce.’’; and
                                                   (C) by striking subparagraph (D);
                                             (4) in paragraph (5)—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      16
                                                    (A) by striking ‘‘and postsecondary’’ and inserting ‘‘, postsecondary, and
                                                 adult’’;
                                                    (B) by inserting ‘‘, systems, and programs’’ after ‘‘pathways’’; and
                                                    (C) by inserting ‘‘and opportunity youth’’ after ‘‘to employment’’;
                                              (5) by amending subparagraph (A) of paragraph (6) to read as follows:
                                                    ‘‘(A) identify and promote strategies and initiatives to the one-stop deliv-
                                                 ery system for meeting the needs of employers, workers, and jobseekers (in-
                                                 cluding individuals with barriers to employment) in the local workforce de-
                                                 velopment system, including—
                                                          ‘‘(i) providing physical and programmatic accessibility, in accordance
                                                       with section 188, if applicable, and applicable provisions of the Ameri-
                                                       cans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.); and
                                                          ‘‘(ii) identifying and implementing strategies to assure service deliv-
                                                       ery is accessible to all eligible individuals, including individuals with
                                                       barriers to employment; and’’;
                                              (6) by amending paragraph (7) to read as follows:
                                              ‘‘(7) TECHNOLOGY.—The local board shall develop strategies for using tech-
                                           nology to maximize the accessibility and effectiveness of the local workforce de-
                                           velopment system, including in remote areas, for employers, workers, and job-
                                           seekers, by—
                                                    ‘‘(A) identifying and integrating new digital technologies into business
                                                 services, career navigation, and employment and training activities, and
                                                 working with the State to offer services virtually or through in-person serv-
                                                 ice delivery strategies that are augmented through the use of technology;
                                                    ‘‘(B) facilitating connections among the intake and case management in-
                                                 formation systems of the one-stop partner programs to support a com-
                                                 prehensive workforce development system in the local area, including
                                                 through coordination and collaboration with one-stop partner programs to
                                                 support coenrollment of programs, as applicable;
                                                    ‘‘(C) identifying strategies for better meeting the needs of individuals with
                                                 barriers to employment, including strategies that augment traditional serv-
                                                 ice delivery, and increase access to services and programs of the one-stop
                                                 delivery system, such as improving digital literacy skills, assessments of
                                                 skills and competencies, and prior learning assessments assisted through
                                                 the use of technology; and
                                                    ‘‘(D) leveraging resources and capacity within the local workforce develop-
                                                 ment system, including resources and capacity for services for individuals
                                                 with barriers to employment.’’;
                                              (7) in paragraph (10)—
                                                    (A) in subparagraph (B)(ii), by inserting ‘‘as described in section 122’’
                                                 after ‘‘providers’’;
                                                    (B) in subparagraph (C), by inserting ‘‘and make information about such
                                                 providers publicly available, including to community-based organizations’’
                                                 after ‘‘local area’’; and
                                                    (C) in subparagraph (D), by inserting ‘‘and make information about such
                                                 providers publicly available, including to community-based organizations’’
                                                 after ‘‘contracts’’;
                                              (8) in paragraph (11)(A), by inserting ‘‘, local educational agencies, institu-
                                           tions of higher education located in the local area, including minority-serving
                                           institutions, historically Black colleges and universities, and Tribally controlled
                                           colleges or universities, as appropriate,’’ after ‘‘2302))’’; and
                                              (9) in paragraph (12)(A), by striking ‘‘for the’’ and inserting ‘‘for all funds not
                                           otherwise reserved by the State allocated to local areas under section 128(b) and
                                           section 133(b), for local youth workforce activities authorized under section
                                           129(c), and for local employment and training activities authorized under sub-
                                           section (b) of section 134, and’’.
                                        (d) SUNSHINE PROVISION.—Section 107(e) (29 U.S.C. 3122(e)) is amended by in-
                                     serting ‘‘that conforms at a minimum, to Level AA of the Web Content Accessibility
                                     Guidelines 2.0 of the Web Accessibility Initiative (or any successor guidelines)’’ after
                                     ‘‘means’’.
                                        (e) STAFF.—Section 107(f) (29 U.S.C. 3122(f)) is amended—
                                              (1) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                                              ‘‘(2) QUALIFICATIONS.—The local board shall establish and apply a set of quali-
                                           fications for the position of director that ensures that the individual selected
                                           has the requisite knowledge, skills, and abilities, to meet identified benchmarks
                                           and effectively carry out the functions of the local board.’’; and
                                              (2) by adding at the end the following:
                                              ‘‘(4) PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT.—The local board shall ensure the provision
                                           of training to local board and one-stop delivery system staff on—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       17
                                                    ‘‘(A) the expanded use of digital technology and tools for augmenting and
                                                  improving the delivery of services to participants and employers;
                                                    ‘‘(B) the implementation of evidence-based strategies, such as career path-
                                                  ways and sector initiatives, and trauma-informed and gender-responsive
                                                  counseling for meeting the needs of individuals with barriers to employ-
                                                  ment; and
                                                    ‘‘(C) how to improve and ensure equitable service delivery and outcomes
                                                  for individuals who have been historically underserved, marginalized, and
                                                  adversely affected as a result of race, ethnicity, or gender, including train-
                                                  ing on customer-centered service delivery, gender and racial bias, cultural
                                                  competence, occupational stereotyping, and strategies for increasing partici-
                                                  pant and worker voice.’’.
                                     SEC. 208. LOCAL PLAN.
                                           Section 108(b) (29 U.S.C. 3123(b)) is amended—
                                               (1) in paragraph (1)—
                                                     (A) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                           (i) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                           (ii) in clause (ii), by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end; and
                                                           (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                           ‘‘(iii) projected industries or sectors within the local area expected to
                                                        decline or face significant changes in employment opportunities;’’;
                                                     (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘and skills’’ and inserting ‘‘, skills,
                                                  and competencies’’; and
                                                     (C) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘(and unemployment)’’ and inserting
                                                  ‘‘(unemployment, and underemployment)’’;
                                               (2) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                                               ‘‘(2) a description and assessment of the workforce development system in the
                                             local area that identifies the programs that are included in that system and
                                             how the local board will work with the entities carrying out core programs and
                                             other workforce development programs to support alignment of services, includ-
                                             ing—
                                                     ‘‘(A) services provided under programs that support the strategies identi-
                                                  fied in the State plan under section 102(b)(1)(E), including—
                                                           ‘‘(i) programs of study authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career
                                                        and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq.);
                                                           ‘‘(ii) title II (relating to adult education and family literacy activities),
                                                        including a description of how the local board will carry out, consistent
                                                        with subparagraphs (A) and (B)(i) of section 107(d)(11) and section 232,
                                                        the review of local applications submitted under title II;
                                                           ‘‘(iii) title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq.);
                                                        and
                                                           ‘‘(iv) apprenticeship programs; and
                                                     ‘‘(B) the statewide rapid response activities under section 134(a)(2)(A);’’;
                                               (3) in paragraph (3), by inserting ‘‘and expansion’’ after ‘‘development’’;
                                               (4) in paragraph (4)—
                                                     (A) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                           (i) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘, including small employers and employ-
                                                        ers in in-demand industry sectors and occupations, in workforce devel-
                                                        opment programs’’ and inserting ‘‘in workforce development programs,
                                                        including small employers, employers in high-skill, high-wage, or in-de-
                                                        mand industry sectors and occupations, and employers in industry or
                                                        sector partnerships’’;
                                                           (ii) in clause (iii), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                           (iii) in clause (iv), by inserting ‘‘, and benefits, such as food and hous-
                                                        ing security’’ after ‘‘unemployment insurance programs’’; and
                                                           (iv) by adding at the end the following:
                                                           ‘‘(v) improve the ability of individuals to make informed decisions
                                                        about career pathways and training services, employment opportunities
                                                        and job quality, and workplace rights and responsibilities; and’’; and
                                                     (B) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ‘‘and individuals’’ after ‘‘employers’’;
                                               (5) in paragraph (6)—
                                                     (A) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ‘‘, including digital technology,’’
                                                  after ‘‘technology’’;
                                                     (B) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end; and
                                                     (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                     ‘‘(E) a description of how the one-stop delivery system, including one-stop
                                                  operators and one-stop partners, will work with employers to support the




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      18
                                                 hiring of individuals with barriers to employment to ensure equitable serv-
                                                 ice delivery and participant outcomes; and
                                                   ‘‘(F) a description of how one-stop centers are implementing and
                                                 transitioning to an integrated, technology-enabled intake and case manage-
                                                 ment information system for programs carried out under this Act and pro-
                                                 grams carried out by one-stop partners;’’;
                                              (6) by striking paragraphs (7) and (8);
                                              (7) by redesignating paragraphs (9) through (12) as paragraphs (7) through
                                           (10), respectively;
                                              (8) in paragraph (7), as so redesignated, by striking ‘‘assessment of’’ and in-
                                           serting ‘‘comprehensive local needs assessment, as described in section 129(a)(2)
                                           of’’;
                                              (9) by striking paragraph (13);
                                              (10) by redesignating paragraphs (14) through (20) as paragraphs (11)
                                           through (17), respectively;
                                              (11) by inserting after paragraph (17), as so redesignated, the following:
                                              ‘‘(18) that the local area will not prohibit self-attestation in a manner con-
                                           sistent with section 402A(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                           1070a–11(e)) as a means for determining eligibility for a program or service
                                           under this Act of any individual who is so self-attesting; and’’;
                                              (12) by striking paragraph (21); and
                                              (13) by redesignating paragraph (22) as paragraph (19).

                                                        CHAPTER 3—PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY
                                     SEC. 211. PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM.
                                      Section 116 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3141) is
                                     amended—
                                          (1) in subsection (b)—
                                               (A) in paragraph (2)—
                                                     (i) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                            (I) by amending clause (i) to read as follows:
                                                     ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The State primary indicators of performance for ac-
                                                  tivities provided under the adult and dislocated worker programs au-
                                                  thorized under chapter 3 of subtitle B, the program of adult education
                                                  and family literacy activities authorized under title II, the employment
                                                  services program authorized under sections 1 through 13 of the Wag-
                                                  ner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) (except that subclauses (V) and
                                                  (VI) shall not apply to such program), and the program authorized
                                                  under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq.)
                                                  (other than section 112 or part C of that title (29 U.S.C. 732, 741)),
                                                  shall consist of—
                                                            ‘‘(I) the percentage of program participants who are in unsub-
                                                         sidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the
                                                         program;
                                                            ‘‘(II) the percentage of program participants who are in unsub-
                                                         sidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the
                                                         program;
                                                            ‘‘(III) the median earnings of program participants who are in
                                                         unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from
                                                         the program;
                                                            ‘‘(IV) the median earnings of program participants who are in
                                                         unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from
                                                         the program;
                                                            ‘‘(V) the percentage of program participants who obtain a recog-
                                                         nized postsecondary credential, or a secondary school diploma or its
                                                         recognized equivalent (subject to clause (iii)), during participation
                                                         in or within 1 year after exit from the program; and
                                                            ‘‘(VI) the percentage of program participants who are in an edu-
                                                         cation or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary
                                                         credential or employment, and who are achieving measurable skill
                                                         gains toward such a credential or employment.’’;
                                                            (II) in clause (iii), by inserting before the period at the end the
                                                         following: ‘‘, unless such participants are enrolled in services under
                                                         title II’’; and
                                                            (III) by striking clause (iv);
                                                     (ii) by amending subparagraph (B) to read as follows:
                                               ‘‘(B) ADDITIONAL INDICATORS.—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      19
                                                         ‘‘(i) STATE IDENTIFIED.—A State may identify in the State plan addi-
                                                      tional performance accountability indicators.
                                                         ‘‘(ii) SECRETARY IDENTIFIED.—The Secretary may identify additional
                                                      indicators related to the quality of participants’ unsubsidized employ-
                                                      ment after exit from a program, including factors such as availability
                                                      of paid time off, health, and retirement benefits, workplace safety and
                                                      non-discrimination standards, predictable and stable work schedule,
                                                      stackable credentials, and advancement opportunities.’’; and
                                                   (B) in paragraph (3)(A)—
                                                         (i) by amending clause (iii) to read as follows:
                                                         ‘‘(iii) IDENTIFICATION IN STATE PLAN.—The Secretary of Labor in con-
                                                      junction with the Secretary of Education shall—
                                                                ‘‘(I) propose expected levels of performance for each of the cor-
                                                             responding primary indicators of performance for each of the pro-
                                                             grams described in clause (ii) for each State for the first 2 program
                                                             years covered by the State plan, and for the third and fourth pro-
                                                             gram years covered by the State plan, which shall be consistent
                                                             with the factors listed under clause (v); and
                                                                ‘‘(II) publish on a publicly accessible website—
                                                                      ‘‘(aa) the statistical model developed under clause (viii), and
                                                                    the methodology used to develop each such proposed expected
                                                                    level of performance; and
                                                                      ‘‘(bb) each such proposal.’’;
                                                         (ii) in clause (v)—
                                                                (I) in subclause (II)(bb)—
                                                                      (aa) by striking ‘‘ex-offender status, and welfare dependency’’
                                                                    and inserting ‘‘justice involvement, and receipt of public assist-
                                                                    ance’’; and
                                                                      (bb) by inserting before the semicolon at the end ‘‘, and other
                                                                    factors the Secretary determines relevant’’;
                                                                (II) by amending subclause (III) to read as follows:
                                                                ‘‘(III) take into account the extent to which the levels involved
                                                             promote continuous improvement, which may reflect an increase in
                                                             the level of performance accountability measures, a change in serv-
                                                             ice strategy and delivery, or a change in the participants served by
                                                             such State and ensure optimal return on the investment of Federal
                                                             funds; and’’; and
                                                         (iii) by amending clause (viii) to read as follows:
                                                         ‘‘(viii) STATISTICAL ADJUSTMENT MODEL.—The Secretary of Labor and
                                                      the Secretary of Education, after consultation with the representatives
                                                      described in paragraph (4)(B), shall—
                                                                ‘‘(I) develop and disseminate an objective statistical model that
                                                             will be used to make the adjustments in the State adjusted levels
                                                             of performance for actual economic conditions and characteristics of
                                                             participants under clauses (v) and (vii); and
                                                                ‘‘(II) publicly disclose the factors included in the statistical ad-
                                                             justment model in a report describing the model used to determine
                                                             the adjusted levels of performance.’’;
                                              (2) in subsection (d)—
                                                   (A) in paragraph (2)—
                                                         (i) in subparagraph (F), by inserting ‘‘, supportive,’’ after ‘‘career’’;
                                                         (ii) in subparagraph (H), by inserting ‘‘and percentage’’ after ‘‘num-
                                                      ber’’; and
                                                         (iii) by redesignating subparagraph (L) as subparagraph (M); and
                                                         (iv) by inserting after subparagraph (K) the following:
                                                   ‘‘(L) information on earnings of participants 4 quarters prior to receiving
                                                career and training services and, to the extent data is available, in years
                                                2 and 3 after exit from career and training services;’’;
                                                   (B) in paragraph (6)—
                                                         (i) by amending subparagraph (A) to read as follows:
                                                   ‘‘(A) STATE PERFORMANCE REPORTS.—The Secretary of Labor and the Sec-
                                                retary of Education shall annually make available the performance reports
                                                for States containing the information described in paragraph (2), which
                                                shall include making such reports available—
                                                         ‘‘(i) digitally using transparent, linked, open, and interoperable data
                                                      formats that are human readable and machine actionable such that the
                                                      data from these reports can be easily included in web-based tools and
                                                      services supporting search, discovery, comparison, analysis, navigation,
                                                      and guidance;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       20
                                                             ‘‘(ii) electronically in easily understandable formats; and
                                                             ‘‘(iii) in paper-based formats, as necessary.’’;
                                                             (ii) by amending subparagraph (B) to read as follows:
                                                       ‘‘(B) LOCAL AREA AND ELIGIBLE TRAINING PROVIDER PERFORMANCE RE-
                                                    PORTS.—The State shall, on an annual basis, make available the perform-
                                                    ance reports for the local areas containing the information described in
                                                    paragraph (3) and the performance reports for eligible providers of training
                                                    services containing the information described in paragraph (4), which shall
                                                    include making such reports available in each of the formats described in
                                                    clauses (i) through (iii) of subparagraph (A).’’; and
                                                             (iii) in subparagraph (D), by striking ‘‘the Workforce’’ and inserting
                                                          ‘‘Labor’’;
                                                 (3) by redesignating subsections (f), (g), (h), and (i) as subsections (g), (h), (i),
                                               and (j), respectively;
                                                 (4) by inserting the following after subsection (e):
                                           ‘‘(f) STATE EQUITY REPORTS.—
                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Using funds authorized under a core program and made
                                               available to carry out this section, the State, in coordination with local boards
                                               in the State and the State agencies responsible for the administration of the
                                               core programs, shall annually prepare and submit to the Secretary a report on
                                               the progress of the State in achieving equitable outcomes in the State levels of
                                               performance relating to indicators described in subsection (b)(2)(A) for a pro-
                                               gram for any program year, which shall—
                                                       ‘‘(A) identify and quantify any disparities or gaps in performance on such
                                                    levels of performance for each such indicator between—
                                                             ‘‘(i) individuals with barriers to employment; and
                                                             ‘‘(ii) individuals without such barriers to employment; and
                                                       ‘‘(B) include a quantifiable description of the progress that individuals
                                                    with barriers to employment have made in meeting such levels of perform-
                                                    ance.
                                                 ‘‘(2) INFORMATION DISAGGREGATION.—The information provided in subpara-
                                               graphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) shall be disaggregated—
                                                       ‘‘(A) by industry sector; and
                                                       ‘‘(B) by each subpopulation of individuals with barriers to employment (as
                                                    defined in section 3).
                                                 ‘‘(3) INFORMATION DISSEMINATION.—The Secretary shall make the information
                                               contained in such reports available to the general public in a manner consistent
                                               with the requirements described in subsection (d)(6)(A).’’.

                                       Subtitle B—Workforce Investment Activities and
                                                        Providers
                                      CHAPTER 1—WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND PROVIDERS
                                     SEC. 221. ESTABLISHMENT OF ONE-STOP DELIVERY SYSTEMS.
                                       (a) ONE-STOP PARTNERS.—Section 121(b) of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
                                     tunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3151(b)) is amended—
                                           (1) in paragraph (1)—
                                                (A) in subparagraph (A)(ii), by striking ‘‘, including payment of the infra-
                                             structure costs of one-stop centers in accordance with subsection (h)’’ and
                                             inserting ‘‘(other than payment of the physical and virtual infrastructure
                                             costs of one-stop centers in accordance with subsection (h), except as pro-
                                             vided under subsection (c)(2)(A)(ii)(II) in the memorandum of under-
                                             standing)’’;
                                                (B) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                     (i) by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end of clause (xi);
                                                     (ii) by striking clause (xii); and
                                                     (iii) by redesignating clause (xiii) as clause (xii); and
                                                (C) in subparagraph (C)(ii)(II), by striking ‘‘and the Secretary of Health
                                             and Human Services’’ and inserting ‘‘, the Secretary of Education, and the
                                             Secretary of Health and Human Services’’; and
                                           (2) in paragraph (2)(B)—
                                                (A) by redesignating clause (vii) as clause (viii);
                                                (B) in clause (vi), by striking ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon; and
                                                (C) by inserting after clause (vi) the following:
                                                     ‘‘(vii) employment and training programs carried out by the Economic
                                                  Development Administration; and’’.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      21
                                        (b) MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING.—Section 121(c)(2)(A) of the Workforce In-
                                     novation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3151(c)(2)(A)) is amended—
                                              (1) in clause (ii)—
                                                    (A) in subclause (I) by striking ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon;
                                                    (B) by amending subclause (II) to read as follows:
                                                               ‘‘(II) funding of physical and virtual infrastructure costs of one-
                                                             stop centers in accordance with subsection (h)(3), if funding re-
                                                             ceived by the local area under subsection (h)(2) is insufficient to
                                                             cover such costs;’’; and
                                              (2) by amending clause (iv) to read as follows:
                                                         ‘‘(iv) methods to provide appropriate access of services (including ac-
                                                       cess to technology and materials) to workers, youth, and individuals
                                                       with barriers to employment through the one-stop delivery system to
                                                       address the needs of such workers and youth, and to increase access,
                                                       particularly in underserved and rural communities; and’’.
                                        (c) ONE-STOP OPERATORS.—Section 121(d) of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
                                     tunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3151(d)) is amended—
                                              (1) in paragraph (2)—
                                                    (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘process; and’’ and inserting ‘‘process,
                                                 except as authorized by paragraph (4); and’’; and
                                                    (B) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                         (i) by amending clause (i) to read as follows:
                                                         ‘‘(i) a secondary school, an area career and technical education school,
                                                       or an institution of higher education;’’;
                                                         (ii) in clause (v), by striking ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon;
                                                         (iii) by redesignating clause (vi) as clause (vii);
                                                         (iv) by inserting after clause (v) the following:
                                                         ‘‘(vi) a public library; and’’; and
                                                         (v) in clause (vii), as so redesignated, by inserting ‘‘or joint labor-
                                                       management’’ after ‘‘a labor’’;
                                              (2) by redesignating paragraphs (3) and (4) as paragraphs (5) and (6);
                                              (3) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
                                              ‘‘(3) RESPONSIBILITIES.—The responsibilities of the one-stop operator—
                                                    ‘‘(A) shall include managing the physical and virtual infrastructure and
                                                 operations of the one-stop system in the local area, and facilitating coordi-
                                                 nation among the partners in the one-stop system; and
                                                    ‘‘(B) may include the provision of direct services to job seekers and em-
                                                 ployers.
                                              ‘‘(4) LOCAL BOARD AS ONE-STOP OPERATOR.—Subject to approval from the Gov-
                                           ernor and in accordance with any other eligibility criteria established by the
                                           State, a local board may serve as a one-stop operator consistent with the re-
                                           quirements of this subsection.’’; and
                                              (4) in paragraph (5), as so redesignated, by striking ‘‘and secondary schools’’.
                                        (d) ESTABLISHMENT OF ONE-STOP DELIVERY SYSTEM.—Section 121(e)(2) of the
                                     Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3151(e)(2)) is amended—
                                              (1) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                    (A) by inserting ‘‘in person or virtually’’ after ‘‘accessible’’; and
                                                    (B) by inserting ‘‘and virtually in a manner that improves efficiency, co-
                                                 ordination, and quality in the delivery of one-stop partner services’’ after
                                                 ‘‘State’’;
                                              (2) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                    (A) in clause (i), by inserting ‘‘(such as a community college campus, a
                                                 secondary school, an area career and technical education school, or a public
                                                 library) and through community-based organizations’’ after ‘‘affiliated sites’’;
                                                 and
                                                    (B) in clause (ii)(II) by adding ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon;
                                              (3) in subparagraph (C)—
                                                    (A) by inserting ‘‘virtual or physical’’ after ‘‘may have’’; and
                                                    (B) by striking ‘‘; and’’ and inserting a period; and
                                              (4) by striking subparagraph (D).
                                        (e) CERTIFICATION AND CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT OF ONE-STOP CENTERS.—Sec-
                                     tion 121(g)(2)(A) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C.
                                     3151(g)(2)(A)) is amended by striking ‘‘subsections (h)(1)’’ and inserting ‘‘subsections
                                     (h)(3)’’.
                                        (f) FUNDING OF ONE-STOP INFRASTRUCTURE.—Section 121(h) of the Workforce In-
                                     novation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3151(h)) is amended to read as follows:
                                        ‘‘(h) FUNDING OF ONE-STOP INFRASTRUCTURE.—
                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For any program year, not more than 10 percent of the
                                           funds allotted under sections 127, 132, and 211, and section 6 of the Wagner-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      22
                                          Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49e) shall be used to fund the costs of infrastructure of
                                          one-stop centers in local areas.
                                             ‘‘(2) ALLOCATION BY GOVERNOR.—
                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—From the funds provided under paragraph (1), the
                                                Governor shall allocate the funds to local areas in accordance with the for-
                                                mula established under subparagraph (B) for the purposes of paying the
                                                costs of infrastructure of one-stop centers.
                                                   ‘‘(B) ALLOCATION FORMULA.—The State board shall develop a formula to
                                                be used by the Governor to allocate the funds provided under paragraph (1)
                                                to local areas. The formula shall be based on factors including the number
                                                of one-stop centers in a local area, the intensity of services provided by such
                                                centers, the population served by such centers, the services provided by
                                                such centers, and other factors relating to the performance of such centers
                                                that the State board determines are appropriate.
                                                   ‘‘(C) COSTS OF INFRASTRUCTURE.—In this subsection, the term ‘‘costs of in-
                                                frastructure’’, used with respect to a one-stop center, means the nonper-
                                                sonnel costs that are necessary for the general operation of the one-stop
                                                center (whether for in-person or virtual service delivery), including the rent-
                                                al costs of the facilities, the costs of utilities and maintenance, equipment
                                                (including assessment-related products and assistive technology for individ-
                                                uals with disabilities), and technology to facilitate access to the one-stop
                                                center, including the center’s planning and outreach activities.
                                             ‘‘(3) ADDITIONAL FUNDING.—
                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a local area for which funds allocated
                                                under paragraph (2) are insufficient to cover the total costs of infrastruc-
                                                ture of one-stop centers in such local area, the local board, chief elected offi-
                                                cials, and one-stop partners described in subsection (b)(1) in such local area
                                                may fund such costs through methods agreed on by the local board, chief
                                                elected officials, and one-stop partners (and described in the memorandum
                                                of understanding described in subsection (c)).
                                                   ‘‘(B) GUIDANCE FOR INFRASTRUCTURE FUNDING.—The Governor, after con-
                                                sultation with chief elected officials, local boards, and the State board, and
                                                consistent with the guidance and policies provided by the State board under
                                                subparagraphs (B) and (C)(i) of section 101(d)(7), shall provide, for the use
                                                of local areas under subparagraph (A)—
                                                         ‘‘(i) guidelines for State-administered one-stop partner programs, for
                                                      determining such programs’ contributions to a one-stop delivery sys-
                                                      tem, based on such programs’ proportionate use of such system con-
                                                      sistent with chapter II of title 2, Code of Federal Regulations (or any
                                                      corresponding similar regulation or ruling), including determining
                                                      funding for the costs of infrastructure, which contributions shall be ne-
                                                      gotiated pursuant to the memorandum of understanding under sub-
                                                      section (c); and
                                                         ‘‘(ii) guidance to assist local boards, chief elected officials, and one-
                                                      stop partners in local areas in determining equitable and stable meth-
                                                      ods of funding the costs of infrastructure of one-stop centers in such
                                                      areas.’’.
                                        (g) OTHER FUNDS.—Section 121(i)(2) (29 U.S.C. 3151(i)(2)) is amended by striking
                                     ‘‘basic skills’’ and inserting ‘‘foundational skill needs’’.
                                     SEC. 222. IDENTIFICATION OF ELIGIBLE PROVIDERS OF TRAINING SERVICES.
                                       (a) ELIGIBILITY.—Section 122(a) (29 U.S.C. 3152(a)) is amended by adding at the
                                     end the following:
                                            ‘‘(4) CONSUMER CHOICE.—In establishing criteria, information requirements,
                                         and procedures under this subsection, the Governor shall not limit the provision
                                         of consumer choice under section 134(c)(3)(F).’’.
                                       (b) CRITERIA AND INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS.—Section 122(b) (29 U.S.C.
                                     3152(b)) is amended—
                                            (1) in paragraph (1)—
                                                  (A) by amending the matter preceding subparagraph (A) to read as fol-
                                               lows: ‘‘The criteria established pursuant to subsection (a) shall include cri-
                                               teria on each of the following:’’; and
                                                  (B) in subparagraph (A)(i), striking ‘‘performance accountability meas-
                                               ures’’ and inserting ‘‘levels of performance achieved on the indicators de-
                                               scribed in section 116’’;
                                                  (C) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                       (i) by striking ‘‘The need to ensure’’ and inserting ‘‘Ensuring’’; and
                                                       (ii) by inserting ‘‘and online learning platforms’’ after ‘‘technology’’;
                                                  (D) by amending subparagraph (D) to read as follows:




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      23
                                                   ‘‘(D)(i) With respect to each training program of each such provider—
                                                          ‘‘(I) the degree to which the training program—
                                                                 ‘‘(aa) relates to in-demand industry sectors and occupations in
                                                              the State or local areas within the State, based on analysis of labor
                                                              market data and direct engagement with local employers; and
                                                                 ‘‘(bb) satisfies any applicable educational requirements for profes-
                                                              sional licensure or certification, including licensure or certification
                                                              examinations needed to practice or find employment in the sectors
                                                              or occupations for which the program prepares the individual in
                                                              the State; and
                                                          ‘‘(II) the expected—
                                                                 ‘‘(aa) recognized postsecondary credentials earned as part of such
                                                              program;
                                                                 ‘‘(bb) employment opportunities upon program completion;
                                                                 ‘‘(cc) median earnings of individuals during the fourth quarter
                                                              after exit from the program, as compared to median earnings of oc-
                                                              cupations for which the program prepares the individual in the
                                                              State and local area;
                                                                 ‘‘(dd) program cost of such program;
                                                                 ‘‘(ee) competencies taught as part of such program that align to
                                                              expected job opportunities;
                                                                 ‘‘(ff) time to completion of such program; and
                                                                 ‘‘(gg) alignment of such program to career pathways; and
                                                   ‘‘(ii)(I) Subject to subclauses (II) and (III), the information described in
                                                clause (i) shall be validated in accordance with guidance issued by the Sec-
                                                retary with respect to each training program of each such provider, which
                                                may include validation, by at least one of the following entities:
                                                          ‘‘(aa) 3 or more employers.
                                                          ‘‘(bb) An industry association.
                                                          ‘‘(cc) A labor organization or joint labor-management organization, or
                                                       an industry or sector partnership.
                                                   ‘‘(II) The requirements of subclause (I) shall not apply to any program
                                                that is—
                                                          ‘‘(aa) offered by a public institution of higher education; or
                                                          ‘‘(bb) accredited by a programmatic accrediting agency (as defined in
                                                       section 602.3 of title 34, Code of Federal Regulations (or successor regu-
                                                       lations)).
                                                   ‘‘(III) An entity listed in item (aa), (bb), or (cc) of subclause (I) that is pro-
                                                viding validation under this clause with respect to a training program may
                                                not be the provider of such training program.’’;
                                                   (E) by striking subparagraphs (E), (F), (G), and (H);
                                                   (F) by redesignating subparagraphs (I) and (J) as subparagraphs (E) and
                                                (F), respectively; and
                                                   (G) in subparagraph (F), as so redesignated—
                                                          (i) by amending clause (i) to read as follows:
                                                          ‘‘(i) the accountability of the providers, including in the case of a
                                                       training program that is offered by an institution of higher education,
                                                       that such institution has not been subject, during the 5 years preceding
                                                       the date of the determination of whether such a provider meets such
                                                       criteria, to—
                                                                 ‘‘(I) any suspension, emergency action, or termination of pro-
                                                              grams under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965;
                                                                 ‘‘(II) any adverse action by the accrediting agency or association
                                                              of the institution of higher education; or
                                                                 ‘‘(III) any action by the State to revoke a license or other author-
                                                              ity to operate;’’; and
                                                          (ii) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘one-stop centers’’ and inserting ‘‘local
                                                       boards’’;
                                              (2) in paragraph (2)—
                                                   (A) by striking ‘‘The information’’ and inserting the following:
                                                   ‘‘(A) PROVIDERS OF TRAINING SERVICES.—The information’’
                                                   (B) by redesignating subparagraphs (A) through (E) as clauses (i) through
                                                (v), respectively: and
                                                   (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                   ‘‘(B) STATES.—The State shall make available on a publicly accessible
                                                website and in a manner that does not reveal personally identifiable infor-
                                                mation—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      24
                                                         ‘‘(i) the criteria, information requirements, and procedures regarding
                                                      the eligibility of providers of training services established pursuant to
                                                      subsection (a); and
                                                         ‘‘(ii) the appropriate, accurate, and timely information each provider
                                                      of training services submits to the State in accordance with subpara-
                                                      graph (A) of this paragraph.’’;
                                             (3) in paragraph (4)—
                                                   (A) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                         (i) by striking ‘‘section 122 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998,
                                                      as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act’’ and
                                                      inserting ‘‘section 122, as in effect on the date before the date of enact-
                                                      ment of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2022’’; and
                                                         (ii) by inserting at the end the following: ‘‘A Governor shall make an
                                                      eligibility determination under this paragraph with respect to a pro-
                                                      vider not later than 60 days after receipt of an application for such a
                                                      determination from such provider.’’;
                                                   (B) in subparagraph (C) by inserting ‘‘, including to the extent practicable
                                                for the 2-year period preceding the date of the provider’s application under
                                                this paragraph’’ after ‘‘subtitle’’; and
                                                   (C) in subparagraph (D)—
                                                         (i) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘a factor’’ and inserting ‘‘the levels of per-
                                                      formance achieved’’;
                                                         (ii) in clause (iii), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                         (iii) in clause (iv), by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘;
                                                      and’’; and
                                                         (iv) by adding at the end the following:
                                                         ‘‘(v) a factor related to serving individuals with barriers to employ-
                                                      ment.’’.
                                        (c) PROCEDURES.—Section 122(c)(2) (29 U.S.C. 3152(c)(2)), by striking ‘‘biennial’’
                                     and inserting ‘‘annual’’.
                                        (d) LIST AND INFORMATION TO ASSIST PARTICIPANTS IN CHOOSING PROVIDERS.—
                                     Section 122(d)(3) (29 U.S.C. 3152(d)(3)), by inserting ‘‘on a publicly accessible
                                     website that is consumer-tested and is searchable and comparable, through the use
                                     of common, linked, open-data description language’’ after ‘‘individual participant’’.
                                        (e) ENFORCEMENT.—Section 122(f)(1) (29 U.S.C. 3152(f)(1)) is amended to read as
                                     follows:
                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The procedures established under this section shall provide
                                           the following:
                                                   ‘‘(A) FAILURE TO MEET PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.—In addition to the viola-
                                                tions described in subparagraph (B), any provider of training services eligi-
                                                ble to receive funds under chapter 3—
                                                         ‘‘(i) shall have such eligibility terminated for a period of 1 year upon
                                                      a determination by an individual or entity specified in the procedures,
                                                      that such provider—
                                                                ‘‘(I) in a case in which the provider receives initial eligibility
                                                             under subsection (b)(4), failed to report information as required
                                                             under subsection (b)(4)(C);
                                                                ‘‘(II) failed to inform the State board or local board that the
                                                             training program of such provider has changed, and as a result of
                                                             such change the information with respect to such training program
                                                             under subsection (b)(1) used by the Governor to determine the pro-
                                                             vider’s eligibility to receive such funds no longer accurately de-
                                                             scribes such training program; or
                                                                ‘‘(III) failed to meet the expected performance as described in
                                                             subsection (b)(4)(D); or
                                                         ‘‘(ii) may have such eligibility terminated as a result of offering a pro-
                                                      gram for a period of less than 2 years—
                                                                ‘‘(I) that is no longer aligned to in-demand industry sectors or oc-
                                                             cupations; or
                                                                ‘‘(II) that results in employment with wages below the median
                                                             earnings for the occupation in the State or local area due to the
                                                             insufficient quality of training provided under the program.
                                                   ‘‘(B) SUBSTANTIAL VIOLATIONS.—Upon a determination, by an individual
                                                or entity specified in the procedures, that a provider of training services
                                                substantially violated any requirement under this title, or that an indi-
                                                vidual providing information on behalf of the provider intentionally sup-
                                                plied inaccurate information under this section, the eligibility of such pro-
                                                vider to receive funds under chapter 3 for the program involved shall be
                                                terminated for a period of not less than 2 years.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      25
                                                   ‘‘(C) REPAYMENT.—A provider of training services whose eligibility is ter-
                                                minated under subparagraph (A) or (B) of this paragraph shall be liable for
                                                the repayment of funds received under chapter 3 during a period of viola-
                                                tion described in such subparagraph.’’.
                                        (f) TRANSITION PERIOD.—Section 122(i) ((29 U.S.C. 3152(i)) is amended to read as
                                     follows:
                                        ‘‘(i) TRANSITION PERIOD FOR IMPLEMENTATION.—The Governor and local boards
                                     shall implement the requirements of this section, as amended by the Workforce In-
                                     novation and Opportunity Act of 2022, not later than 12 months after the date of
                                     enactment of such Act, except that the criteria established under items (ff) and (gg)
                                     of subsection (b)(1)(D)(i)(II) may not be used until the date that is 3 years after the
                                     date of enactment of such Act.’’.
                                              CHAPTER 2—YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
                                     SEC. 231. STATE ALLOTMENTS.
                                      Section 127 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3162) is
                                     amended—
                                           (1) by amending subsection (a)(1) to read as follows:
                                           ‘‘(1) reserve 11⁄2 percent of funds appropriated under section 136(a), for each
                                        fiscal year for which funds are appropriated under such section, to provide
                                        youth workforce investment activities under section 167 (relating to migrant
                                        and seasonal farmworkers); and’’; and
                                           (2) in subsection (b)(1)—
                                                 (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘not more than 11⁄2’’ and inserting
                                              ‘‘2’’; and
                                                 (B) in subparagraph (B)(i), by striking ‘‘1⁄4 of’’.
                                     SEC. 232. WITHIN STATE ALLOCATIONS.
                                       Section 128(b) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C.
                                     3163(b)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                           ‘‘(5) TRANSFER AUTHORITY.—A local board may transfer, if such a transfer is
                                         approved by the Governor, up to and including 100 percent of the funds allo-
                                         cated to the local area under section 130(a)(2), and up to and including 100 per-
                                         cent of the funds allocated to the local area under this subsection for a fiscal
                                         year between—
                                                 ‘‘(A) activities under section 129(c); and
                                                 ‘‘(B) activities under section 130.’’.
                                     SEC. 233. USE OF FUNDS FOR YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.
                                       (a) COMPREHENSIVE LOCAL NEEDS ASSESSMENT.—Section 129(a) of the Workforce
                                     Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3164(a)) is amended to read as follows:
                                       ‘‘(a) COMPREHENSIVE LOCAL NEEDS ASSESSMENT.—
                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In order to determine which subpopulation of eligible youth
                                          a local area can best serve, a local board shall ensure that the comprehensive
                                          needs assessment related to youth workforce investment activities under section
                                          108(b)(9) of the local plan shall meet the requirements of this subsection, and
                                          shall be updated at least once every 4 years.
                                             ‘‘(2) REQUIREMENTS.—A comprehensive local needs assessment described in
                                          paragraph (1) with respect to a local area shall include each of the following:
                                                   ‘‘(A) An evaluation of the performance of the eligible youth served by the
                                                local area with respect to State determined and local levels of performance
                                                established pursuant to section 116.
                                                   ‘‘(B) A description of how youth workforce investment activities offered by
                                                the local area are—
                                                         ‘‘(i) sufficient in size, scope, and quality to meet the needs of eligible
                                                      youth in the local area;
                                                         ‘‘(ii) aligned to State, regional, Tribal, or local in-demand industry
                                                      sectors or occupations (including career pathways), identified by the
                                                      State board or local board; and
                                                         ‘‘(iii) developed in partnership with eligible youth in the local area
                                                      and aligned with their needs, including program elements and offer-
                                                      ings.
                                                   ‘‘(C) An identification of successful models of youth workforce investment
                                                activities.
                                                   ‘‘(D) A description of the progress during the most recent 2 program years
                                                covered by the local plan of the local area toward implementation of equal
                                                access to high-quality youth workforce investment activities, including—
                                                         ‘‘(i) strategies to provide eligible youth access to paid work experience
                                                      opportunities and career pathways;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      26
                                                       ‘‘(ii) strategies to overcome barriers that result in lower rates of ac-
                                                    cess to, or performance gaps in, youth workforce investment activities
                                                    for eligible youth;
                                                       ‘‘(iii) providing programs and activities that are designed to enable el-
                                                    igible youth to attain a secondary school diploma or its equivalent, or
                                                    recognized postsecondary credentials;
                                                       ‘‘(iv) providing programs and activities to prepare eligible youth for
                                                    high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry sectors or occupations that
                                                    will lead to self-sufficiency; and
                                                       ‘‘(v) strategies to identify the local area needs of the subpopulations
                                                    of eligible youth described in section 128(b)(4)(A)(i).
                                           ‘‘(3) CONSULTATION.—In conducting the comprehensive needs assessment
                                         under paragraph (1)(A), the local area shall involve a diverse body of stake-
                                         holders, including, at a minimum—
                                                 ‘‘(A) representatives of local educational agencies, including representa-
                                              tives of career and technical education programs;
                                                 ‘‘(B) eligible providers of training services, including eligible providers of
                                              apprenticeship programs and pre-apprenticeship programs, and providers of
                                              internships, paid or unpaid work experience opportunities, or transitional
                                              jobs;
                                                 ‘‘(C) representatives of business and industry (including representatives
                                              of small business), which shall include representatives of industry and sec-
                                              tor partnerships in the State;
                                                 ‘‘(D) interested community representatives, including community-based
                                              organizations;
                                                 ‘‘(E) representatives of eligible youth, including representatives of re-
                                              gional or local agencies serving eligible youth;
                                                 ‘‘(F) representatives of Indian Tribes and Tribal organizations in the
                                              State, where applicable; and
                                                 ‘‘(G) any other stakeholders that the State may require the local area to
                                              consult.
                                           ‘‘(4) CONTINUED CONSULTATION.—Each local area receiving financial assist-
                                         ance under this chapter shall consult with stakeholders described in paragraph
                                         (3) on an ongoing basis, as determined by the Governor. This may include con-
                                         sultation in order to—
                                                 ‘‘(A) provide input on quadrennial updates to the comprehensive needs as-
                                              sessment required under paragraph (1)(A);
                                                 ‘‘(B) ensure youth workforce investment activities—
                                                       ‘‘(i) are responsive to local area employment needs;
                                                       ‘‘(ii) are responsive to local area youth’s career interests and goals;
                                                       ‘‘(iii) are aligned with employment priorities in the State, regional,
                                                    tribal, or local economy identified by employers and the entities de-
                                                    scribed in paragraph (3), which may include high-skill, high-wage, or
                                                    in-demand industry sectors or occupations identified by the local board;
                                                       ‘‘(iv) are informed by labor market information, including information
                                                    provided under section 15(e)(2)(C) of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C.
                                                    491–2(e)(2)(C));
                                                       ‘‘(v) are designed to meet current, intermediate, or long-term labor
                                                    market projections; and
                                                       ‘‘(vi) allow employer input, including input from industry or sector
                                                    partnerships in the local area, where applicable, into the development
                                                    and implementation of youth workforce investment activities to ensure
                                                    such activities align with skills and competencies required by local em-
                                                    ployment opportunities, including activities such as the identification of
                                                    relevant skills, competencies, recognized postsecondary credentials, and
                                                    current technology and equipment;
                                                 ‘‘(C) identify and encourage opportunities for work-based learning; and
                                                 ‘‘(D) ensure funding under this part is used in a coordinated manner with
                                              other local resources.’’.
                                       (b) STATEWIDE ACTIVITIES.—Section 129(b) of the Workforce Innovation and Op-
                                     portunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3164(b)) is amended—
                                           (1) by amending paragraph (1)(B) to read as follows:
                                                 ‘‘(B) disseminating the list of eligible providers of youth workforce invest-
                                              ment activities, as determined under section 123, including in transparent,
                                              linked, open, and interoperable data formats;’’; and
                                           (2) in paragraph (2)—
                                                 (A) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘described in section 134(c)(2)’’ and
                                              inserting ‘‘, including individualized career services,’’;
                                                 (B) in subparagraph (D)(v), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       27
                                                       (C) in subparagraph (E), by striking the period at the end and inserting
                                                   ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                       (D) by adding at the end the following:
                                                       ‘‘(F) establishing, supporting, and expanding work-based learning oppor-
                                                   tunities, including transitional jobs, that are aligned with career path-
                                                   ways.’’.
                                           (c) LOCAL ELEMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                (1) PROGRAM DESIGN.—Section 129(c)(1) of the Workforce Innovation and Op-
                                              portunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3164(c)(1)) is amended—
                                                       (A) in subparagraph (C)—
                                                             (i) in clause (iv), by striking ‘‘in appropriate cases’’ and inserting ‘‘in-
                                                           cluding paid work-based learning opportunities’’; and
                                                             (ii) in clause (v), by inserting ‘‘high-skill, high-wage, or’’ before ‘‘in-
                                                           demand’’; and
                                                       (B) in subparagraph (D), by striking ‘‘10 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘15 per-
                                                   cent’’.
                                                (2) PROGRAM ELEMENTS.—Section 129(c)(2) of the Workforce Innovation and
                                              Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3164(c)(2) is amended to read as follows:
                                                ‘‘(2) PROGRAM ELEMENTS.—In order to support the attainment of a secondary
                                              school diploma or its recognized equivalent, entry into postsecondary education,
                                              and career readiness for participants, local areas shall ensure that each of fol-
                                              lowing elements are provided under the programs described in paragraph (1),
                                              as appropriate, to meet the needs of eligible youth in the local area:
                                                       ‘‘(A) Tutoring, study skills training, instruction, and dropout prevention
                                                   and recovery strategies that lead to completion of the requirements for a
                                                   secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent (including a recog-
                                                   nized certificate of attendance or similar document for individuals with dis-
                                                   abilities) or for a recognized postsecondary credential.
                                                       ‘‘(B) Alternative secondary school services, or dropout recovery services,
                                                   as appropriate.
                                                       ‘‘(C) Work-based learning experiences, which—
                                                             ‘‘(i) may include summer and year-round employment opportunities
                                                           that meet the requirements of section 130; and
                                                             ‘‘(ii) may include, to the extent practicable—
                                                                    ‘‘(I) pre-apprenticeship or apprenticeship programs;
                                                                    ‘‘(II) internships and job shadowing; and
                                                                    ‘‘(III) on-the-job training opportunities.
                                                       ‘‘(D) Occupational skill training, which shall include priority consider-
                                                   ation for training programs that lead to recognized postsecondary creden-
                                                   tials that are aligned with high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry sec-
                                                   tors or occupations in the local area involved, if the local board determines
                                                   that the programs meet the quality criteria described in section 123.
                                                       ‘‘(E) Education offered concurrently with and in the same context as
                                                   workforce preparation activities and training for a specific occupation or oc-
                                                   cupational cluster.
                                                       ‘‘(F) Leadership development opportunities, which may include commu-
                                                   nity service and peer-centered activities encouraging responsibility and
                                                   other positive social and civic behaviors, as appropriate.
                                                       ‘‘(G) Supportive services.
                                                       ‘‘(H) Adult mentoring for the period of participation and a subsequent pe-
                                                   riod, for a total of not less than 12 months.
                                                       ‘‘(I) Follow-up services for the longer of 36 months or the completion of
                                                   any postsecondary education or training to which participants are referred
                                                   after completion of such program.
                                                       ‘‘(J) Comprehensive guidance and counseling, including trauma-informed
                                                   approaches.
                                                       ‘‘(K) Financial literacy education.
                                                       ‘‘(L) Entrepreneurial skills training.
                                                       ‘‘(M) Services that provide labor market and employment information
                                                   about high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry sectors or occupations
                                                   available in the local area, such as career awareness, career counseling, and
                                                   career exploration services, which may include providing such services to el-
                                                   ementary and secondary schools (as defined in section 8101 of the Elemen-
                                                   tary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801)).
                                                       ‘‘(N) Activities that help youth prepare for and transition to postsec-
                                                   ondary education and training.
                                                       ‘‘(O) Digital skills training, including access to training that supports
                                                   basic digital literacy.’’.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      28
                                             (3) CONSISTENCY WITH COMPULSORY SCHOOL ATTENDANCE LAWS.—Section
                                           129(c)(4) (29 U.S.C. 3164(c)(4)) is amended to read as follows:
                                             ‘‘(4) CONSISTENCY WITH COMPULSORY SCHOOL ATTENDANCE LAWS.—In pro-
                                           viding assistance under this section to an individual who is required to attend
                                           school under applicable State compulsory school attendance laws, the priority
                                           in providing such assistance shall be for the individual to attend school regu-
                                           larly.’’.
                                     SEC. 234. SUMMER AND YEAR-ROUND EMPLOYMENT FOR YOUTH.
                                       Chapter 2 of subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act
                                     (29 U.S.C. 3111 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended
                                     by adding at the end the following:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 130. SUMMER AND YEAR-ROUND EMPLOYMENT FOR YOUTH.
                                      ‘‘(a) FUNDING.—
                                            ‘‘(1) STATE ALLOTMENT.—From the amount appropriated under section 136(b)
                                          for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot funds to each State on the basis of
                                          the relative allotment the State received under section 127(b) for such fiscal
                                          year, compared to the total amount allotted to all States under section 127(b)
                                          for such fiscal year.
                                            ‘‘(2) LOCAL AREA ALLOCATION.—A State shall use the funds allotted under
                                          paragraph (1) for a fiscal year to allocate funds to each local area of the State
                                          on the basis of the relative allocation the local area received under section
                                          128(b) for such fiscal year, compared to the total amount allocated to all local
                                          areas in the State under section 128(b) for such fiscal year.
                                      ‘‘(b) ACTIVITIES.—The local board of a local area covered by the local plan sub-
                                     mitted under section 108—
                                            ‘‘(1) shall use the funds received under this section to—
                                                  ‘‘(A) plan, develop, and carry out a summer employment program or a
                                               year-round employment program described in subsection (c);
                                                  ‘‘(B) increase the number of summer or year-round employment opportu-
                                               nities offered through such program, including unsubsidized or partly sub-
                                               sidized opportunities, and opportunities in the private sector;
                                                  ‘‘(C) engage or establish industry or sector partnerships to determine local
                                               employment needs to inform the establishment of such a program; and
                                                  ‘‘(D) conduct outreach to eligible youth and employers; and
                                            ‘‘(2) may—
                                                  ‘‘(A) use the funds received under this section to develop technology infra-
                                               structure, including data and management systems, to support such a pro-
                                               gram;
                                                  ‘‘(B) use such funds to enhance the program elements required under sub-
                                               section (c)(1); and
                                                  ‘‘(C) use not more than 25 percent of such funds to subsidize not more
                                               than 65 percent of the wages of each eligible youth participating in such
                                               a program.
                                      ‘‘(c) SUMMER AND YEAR-ROUND EMPLOYMENT PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.—
                                            ‘‘(1) PROGRAM ELEMENTS.—A summer employment program or a year-round
                                          employment program described in this subsection shall include the following
                                          program elements:
                                                  ‘‘(A) Work-readiness training (including soft skills) and educational pro-
                                               grams aligned to career pathways for eligible youth to enhance their year-
                                               round employment opportunities, including digital literacy and online work-
                                               readiness opportunities, as appropriate, and support obtaining documenta-
                                               tion needed for employment, such as identification or licenses.
                                                  ‘‘(B) Coaching and mentoring services for eligible youth participating in
                                               the program to enhance their summer or year-round employment opportu-
                                               nities and encourage completion of such opportunities through the program.
                                                  ‘‘(C) Coaching and mentoring services for employers on how to success-
                                               fully employ each eligible youth participating in the program in meaningful
                                               work, including providing a safe work and training environment for all par-
                                               ticipants, regardless of race, color, disability, age, religion, national origin,
                                               sexual orientation, or gender identity.
                                                  ‘‘(D) Career exploration, career counseling, career planning, and college
                                               planning services for eligible youth participating in the program.
                                                  ‘‘(E) High-quality financial literacy education as described in section
                                               129(b)(2)(D), for eligible youth participating in the program, including edu-
                                               cation on the use of credit and financing higher education, and access to
                                               safe and affordable banking.
                                                  ‘‘(F) Providing supportive services to eligible youth, or connecting such
                                               youth to supportive services provided by another entity, to enable participa-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      29
                                                tion in the program, which may include food and nutrition services, and
                                                health and mental health care supports.
                                                   ‘‘(G) Follow-up services for not less than 12 months after the completion
                                                of participation, as appropriate.
                                                   ‘‘(H) Integration of services provided by the program with youth develop-
                                                ment programs, secondary school programs, career and technical education
                                                programs, youth workforce investment activities under this chapter, and
                                                skills training programs funded by the State or Federal Government, as ap-
                                                plicable.
                                                   ‘‘(I) Connecting youth participating in the program to providers of youth
                                                services, adult employment and training services, vocational rehabilitation
                                                services, adult education and family literacy services under title II, career
                                                pathways, postsecondary education, or skills training programs funded by
                                                the State or Federal Government, as applicable.
                                                   ‘‘(J) Commitment and support from mayors or county executives to sup-
                                                port the execution of the program.
                                             ‘‘(2) PROGRAM DESIGN.—
                                                   ‘‘(A) SUMMER EMPLOYMENT PROGRAM.—In addition to the program ele-
                                                ments described in paragraph (1), a summer employment program de-
                                                scribed in this subsection shall be a program that matches eligible youth
                                                participating in such program with an appropriate employer (based on fac-
                                                tors including the needs of the employer and the age, skill, and aspirations
                                                of the eligible youth) for high-quality summer employment, which—
                                                         ‘‘(i) may not be less than 4 weeks; and
                                                         ‘‘(ii) may not pay less than the greater of the applicable Federal,
                                                       State, or local minimum wage.
                                                   ‘‘(B) YEAR-ROUND EMPLOYMENT PROGRAM.—In addition to the program
                                                elements described in paragraph (1), a year-round employment program de-
                                                scribed in this subsection shall be a program that matches each eligible
                                                youth participating in the program with an appropriate employer, based on
                                                factors (including the needs of the employer and the age, skill, and in-
                                                formed aspirations of the participant) for high-quality, year-round employ-
                                                ment, which—
                                                         ‘‘(i) may not be less than 180 days and more than 1 year;
                                                         ‘‘(ii) may not pay less than the greater of the applicable Federal,
                                                       State, or local minimum wage; and
                                                         ‘‘(iii) may not employ the eligible youth for less than 20 hours per
                                                       week.
                                             ‘‘(3) PRIORITY.—In carrying out a summer employment program or a year-
                                           round employment program receiving assistance under this section, a local area
                                           shall give priority to year-round employment opportunities offered under such
                                           program—
                                                   ‘‘(A) in existing or emerging high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry
                                                sectors or occupations; or
                                                   ‘‘(B) that meet community needs in the public, private, or nonprofit sec-
                                                tor.
                                       ‘‘(d) PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY.—For each local board carrying out a summer
                                     or year-round employment program receiving assistance under this section, the pri-
                                     mary indicators of performance, with respect to each such program, shall include—
                                             ‘‘(1) the performance metrics described in clause (i)(VI), and subparagraphs (I)
                                           and (II) of clause (ii), of section 116(b)(2)(A);
                                             ‘‘(2) the percentage of eligible youth completing the summer or year-round
                                           program, as applicable; and
                                             ‘‘(3) the percentage of youth having participated in work-based learning.
                                       ‘‘(e) REPORTS.—
                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In addition to information required as part of the State
                                           performance report described in section 116(d)(2), each State shall include for
                                           each summer and year round employment program receiving assistance under
                                           this section—
                                                   ‘‘(A) the number of eligible youth participating in the program who com-
                                                plete a summer employment opportunity or a year-round employment op-
                                                portunity through the program;
                                                   ‘‘(B) the average cost per participant to develop or expand such program,
                                                and the activities and services, and supportive services provided under such
                                                program;
                                                   ‘‘(C) the number of eligible youth participating in such program and ac-
                                                cessing services as described in subparagraph (B);




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       30
                                                      ‘‘(D) the number of youth participants receiving a subsidized wage, and
                                                   the total amount and source of each such subsidy, including the average
                                                   amount of the subsidy covered by funds received under this section;
                                                      ‘‘(E) the average number of hours and weeks worked and the average
                                                   amount of wages earned by eligible youth participating in the program;
                                                      ‘‘(F) the average number of hours spent on—
                                                            ‘‘(i) recruitment and retention strategies; and
                                                            ‘‘(ii) support for participating youth, such as time management, ca-
                                                         reer planning, and financial literacy training;
                                                      ‘‘(G) the percent of eligible youth participating in the program that are
                                                   placed in—
                                                            ‘‘(i) an employment opportunity in the nonprofit sector;
                                                            ‘‘(ii) an employment opportunity in the public sector; and
                                                            ‘‘(iii) an employment opportunity in the for-profit sector; and
                                                      ‘‘(H) any other information that the Secretary of Labor determines nec-
                                                   essary to monitor the effectiveness of the summer or year-round employ-
                                                   ment program.
                                                ‘‘(2) DISAGGREGATION.—The information required to be reported under sub-
                                             paragraphs (A), (B), and (G) of paragraphs (1) shall be disaggregated by race,
                                             ethnicity, sex, age, and the subpopulations of eligible youth (as defined in sec-
                                             tion 3).’’.

                                       CHAPTER 3—ADULT AND DISLOCATED WORKER EMPLOYMENT AND
                                                         TRAINING ACTIVITIES
                                     SEC. 241. WITHIN STATE ALLOCATIONS.
                                           Section 133(b)(2) (29 U.S.C. 3173(b)(2)) is amended—
                                                (1) in subparagraph (A)(iii), by striking ‘‘The term, used with respect to fiscal
                                             year 2013 or 2014, means a percentage of the amount allocated to local areas
                                             under paragraphs (2)(A) and (3) of section 133(b) of the Workforce Investment
                                             Act of 1998 (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act),
                                             received through an allocation made under paragraph (2)(A) or (3) of that sec-
                                             tion for fiscal year 2013 or 2014, respectively.’’; and
                                                (2) in subparagraph (B)(iv), by striking ‘‘The term, used with respect to fiscal
                                             year 2014, means a percentage of the amount allocated to local areas under sec-
                                             tion 133(b)(2)(B) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (as in effect on the
                                             day before the date of enactment of this Act), received through an allocation
                                             made under that section for fiscal year 2014.’’.
                                     SEC. 242. USE OF FUNDS FOR EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.
                                       (a) REQUIRED STATEWIDE EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—
                                            (1) STATEWIDE RAPID RESPONSE ACTIVITIES.—Section 134(a)(2)(A)(ii) (29 U.S.C.
                                         3174(a)(2)(A)(ii)) is amended by striking ‘‘, and section 133(a)(2) of the Work-
                                         force Investment Act of 1998 (as in effect on the day before the date of enact-
                                         ment of this Act)’’.
                                            (2) STATEWIDE EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—Section 134(a)(2)(B)(i)
                                         (29 U.S.C. 3174(a)(2)(B)) is amended by striking subclauses (III) and (IV) and
                                         inserting the following:
                                                           ‘‘(III) local areas by providing information on and support for the
                                                        effective development, convening, and implementation of industry
                                                        or sector partnerships described in subsection (c)(5);
                                                           ‘‘(IV) local areas for carrying out career pathway development ef-
                                                        forts, which may include alignment and coordination efforts with
                                                        career and technical education programs of study; and
                                                           ‘‘(V) local areas, one-stop operators, one-stop partners, and eligi-
                                                        ble providers, including for—
                                                                 ‘‘(aa) the continuous development and training of staff on
                                                               strategies for preparing individuals with barriers to employ-
                                                               ment to enter in-demand industry sectors or occupations and
                                                               nontraditional occupations;
                                                                 ‘‘(bb) the development of exemplary program activities; and
                                                                 ‘‘(cc) the provision of technical assistance to local areas that
                                                               fail to meet local performance accountability measures de-
                                                               scribed in section 116(c);’’.
                                       (b) ALLOWABLE STATEWIDE EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—Section
                                     134(a)(3)(A) (29 U.S.C. 3174(a)(3)(A)) is amended—
                                            (1) in clause (ii), by inserting ‘‘or bringing evidenced-based programs to scale’’
                                         after ‘‘strategies’’;
                                            (2) by amending clause (iii) to read as follows:




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       31
                                                          ‘‘(iii) the development or identification of, and sharing of information
                                                       (in transparent, linked, open, and interoperable data formats) about,
                                                       education and training programs that—
                                                                 ‘‘(I) respond to real-time labor market analysis;
                                                                 ‘‘(II) utilize direct assessment and prior learning assessment to
                                                              measure and provide credit for prior knowledge, skills, com-
                                                              petencies, and experiences;
                                                                 ‘‘(III) evaluate such skills and competencies for adaptability, en-
                                                              sure credits are portable and stackable for more skilled employ-
                                                              ment; and
                                                                 ‘‘(IV) accelerate course or credential completion, and facilitate the
                                                              sharing of information about such programs in transparent, linked,
                                                              open, and interoperable data formats;’’;
                                                (3) by amending clause (v) to read as follows:
                                                          ‘‘(v) supporting the development of alternative programs and other
                                                       activities that enhance the choices available to older individuals (in-
                                                       cluding options for self-employment and other wage-earning activities
                                                       that lead to economic self-sufficiency), and enhance skills (such as dig-
                                                       ital literacy) in older individuals;’’;
                                                (4) in clause (viii)(II)—
                                                     (A) by amending item (dd) to read as follows:
                                                                        ‘‘(dd) adult education, literacy, and digital literacy activities,
                                                                     including those provided by public libraries;’’;
                                                     (B) in item (ee), by striking ‘‘ex-offenders’’ and inserting ‘‘justice-involved
                                                   individuals’’;
                                                     (C) by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of item (ff); and
                                                     (D) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                        ‘‘(gg) programs under the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42
                                                                     U.S.C. 3001 et seq.) that support employment and economic se-
                                                                     curity; and
                                                                        ‘‘(hh) State domestic violence coalitions (as defined in section
                                                                     302 of the Family Violence Prevention and Services Act (42
                                                                     U.S.C. 10402)) and tribal coalitions (as defined in section
                                                                     40002(a) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994 (34 U.S.C.
                                                                     12291(a))).’’.
                                           (c) REQUIRED LOCAL EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—
                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 134(c)(1)(A) (29 U.S.C. 3174(c)(1)(A)) is amended by
                                              striking clauses (iv) and (v) and inserting the following:
                                                          ‘‘(iv) to provide supportive services described in paragraph (4) to
                                                       adults and dislocated workers, respectively, through the one-stop deliv-
                                                       ery system in accordance with such paragraph;
                                                          ‘‘(v) to establish and develop relationships and networks with large
                                                       and small employers and their intermediaries; and
                                                          ‘‘(vi) to develop, convene, or implement industry or sector partner-
                                                       ships described in paragraph (5).’’.
                                                (2) CAREER SERVICES.—
                                                     (A) SERVICES PROVIDED.—Section 134(c)(2)(A) (29 U.S.C. 3174(c)(2)(A)) is
                                                   amended—
                                                          (i) by amending clause (iii) to read as follows:
                                                          ‘‘(iii) initial assessment of skill levels (including literacy, digital lit-
                                                       eracy, numeracy, and English language proficiency), competencies,
                                                       abilities, current applicable foreign academic and professional creden-
                                                       tials, guidance and services on transferring high-skilled foreign certifi-
                                                       cations, and supportive service needs, which may include diagnostic
                                                       testing and use of other assessment tools;’’;
                                                          (ii) by amending clause (vi) to read as follows:
                                                          ‘‘(vi) provision of workforce and labor market employment statistics
                                                       information and related skills development information, including the
                                                       provision of accurate information relating to local, regional, and na-
                                                       tional labor market areas, including—
                                                                 ‘‘(I) job vacancy listings in such labor market areas;
                                                                 ‘‘(II) information on job skills and credentials necessary to obtain
                                                              the jobs described in subclause (I); and
                                                                 ‘‘(III) information on education and skills development programs
                                                              that are available for attaining needed skills and credentials for
                                                              the jobs described in subclause (I), including information—
                                                                        ‘‘(aa) on the pathways to such skills and credentials (includ-
                                                                     ing information on career pathway programs in the local area);




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00035   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      32
                                                                      ‘‘(bb) on the quality of such education and training programs,
                                                                    consistent with the performance information provided under
                                                                    clause (vii); and
                                                                      ‘‘(cc) on the comparability of current foreign academic and
                                                                    professional certifications to needed skills and credentials; and
                                                                ‘‘(IV) information relating to local occupations in demand and the
                                                             earnings, skill requirements, and opportunities for advancement
                                                             for such occupations;’’;
                                                         (iii) by amending clause (xi) to read as follows:
                                                         ‘‘(xi) assistance in identifying and establishing eligibility for programs
                                                      of financial aid assistance for training and education programs that are
                                                      not funded under this Act, including Federal financial aid under title
                                                      IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) and
                                                      through State-funded education and training programs;’’;
                                                         (iv) in clause (xii), by striking subclauses (IV) through (XI) and in-
                                                      serting the following:
                                                                ‘‘(IV) individual counseling, including career counseling;
                                                                ‘‘(V) career planning;
                                                                ‘‘(VI) assessment and development of employability skills, includ-
                                                             ing development of learning skills, communication skills, inter-
                                                             viewing skills, punctuality, and professional conduct, to prepare in-
                                                             dividuals for unsubsidized employment or training;
                                                                ‘‘(VII) financial literacy services, such as the activities described
                                                             in section 129(b)(2)(D);
                                                                ‘‘(VIII) out-of-area job search assistance and relocation assist-
                                                             ance; or
                                                                ‘‘(IX) English language acquisition and integrated education and
                                                             training programs; and’’; and
                                                         (v) in clause (xiii), by inserting ‘‘and options for further skill upgrad-
                                                      ing and career advancement’’ after ‘‘the workplace’’.
                                                   (B) USE OF PREVIOUS ASSESSMENTS.—Subparagraph (B) of section
                                                134(c)(2) (29 U.S.C. 3174(c)(2)) is amended to read as follows:
                                                   ‘‘(B) USE OF PREVIOUS ASSESSMENTS.—A one-stop operator or one-stop
                                                partner shall not be required to conduct a new interview, evaluation, or as-
                                                sessment of a participant under subparagraph (A)(xii) if the one-stop oper-
                                                ator or one-stop partner determines that it is—
                                                         ‘‘(i) appropriate to use a recent interview, evaluation, or assessment
                                                      of the participant conducted for another education or training program;
                                                      and
                                                         ‘‘(ii) using such recent interview, evaluation, or assessment may ac-
                                                      celerate eligibility determination or facilitate enrollment in a training
                                                      program for which such participant has been selected.’’.
                                                   (C) DELIVERY OF SERVICES.—Subparagraph (C) of section 134(c)(2) (29
                                                U.S.C. 3174(c)(2)) is amended by inserting ‘‘or community-based organiza-
                                                tions to serve individuals with barriers to employment,’’ after ‘‘nonprofit
                                                service providers,’’.
                                              (3) TRAINING SERVICES.—
                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—Section 134(c)(3)(A) (29 U.S.C. 3174(c)(3)(A)) is amend-
                                                ed—
                                                         (i) in clause (i)(II), by inserting before the semicolon at the end the
                                                      following: ‘‘, or to jobs that may be performed remotely’’; and
                                                         (ii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                         ‘‘(iv) ADULT EDUCATION AND FAMILY LITERACY ACTIVITIES.—In the
                                                      case of an individual who is determined to not have the skills and
                                                      qualifications to successfully participate in the selected program of
                                                      training services under clause (i)(I)(cc), the one-stop operator or one-
                                                      stop partner shall make available, or refer such individual to, adult
                                                      education and family literacy activities under title II.’’.
                                                   (B) QUALIFICATION.—Section 134(c)(3)(B) (29 U.S.C. 3174(c)(3)(B)) is
                                                amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                         ‘‘(iv) PARTICIPATION DURING PENDING APPLICATION.—An individual
                                                      who meets the eligibility requirements under subparagraph (A)(i) to
                                                      participate in a program of training services may participate in such
                                                      a program during the period in which such individual’s enrollment in
                                                      such program is being reviewed under this section, except that the pro-
                                                      vider of such program shall only receive reimbursement under this Act
                                                      for the individual’s participation during such period if such individual’s
                                                      enrollment is approved under this section.’’.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00036   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      33
                                                  (C) TRAINING SERVICES.—Section 134(c)(3)(D) is amended, in the matter
                                                preceding clause (i), by striking ‘‘Training services may include’’ and insert-
                                                ing ‘‘Training services may be delivered in-person or virtually, and may in-
                                                clude’’.
                                                  (D) PRIORITY.—Section 134(c)(3)(E) (29 U.S.C. 3174(c)(3)(E)) is amended
                                                to read as follows:
                                                  ‘‘(E) PRIORITY.—
                                                        ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—With respect to funds allocated to a local area for
                                                     adult employment and training activities under paragraph (2)(A) or (3)
                                                     of section 133(b), not less than 75 percent of such funds, used to pro-
                                                     vide career services described in paragraph (2)(A)(xii), training services,
                                                     and supportive services, shall be used to provide such services to—
                                                               ‘‘(I) recipients of public assistance;
                                                               ‘‘(II) other low-income individuals;
                                                               ‘‘(III) individuals who have foundational skill needs; and
                                                               ‘‘(IV) individuals with barriers to employment who are not de-
                                                             scribed in subclauses (I) through (III).
                                                        ‘‘(ii) DETERMINATIONS OF PRIORITY.—The appropriate local board and
                                                     the Governor shall direct the one-stop operators in the local area with
                                                     regard to making determinations on how to prioritize the populations
                                                     listed in subclauses (I) through (IV) of clause (i) for purposes of clause
                                                     (i).’’;
                                                  (E) USE OF INDIVIDUAL TRAINING ACCOUNTS.—Section 134(c)(3)(G) (29
                                                U.S.C. 3174(c)(3)(G)) is amended—
                                                        (i) by amending clause (i) to read as follows:
                                                        ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—
                                                               ‘‘(I) TRAINING SERVICES.—Except as provided in clause (ii), train-
                                                             ing services provided under this paragraph shall be provided
                                                             through the use of individual training accounts in accordance with
                                                             this paragraph, and shall be provided to eligible individuals
                                                             through the one-stop delivery system.
                                                               ‘‘(II) AUTHORIZED COSTS.—An individual training account may
                                                             provide any costs with respect to such training services, as deter-
                                                             mined by the local board, including—
                                                                     ‘‘(aa) the costs of course materials, supplies, uniforms, tech-
                                                                   nology, and other required fees for graduation, licensure, or
                                                                   certification; and
                                                                     ‘‘(bb) in the case of a provider that charges tuition and fees
                                                                   for a training program, the cost of such tuition and fees.’’;
                                                        (ii) in clause (ii), by amending subclause (IV) to read as follows:
                                                               ‘‘(IV) the local board determines that there is a training program
                                                             demonstrating effectiveness (including cost effectiveness), and that
                                                             can be offered in the local area by a community-based organization
                                                             or another private, nonprofit organization to serve individuals with
                                                             barriers to employment;’’; and
                                                        (iii) by striking clauses (iii) and (iv) and inserting the following:
                                                        ‘‘(iii) LINKAGE TO OCCUPATIONS IN DEMAND.—
                                                               ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subclause (II), training services pro-
                                                             vided under this paragraph shall be directly linked to an in-de-
                                                             mand industry sector or occupation in the local area or the plan-
                                                             ning region, or in another area to which an adult or dislocated
                                                             worker receiving such services is willing to relocate or that may be
                                                             performed remotely.
                                                               ‘‘(II) EXCEPTION.— A local board may approve training services
                                                             for occupations determined by the local board to be in sectors of the
                                                             economy that have a high potential for sustained demand or
                                                             growth in the local area.
                                                        ‘‘(iv) CREDENTIAL IN DEMAND.—To the extent practicable, training
                                                     services provided under this paragraph shall result in the attainment
                                                     of skills and credentials that are portable and stackable.
                                                        ‘‘(v) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this paragraph shall be
                                                     construed to preclude the combined use of individual training accounts
                                                     and contracts in the provision of training services, including arrange-
                                                     ments that allow individuals receiving individual training accounts to
                                                     obtain training services that are contracted for under clause (ii).’’.
                                                  (F) REIMBURSEMENT FOR ON-THE-JOB TRAINING.—Section 134(c)(3)(H) (29
                                                U.S.C. 3174(c)(3)(H)) is amended to read as follows:
                                                  ‘‘(H) REIMBURSEMENT FOR ON-THE-JOB TRAINING.—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00037   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      34
                                                         ‘‘(i) REIMBURSEMENT LEVELS.—For purposes of the provision of on-
                                                      the-job training under this paragraph, the Governor or local board in-
                                                      volved may increase the amount of the reimbursement to an amount
                                                      of up to 90 percent of the wage rate of a participant for a program car-
                                                      ried out under chapter 2 or this chapter, if—
                                                                ‘‘(I) the Governor approves the increase with respect to a pro-
                                                             gram carried out with funds reserved by the State under such
                                                             chapter, taking into account the factors described in clause (iii); or
                                                                ‘‘(II) the local board approves the increase with respect to a pro-
                                                             gram carried out with funds allocated to a local area under such
                                                             chapter, taking into account the factors described in clause (iii).
                                                         ‘‘(ii) VERIFICATION BY ONE-STOP OPERATOR.—The one-stop operator
                                                      within a local area shall—
                                                                ‘‘(I) at least once during the on-the-job training program, verify
                                                             that the employer meets the conditions that—
                                                                       ‘‘(aa) were certified by the employer in the contract for such
                                                                    program; and
                                                                       ‘‘(bb) are consistent with the factors described in clause (iii),
                                                                    according to a methodology determined by the local board with
                                                                    consent from the Governor; and
                                                                ‘‘(II) terminate the employer’s contract for such program if the
                                                             employer is not meeting such conditions.
                                                         ‘‘(iii) FACTORS.—For purposes of this subparagraph, the Governor or
                                                      local board, respectively, may take into account factors consisting of—
                                                                ‘‘(I) basic indicators of job quality, including—
                                                                       ‘‘(aa) wage level upon completion of a training program;
                                                                       ‘‘(bb) availability of benefits, such as paid time off, health in-
                                                                    surance, and retirement savings plan; and
                                                                       ‘‘(cc) a safe workplace, such as a record of compliance with
                                                                    safety regulations consistent with or better than the industry
                                                                    average and adoption of an independently certified injury and
                                                                    illness prevention program;
                                                                ‘‘(II) the characteristics of the participants;
                                                                ‘‘(III) the size of the employer;
                                                                ‘‘(IV) the quality of employer-provided training and advancement
                                                             opportunities; and
                                                                ‘‘(V) such other factors as the Governor or local board, respec-
                                                             tively, may determine to be appropriate, which may include the
                                                             number of employees participating in the training, opportunities
                                                             for promotions, predictable and stable work schedule, and relation
                                                             of the training to the competitiveness of a participant.’’.
                                             (4) SUPPORTIVE SERVICES.—Section 134(c) (29 U.S.C. 3174) is further amended
                                           by adding at the end the following:
                                             ‘‘(4) SUPPORTIVE SERVICES.—
                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—A portion of the funds allocated to a local area for
                                                adults under paragraph (2)(A) or (3), as appropriate, of section 133(b), and
                                                a portion of the funds allocated to the local area for dislocated workers
                                                under section 133(b)(2)(B)—
                                                         ‘‘(i) shall be used to provide supportive services (that are not needs-
                                                      related payments) to adults and dislocated workers, respectively—
                                                                ‘‘(I) who are participating in programs with activities authorized
                                                             in paragraph (2) or (3) of subsection (c), or who entered unsub-
                                                             sidized employment after participating in such programs, for up to
                                                             12 months following the date of first employment; and
                                                                ‘‘(II) who are unable to obtain such supportive services through
                                                             other programs providing such services; and
                                                         ‘‘(ii) may be used to provide needs-related payments to adults and
                                                      dislocated workers, respectively, who are unemployed and do not qual-
                                                      ify for (or have ceased to qualify for) unemployment compensation for
                                                      the purpose of enabling such individuals to participate in programs of
                                                      training services under subsection (c)(3).
                                                   ‘‘(B) ADDITIONAL ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR NEEDS-RELATED PAY-
                                                MENTS.—In addition to the requirements contained in subparagraph (A)(ii),
                                                a dislocated worker who has ceased to qualify for unemployment compensa-
                                                tion may be eligible to receive needs-related payments under this para-
                                                graph only if such worker is enrolled in training services.
                                                   ‘‘(C) LEVEL OF PAYMENTS.—The level of a needs-related payment made to
                                                a dislocated worker under this paragraph shall not exceed the greater of—
                                                         ‘‘(i) the applicable level of unemployment compensation; or




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00038   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       35
                                                            ‘‘(ii) if such worker did not qualify for unemployment compensation,
                                                         an amount equal to 150 percent of the poverty line, for an equivalent
                                                         period, which amount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in total fam-
                                                         ily income.’’.
                                           (d) PERMISSIBLE LOCAL EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—
                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 134(d)(1)(A) (29 U.S.C. 3174(d)(1)(A)) is amended—
                                                      (A) in clause (vii)—
                                                            (i) by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end of subclause (III); and
                                                            (ii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                   ‘‘(IV) to strengthen, through professional development activities,
                                                                the knowledge and capacity of staff to use the latest digital tech-
                                                                nologies, tools and strategies to equitably deliver high quality serv-
                                                                ices and outcomes for jobseekers, workers, and employers;’’;
                                                      (B) in clause (viii), strike ‘‘displaced homemakers’’ and insert ‘‘displaced
                                                   caregivers’’; and
                                                      (C) in clause (ix)(II)(bb), by inserting ‘‘, technical assistance in support of
                                                   job quality, adoption of skills-based and equitable hiring practices’’ after
                                                   ‘‘apprenticeship’’.
                                                (2) INCUMBENT WORKER TRAINING PROGRAMS; TRANSITIONAL JOBS.—Section
                                             134(d) (29 U.S.C. 3174(d)), as amended by this section, is further amended by
                                             striking paragraphs (2) through (5), and inserting the following:
                                                ‘‘(2) INCUMBENT WORKER TRAINING PROGRAMS.—
                                                      ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—
                                                            ‘‘(i) STANDARD RESERVATION OF FUNDS.—The local board may reserve
                                                         and use not more than 25 percent of the funds allocated to the local
                                                         area involved under section 133(b) to pay for the Federal share of the
                                                         cost of providing training through a training program for incumbent
                                                         workers, carried out in accordance with this paragraph.
                                                            ‘‘(ii) INCREASE IN RESERVATION OF FUNDS.—The local board may in-
                                                         crease such reservation of funds for a program year if the Governor de-
                                                         termines that the training from such funds from the prior program
                                                         year resulted in career promotions for workers receiving such training
                                                         and created new job vacancies. For a program year for which the res-
                                                         ervation of funds is so increased, clause (i) shall be applied by sub-
                                                         stituting ‘30 percent’ for ‘25 percent’.
                                                            ‘‘(iii) DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY.—In order for a local board to
                                                         determine that an employer is eligible to receive funding under clause
                                                         (i), the local board shall take into account factors consisting of—
                                                                   ‘‘(I) the basic indicators of job quality described in subsection
                                                                (c)(3)(H)(iii)(I);
                                                                   ‘‘(II) the characteristics of the participants in the program;
                                                                   ‘‘(III) the relationship of the training to the competitiveness of a
                                                                participant and the employer; and
                                                                   ‘‘(IV) such other factors as the local board may determine to be
                                                                appropriate, which may include the number of employees partici-
                                                                pating in the training, and the existence of other training and ad-
                                                                vancement opportunities provided by the employer.
                                                            ‘‘(iv) STATEWIDE IMPACT.—The Governor or State board involved may
                                                         make recommendations to the local board for providing incumbent
                                                         worker training that has statewide impact.
                                                      ‘‘(B) TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—The training program for incumbent workers
                                                   carried out under this paragraph shall be carried out by the local board in
                                                   conjunction with the employers or groups of employers of such workers
                                                   (which may include employers in partnership with other entities for the
                                                   purposes of delivering training) for the purpose of assisting such workers
                                                   in obtaining the skills necessary to retain employment or avert layoffs.
                                                      ‘‘(C) EMPLOYER PAYMENT OF NON-FEDERAL SHARE.—Employers partici-
                                                   pating in the program carried out under this paragraph shall be required
                                                   to pay for the non-Federal share of the cost of providing the training to in-
                                                   cumbent workers of the employers.
                                                      ‘‘(D) NON-FEDERAL SHARE.—
                                                            ‘‘(i) FACTORS.—Subject to clauses (ii) and (iii), the local board shall
                                                         establish the non-Federal share of the cost of providing training
                                                         through a training program for incumbent workers, by considering the
                                                         indicators described in subsection (c)(3)(H)(iii) and how many of such
                                                         indicators the employer certifies will be met with respect to the employ-
                                                         ment of incumbent workers upon completion of training funded under
                                                         this section.
                                                            ‘‘(ii) LIMITS.—The non-Federal share shall not be less than—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00039   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       36
                                                                  ‘‘(I) 10 percent of the cost, for employers with not more than 50
                                                               employees;
                                                                  ‘‘(II) 25 percent of the cost, for employers with more than 50 em-
                                                               ployees but not more than 100 employees; and
                                                                  ‘‘(III) 50 percent of the cost, for employers with more than 100
                                                               employees.
                                                           ‘‘(iii) CALCULATION OF EMPLOYER SHARE.—The non-Federal share pro-
                                                        vided by an employer participating in the program may include the
                                                        amount of the wages paid by the employer to a worker while the work-
                                                        er is attending a training program under this paragraph. The employer
                                                        may provide the share in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated.
                                                     ‘‘(E) VERIFICATION BY ONE-STOP OPERATOR.—Upon completion of the in-
                                                  cumbent worker training program funded under this section, the one-stop
                                                  operator within a local area shall verify that the employer met the condi-
                                                  tions that were certified to prior to receiving the Federal share of the train-
                                                  ing program’s costs, consistent with this paragraph, according to a method-
                                                  ology determined by the Governor or local board. If such conditions were
                                                  not met, the one-stop operator shall prohibit the employer from receiving
                                                  funds for incumbent worker training under this section for a period of 5
                                                  years.
                                               ‘‘(3) TRANSITIONAL JOBS.—The local board may use not more than 40 percent
                                             of the funds allocated to the local area involved under section 133(b) to provide
                                             transitional jobs under subsection (c)(3) that—
                                                     ‘‘(A) are time-limited work experiences that are subsidized and are in the
                                                  public, private, employment social enterprise, or nonprofit sectors for indi-
                                                  viduals with barriers to employment who are chronically unemployed or
                                                  have an inconsistent work history;
                                                     ‘‘(B) are combined with comprehensive employment and supportive serv-
                                                  ices; and
                                                     ‘‘(C) are designed to assist the individuals described in subparagraph (A)
                                                  to establish a work history, demonstrate success in the workplace, and de-
                                                  velop skills that lead to entry into and retention in unsubsidized employ-
                                                  ment.’’.

                                             CHAPTER 4—GENERAL WORKFORCE INVESTMENT PROVISIONS
                                     SEC. 251. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                           Section 136 (29 U.S.C. 3181) is amended to read as follows:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 136. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                        ‘‘(a) YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.—There are authorized to be ap-
                                     propriated to carry out the activities described in section 127(a), $1,026,450,000 for
                                     fiscal year 2023, $1,129,100,000 for fiscal year 2024, $1,242,000,000 for fiscal year
                                     2025, $1,366,200,000 for fiscal year 2026, $1,502,800,000 for fiscal year 2027, and
                                     $1,653,100,000 for fiscal year 2028
                                        ‘‘(b) SUMMER AND YEAR-ROUND EMPLOYMENT ACTIVITIES..—There are authorized
                                     to be appropriated to section 130, $926,650,000 for fiscal year 2023, $1,019,300,000
                                     for fiscal year 2024, $1,121,250,000 for fiscal year 2025, $1,233,400,000 for fiscal
                                     year 2026, $1,356,750,000 for fiscal year 2027, and $1,492,450,000 for fiscal year
                                     2028.
                                        ‘‘(c) ADULT EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—There are authorized to be
                                     appropriated to carry out the activities described in section 132(a)(1), $1,555,600,000
                                     for fiscal year 2023, $1,711,200,000 for fiscal year 2024, $1,882,300,000 for fiscal
                                     year 2025, $2,070,500,000 for fiscal year 2026, $2,277,600,000 for fiscal year 2027,
                                     and $2,505,400,000 for fiscal year 2028.
                                        ‘‘(d) DISLOCATED WORKER EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—There are au-
                                     thorized to be appropriated to carry out the activities described in section 132(a)(2),
                                     $2,486,300,000 for fiscal year 2023, $2,734,900,000 for fiscal year 2024,
                                     $3,008,400,000 for fiscal year 2025, $3,309,200,000 for fiscal year 2026,
                                     $3,640,100,000 for fiscal year 2027, and $4,004,100,000 for fiscal year 2028.’’.

                                                                    Subtitle C—Job Corps
                                     SEC. 261. AMENDMENTS RELATING TO JOB CORPS.
                                           (a) DEFINITIONS.—
                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 142 (29 U.S.C. 3192) is amended—
                                                     (A) by amending paragraph (7) to read as follows:




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00040   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      37
                                              ‘‘(7) JOB CORPS CAMPUS.—The term ‘Job Corps campus’ means a campus run
                                           by an operator selected by the Secretary pursuant to section 147, carrying out
                                           Job Corps activities.’’; and
                                                     (B) by adding at the end the following:
                                              ‘‘(11) STATE.—The term ‘State’ has the meaning given the term in section 3,
                                           except that such term also includes outlying areas (as defined in section 3).’’.
                                              (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Subtitle C of title I (29 U.S.C. 3191 et seq.)
                                           is amended—
                                                     (A) by striking ‘‘Job Corps center’’ each place such term appears (includ-
                                                 ing in any headings) and inserting ‘‘Job Corps campus’’; and
                                                     (B) by striking ‘‘Job Corps centers’’ each place such term appears (includ-
                                                 ing in any headings) and inserting ‘‘Job Corps campuses’’.
                                        (b) INDIVIDUALS ELIGIBLE FOR THE JOB CORPS.—Section 144 (29 U.S.C. 3194) is
                                     amended—
                                              (1) in subsection (a)—
                                                     (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
                                              ‘‘(1) not less than age 16 and not more than age 24 on the date of enroll-
                                           ment;’’;
                                                     (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                                              ‘‘(2) an individual who is—
                                                     ‘‘(A) a low-income individual as defined in subsection (h)(4) of section
                                                 402A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-11) as deter-
                                                 mined using procedures similar to those in subsection (e) of such section;
                                                 or
                                                     ‘‘(B) a resident of a qualified opportunity zone as defined in section
                                                 1400Z–1(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; and’’; and
                                                     (C) in paragraph (3)—
                                                           (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘Basic skills deficient’’ and insert-
                                                        ing ‘‘An individual with foundational skill needs’’;
                                                           (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘A school dropout’’ and inserting
                                                        ‘‘An opportunity youth’’; and
                                                           (iii) in subparagraph (D), by inserting ‘‘or an individual who is preg-
                                                        nant’’ before the period; and
                                              (2) by amending subsection (b) to read as follows:
                                        ‘‘(b) SPECIAL RULE FOR VETERANS.—A veteran shall be eligible to become an en-
                                     rollee if the veteran meets the requirements of subsection (a)(1).’’.
                                        (c) RECRUITMENT, SCREENING, SELECTION, AND ASSIGNMENT OF ENROLLEES.—Sec-
                                     tion 145(a) (29 U.S.C. 3195(a)) is amended—
                                              (1) in paragraph (2)—
                                                     (A) in subparagraph (D), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                     (B) in subparagraph (E), by striking the period at the end and inserting
                                                 ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                     (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                     ‘‘(F) assist one-stop centers and other entities identified in paragraph (3)
                                                 in developing joint applications for Job Corps, YouthBuild, and youth work-
                                                 force investment activities under which an applicant may submit a single
                                                 application for all such programs.’’; and
                                              (2) in paragraph (5), by striking the last sentence.
                                        (d) JOB CORPS CAMPUSES.—Section 147 (29 U.S.C. 3197) is amended—
                                              (1) in subsection (a)—
                                                     (A) in paragraph (2)—
                                                           (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting at the end the following: ‘‘Such
                                                        award shall be based upon best value and fair and reasonable pricing.’’;
                                                        and
                                                           (ii) by amending subparagraph (B) to read as follows:
                                                     ‘‘(B) CONSIDERATIONS.—
                                                           ‘‘(i) STUDENT OUTCOMES.—In selecting an entity to operate a Job
                                                        Corps campus, the Secretary shall consider a numeric metric of recent
                                                        past effectiveness of the entity in assisting opportunity youth to connect
                                                        to the workforce, to be calculated based on data regarding—
                                                                 ‘‘(I) the percentage of students served by the entity who were in
                                                               education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment,
                                                               during the second quarter after exit from the relevant program;
                                                                 ‘‘(II) the percentage of students served by the entity who were in
                                                               education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment,
                                                               during the fourth quarter after exit from the relevant program;
                                                                 ‘‘(III) the median earnings of students served by the entity who
                                                               were in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after
                                                               exit from the relevant program;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00041   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       38
                                                                ‘‘(IV) the percentage of students served by the entity who ob-
                                                             tained a recognized postsecondary credential, or a secondary school
                                                             diploma or its recognized equivalent, during participation in or
                                                             within 1 year after exit from the relevant program; and
                                                                ‘‘(V) expected levels of performance established under section
                                                             159(c)(2) or similar metrics for recruitment of eligible youth for rel-
                                                             evant contracts or grants.
                                                         ‘‘(ii) MARKET DEVELOPMENT.—
                                                                ‘‘(I) MENTOR-PROTÉGÉ PROGRAM.—The Secretary shall carry out a
                                                             mentor-protégé program in accordance with section 45 of the Small
                                                             Business Act (15 U.S.C. 657r) with respect to Job Corps campus
                                                             operations.
                                                                ‘‘(II) PAST-PERFORMANCE.—The Secretary shall publish com-
                                                             parable alternative metrics for entities without previous experience
                                                             in Job Corps campus operations to demonstrate their past effective-
                                                             ness in accordance with the requirements of clause (i).’’; and
                                                   (B) in paragraph (3)—
                                                         (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ‘‘high-skill, high-wage, or’’ before
                                                      ‘‘in-demand’’;
                                                         (ii) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘Workforce Investment Act of
                                                      1998’’ and inserting ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’;
                                                         (iii) by redesignating subparagraph (K) as subparagraph (L); and
                                                         (iv) by inserting after subparagraph (J) the following:
                                                   ‘‘(K) A description of the entity’s ability to demonstrate a record of suc-
                                                cessfully operating a safe learning and residential environment for oppor-
                                                tunity youth.’’;
                                             (2) in subsection (b), by striking paragraphs (2) and (3) and inserting the fol-
                                          lowing:
                                             ‘‘(2) HIGH PERFORMANCE.—An entity shall be considered to be an operator of
                                          a high-performing campus if the Job Corps campus operated by the entity was
                                          ranked among the top 25 percent of Job Corps campuses, excluding Civilian
                                          Conservation Centers described in subsection (d), for the two most recent pre-
                                          ceding program years.’’;
                                             (3) in subsection (d), by adding at the end the following:
                                             ‘‘(4) DIRECT HIRE AUTHORITY.—The Secretary of Agriculture may appoint,
                                          without regard to the provisions of subchapter I of chapter 33 of title 5, United
                                          States Code (other than sections 3303 and 3328 of such title), a graduate of a
                                          Civilian Conservation Center who successfully completed a training program fo-
                                          cused on forestry, wildland firefighting, or another topic relating to the mission
                                          of the Forest Service directly to a position with the Department of Agriculture,
                                          Forest Service, for which the candidate meets Office of Personnel Management
                                          qualification standards.’’;
                                             (4) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘2-year’’ and inserting ‘‘4-year’’; and
                                             (5) in subsection (g)(1), by striking ‘‘, for both of the 2 most recent preceding
                                          program years’’ and all that follows through the end and inserting ‘‘the agree-
                                          ment has been in place for at least 3 years and for both of the 2 most recent
                                          preceding program years for which information is available at the time the de-
                                          termination is made, such campus has been ranked in the lowest 10 percent of
                                          Job Corps campuses.’’.
                                       (e) PROGRAM ACTIVITIES.—Section 148(a) (29 U.S.C. 3198(a)) is amended, in the
                                     subsection heading, by inserting ‘‘ACADEMIC’’ before ‘‘ACTIVITIES’’.
                                       (f) SUPPORT.—Section 150 (29 U.S.C. 3200) is amended—
                                             (1) in subsection (c), by striking ‘‘3 months’’ and inserting ‘‘12 months’’; and
                                             (2) by adding at the end the following:
                                       ‘‘(d) PERIOD OF TRANSITION.—Notwithstanding the requirements of section 146(b),
                                     Job Corps graduates may remain enrolled and a resident of a Job Corps campus
                                     for not more than 1 month after graduation, subject to approval by the director of
                                     the Job Corps Campus, in order to facilitate their transition into independent living
                                     and employment.’’.
                                       (g) OPERATIONS.—Section 151 (29 U.S.C. 3201) is amended to read as follows:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 151. OPERATIONS.
                                           ‘‘(a) OPERATING PLAN.—
                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The provisions of the contract between the Secretary and
                                              an entity selected to operate a Job Corps campus shall, including any subse-
                                              quent modifications to such contract, serve as an operating plan for the Job
                                              Corps campus.
                                                 ‘‘(2) FEDERAL CHANGES TO OPERATING PLAN.—The Secretary may require the
                                              operator to submit additional information, as the Secretary deems necessary for




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00042   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      39
                                          compliance with any relevant regulations, which shall be considered part of the
                                          operating plan.
                                             ‘‘(3) AVAILABILITY.—The Secretary shall make the operating plan described in
                                          paragraphs (1) and (2), excluding any proprietary information, available on a
                                          publicly accessible website.
                                       ‘‘(b) LOCAL AUTHORITIES.—Subject to the limitations of their approved budgets,
                                     the operators of Job Corps campuses shall have the authority, without prior ap-
                                     proval from the Secretary, to—
                                             ‘‘(1) hire staff and invest in staff professional development;
                                             ‘‘(2) enter into agreements with local partners, such as secondary and postsec-
                                          ondary schools or employers; and
                                             ‘‘(3) engage with and educate stakeholders about Job Corps operations and ac-
                                          tivities.’’.
                                       (h) STANDARDS OF CONDUCT.—Section 152 (29 U.S.C. 3202) is amended—
                                             (1) in subsection (a), by striking the second sentence;
                                             (2) by amending subsection (b) to read as follows:
                                       ‘‘(b) BEHAVIORAL MANAGEMENT PLAN.—
                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—As part of the operating plan defined in section 151(a), the
                                          director of each Job Corps campus shall develop and implement a behavioral
                                          management plan, subject to the approval of the Secretary. Such plan shall in-
                                          clude student standards of conduct, positive behavioral interventions and sup-
                                          ports, and multi-tier systems of supports.
                                             ‘‘(2) DISCIPLINARY MEASURES AND DRUG TESTING.—
                                                   ‘‘(A) DISCIPLINARY MEASURES.—To promote the proper behavioral stand-
                                                ards in the Job Corps, the director of each Job Corps campus shall, con-
                                                sistent with the applicable behavioral management plan described in para-
                                                graph (1), have the authority to take appropriate disciplinary measures
                                                against enrollees if such director determines that an enrollee has com-
                                                mitted a violation of the standards of conduct. The director shall adopt a
                                                zero tolerance policy for an act of violence or a credible threat of violence
                                                that seriously endangers the safety of students, staff, or the local commu-
                                                nity and for illegal activity on the campus.
                                                   ‘‘(B) DRUG TESTING.—The Secretary shall require drug testing of all en-
                                                rollees for controlled substances, as set forth in section 102 of the Con-
                                                trolled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 802), in accordance with procedures pre-
                                                scribed by the Secretary under section 145(a).
                                                   ‘‘(C) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph:
                                                         ‘‘(i) CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE.—The term ‘controlled substance’ has
                                                      the meaning given the term in section 102 of the Controlled Substances
                                                      Act (21 U.S.C. 802).
                                                         ‘‘(ii) ZERO TOLERANCE POLICY.—The term ‘zero tolerance policy’ means
                                                      a policy under which an enrollee shall be automatically dismissed from
                                                      the Job Corps after a determination by the director that the enrollee
                                                      has carried out an act of violence that seriously endangers the safety
                                                      of students, staff, or the local community or engaged in an illegal activ-
                                                      ity on the campus.
                                             ‘‘(3) ADVISORY GROUP.—The Secretary shall periodically convene an advisory
                                          group of Job Corps operators and service providers and subject matter experts
                                          to review the reporting data collected under paragraph (5) and provide rec-
                                          ommendations for Job Corps behavioral management plans based on evidence-
                                          based research regarding effective and equitable behavioral policies.
                                             ‘‘(4) LAW ENFORCEMENT AGREEMENTS.—The directors of each Job Corps cam-
                                          pus shall enter into an agreement with the relevant local law enforcement agen-
                                          cy of jurisdiction regarding the procedures for reporting and investigating po-
                                          tentially illegal activity on Job Corps campuses.
                                             ‘‘(5) INCIDENT REPORTING.—The Secretary shall establish procedures for—
                                                   ‘‘(A) reporting significant health incidents, including substance abuse,
                                                self-harm, and accidents resulting in bodily harm; and
                                                   ‘‘(B) reporting significant behavioral incidents, defined as acts of violence
                                                or illegal activity.
                                             ‘‘(6) ACCOUNTABILITY.—The Secretary shall establish standards under which
                                          a Job Corps campus shall be required to take performance improvement actions
                                          described in section 159(f), based on an evaluation of such Job Corps campus,
                                          which shall take into account reporting data collected under paragraph (5) and
                                          recommendations of the advisory group pursuant to paragraph (3).’’.
                                       (i) EXPERIMENTAL PROJECTS AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—Section 156(a) (29
                                     U.S.C. 3206(a)) is amended to read as follows:
                                       ‘‘(a) PROJECTS.—The Secretary may carry out experimental, research, or dem-
                                     onstration projects relating to evidence-based strategies for improving the oper-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00043   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      40
                                     ations of a Job Corps campus that was ranked among the bottom 10 percent of Job
                                     Corps campuses. The Secretary may waive any provisions of this subtitle that the
                                     Secretary finds would prevent the Secretary from carrying out the projects (other
                                     than sections 145, 147, and 159(c)) provided that—
                                             ‘‘(1) the project will not result in a reduction in the number of students
                                          served; and
                                             ‘‘(2) if the Secretary informs the Committee on Education and Labor of the
                                          House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and
                                          Pensions of the Senate, in writing, not less than 90 days in advance of issuing
                                          such waiver.’’.
                                       (j) APPLICATION OF PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL LAW.—
                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 157 (29 U.S.C. 3207) is amended by adding at the
                                          end the following:
                                       ‘‘(d) SERVICE CONTRACT ACT.—
                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Operators and service providers, including subcontractors
                                          thereto, are subject to and shall be required to abide by chapter 67 of title 41,
                                          United States Code (commonly known as the ‘McNamara-O’Hara Service Con-
                                          tract Act of 1965’).
                                             ‘‘(2) ACADEMIC AND CAREER TECHNICAL INSTRUCTIONAL EMPLOYEES.—Notwith-
                                          standing section 6701(3)(C) of such chapter, an academic or career technical in-
                                          structional employee at a Job Corps campus shall be considered a ‘service em-
                                          ployee’ for purposes of applying such chapter under paragraph (1).
                                             ‘‘(3) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—To the extent compensation levels being paid
                                          or scheduled to be paid by an employer are, in the aggregate, greater than those
                                          determined by the Secretary of Labor to be required under this subsection, or
                                          as set forth in a collective bargaining agreement, nothing herein shall be con-
                                          strued to require a reduction of such compensation.’’.
                                             (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
                                                   (A) AGREEMENTS IN EFFECT ON DATE OF ENACTMENT.—Not later than 60
                                                days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall, subject to
                                                appropriations, modify all agreements with operators and service providers
                                                in effect as of such date of enactment to include the requirements imposed
                                                by the amendment made by paragraph (1).
                                                   (B) PENDING SOLICITATIONS.—Upon the date of enactment of this Act, the
                                                Secretary shall include the requirements imposed by the amendment made
                                                by paragraph (1) in any pending solicitation for an operator or service pro-
                                                vider.
                                       (k) STAFFING.—
                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—To ensure compliance with chapter 67 of title 41, United
                                          States Code (commonly known as the ‘McNamara-O’Hara Service Contract Act
                                          of 1965’), as such chapter is applied by section 157(d) of the Workforce Innova-
                                          tion and Opportunity Act, the staffing plan and the associated budget of an en-
                                          tity proposing to be an operator or service provider for a Job Corps campus shall
                                          incorporate hourly wages (or salaries as appropriate) and fringe benefit costs for
                                          occupational classifications at least equal to the wage determination determined
                                          by the Secretary of Labor for the locality of the Job Corps campus. In preparing
                                          such wage determination, the Secretary shall compare the specific job classifica-
                                          tions at the Job Corps campus with those occupations most closely correlated
                                          with those employed by public education providers in the locality with the goal
                                          of ensuring equivalency to the maximum extent feasible.
                                             (2) ADJUSTMENTS PERMITTED.—The Secretary may further adjust compensa-
                                          tion levels in a contract with an operator or service provider to ensure sufficient
                                          availability and retention of qualified personnel in the locality.
                                             (3) ANNUAL UPDATES.—The Secretary shall update hourly wages (or salaries
                                          as appropriate) and fringe benefit levels for such occupations covered in this
                                          paragraph on an annual basis.
                                       (l) SPECIAL PROVISIONS.—Section 158(f) (29 U.S.C. 3208(f)) is amended—
                                             (1) by striking ‘‘Secretary’’ and inserting ‘‘directors of Job Corps campuses’’;
                                             (2) by striking ‘‘the Job Corps or individual’’ and inserting ‘‘such’’; and
                                             (3) by adding at the end the following: ‘‘Any real property acquired shall be
                                          directly transferred to the Secretary in accordance with chapter 5 of title 40 and
                                          on a nonreimbursable basis.’’
                                       (m) MANAGEMENT INFORMATION.—Section 159 (29 U.S.C. 3209) is amended—
                                             (1) in subsection (a), by adding at the end the following:
                                             ‘‘(4) ANNUAL RECONCILIATION.—Prior to the expiration of any appropriated
                                          Job Corps operations funds for any fiscal year, any anticipated unobligated
                                          funds may, subject to appropriations, be obligated to projects identified under
                                          subsection (h)(1).’’;
                                             (2) in subsection (c)—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00044   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      41
                                                   (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
                                             ‘‘(1) LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE AND INDICATORS.—
                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—At the start of each contract period, and at least every
                                                two program years in the case of Civilian Conservation Centers, the Sec-
                                                retary shall establish expected levels of performance for each Job Corps
                                                campus relating to each of the primary indicators of performance for eligi-
                                                ble youth described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(ii) using the model described in
                                                subparagraph (B).
                                                   ‘‘(B) PERFORMANCE MODEL.—At least every four years and no more than
                                                every two years, the Secretary shall develop a model for establishing the
                                                expected levels of performance for each Job Corps campus, in accordance
                                                with the following:
                                                         ‘‘(i) EQUITY.—The model shall account for significant correlations be-
                                                      tween various factors and student outcomes, including:
                                                                ‘‘(I) Student demographics, including age, gender, race, ethnicity,
                                                             documented disabilities, and education level on entry.
                                                                ‘‘(II) Employment conditions in students’ home communities.
                                                         ‘‘(ii) DEVELOPMENT.—The model shall be developed by subject matter
                                                      experts in the fields of Job Corps operations, program evaluation, sta-
                                                      tistical analysis, and related fields using available Job Corps data as
                                                      well as regional economic data.
                                                         ‘‘(iii) TRANSPARENCY.—The performance model and the past effective-
                                                      ness metric identified in section 147(a)(2)(B)(i), including the proce-
                                                      dures outlined in section 147(a)(2)(B)(iv), shall be published for com-
                                                      ment in the Federal Register.’’;
                                                   (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                         (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end; and
                                                         (ii) by striking subparagraph (B) and inserting the following:
                                                   ‘‘(B) the number of enrollees recruited that meet the requirements of sec-
                                                tion 144(a); and
                                                   ‘‘(C) the measurement described in subparagraph (K) of subsection
                                                (d)(1).’’; and
                                                   (C) in paragraph (4)—
                                                         (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                         (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period at the end and insert-
                                                      ing ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                         (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                   ‘‘(C) information on the performance of the Job Corps selection process in
                                                section 147(a)(2) with respect to increasing performance as measured pur-
                                                suant to subparagraph (A), specifically including information on the per-
                                                formance of each Job Corps campus as compared to its annual performance
                                                immediately prior to its current operating agreement.’’;
                                             (3) in subsection (d)(1)—
                                                   (A) by striking subparagraph (I); and
                                                   (B) by redesignating subparagraphs (J) through (O) as subparagraphs (I)
                                                through (N), respectively;
                                             (4) in subsection (f)—
                                                   (A) in paragraph (2)—
                                                         (i) in subparagraph (E), by adding ‘‘or’’ at the end;
                                                         (ii) in subparagraph (F), by striking ‘‘; or’’ and inserting a period; and
                                                         (iii) by striking subparagraph (G); and
                                                   (B) by amending paragraph (4) to read as follows:
                                             ‘‘(4) CIVILIAN CONSERVATION CENTERS.—In addition to the primary indicators
                                          of performance specified in subsection (c)(1), Civilian Conservation Centers shall
                                          be evaluated on their contribution to the nation’s conservation goals by the Sec-
                                          retaries of Agriculture and Labor. If the Secretaries jointly conclude that a Ci-
                                          vilian Conservation Center is not meeting these dual performance goals, they
                                          may take performance improvement actions described in subparagraph (A), (B),
                                          or (C) of paragraph (2) of this subsection.’’; and
                                             (5) in subsection (g)(2)—
                                                   (A) by striking ‘‘has entered’’ and inserting ‘‘enters’’; and
                                                   (B) by striking ‘‘comply’’ and inserting ‘‘attest to compliance’’.
                                       (n) TECHNICAL AMENDMENT.—Subtitle C of title I (29 U.S.C. 3191 et seq.) is
                                     amended by striking ‘‘Committee on Education and the Workforce’’ each place it ap-
                                     pears and inserting ‘‘Committee on Education and Labor’’.
                                       (o) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Section 162 (29 U.S.C. 3212) is amended
                                     to read as follows:




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00045   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       42
                                     ‘‘SEC. 162. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                        ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this sub-
                                     title—
                                              ‘‘(1) $1,809,857,925 for fiscal year 2023;
                                              ‘‘(2) $1,873,202,952 for fiscal year 2024;
                                              ‘‘(3) $1,938,765,056 for fiscal year 2025;
                                              ‘‘(4) $2,006,621,833 for fiscal year 2026;
                                              ‘‘(5) $2,076,853,597 for fiscal year 2027; and
                                              ‘‘(6) $2,149,543,473 for fiscal year 2028.
                                        ‘‘(b) CONSTRUCTION COSTS.—Of the amount authorized in subsection (a) for each
                                     of fiscal years 2023 through 2028, $107,800,000 shall be for construction, rehabilita-
                                     tion, and acquisition of Job Corps Campuses.’’.

                                                           Subtitle D—National Programs
                                     SEC. 271. NATIVE AMERICAN PROGRAMS.
                                           Section 166 (29 U.S.C. 3221) is amended—
                                               (1) in subsection (c), by striking ‘‘, on a competitive basis,’’;
                                               (2) in subsection (d)—
                                                     (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                           (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                           (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period at the end and insert-
                                                        ing ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                           (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                     ‘‘(C) are evidence-based, to the extent practicable.’’; and
                                                     (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                                               ‘‘(2) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES AND SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICES.—
                                             Funds made available under subsection (c) shall be used for—
                                                     ‘‘(A) comprehensive workforce development activities for Indians, Alaska
                                                  Natives, or Native Hawaiians, including training on entrepreneurial skills;
                                                  or
                                                     ‘‘(B) supplemental services for Indian, Alaska Native, or Native Hawaiian
                                                  youth on or near Indian reservations and in Oklahoma, Alaska, or Hawaii.’’;
                                                  and
                                               (3) in subsection (i)—
                                                     (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                           (i) in the heading, by striking ‘‘UNIT’’ and inserting ‘‘DIVISION’’; and
                                                           (ii) by striking ‘‘unit’’ and inserting ‘‘division’’;
                                                     (B) in paragraph (4)—
                                                           (i) by amending subparagraph (B) to read as follows:
                                                     ‘‘(B) COMPOSITION.—
                                                           ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The Council shall be composed of individuals, ap-
                                                        pointed by the Secretary, who are representatives of the entities de-
                                                        scribed in subsection (c).
                                                           ‘‘(ii) VACANCIES.—Any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring
                                                        before the expiration of the term for which the member’s predecessor
                                                        was appointed shall be appointed only for the remainder of that term.
                                                        A member may serve after the expiration of that member’s term until
                                                        a successor has taken office.’’; and
                                                           (ii) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘unit’’ and inserting ‘‘division’’;
                                                        and
                                                     (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ‘‘unit’’ and inserting ‘‘division’’.
                                     SEC. 272. MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORKER PROGRAMS.
                                           Section 167 (29 U.S.C. 3222) is amended—
                                               (1) in subsection (d), by inserting ‘‘be used for the 4-year period for which
                                             funds are provided under this section, and which may’’ after ‘‘which may’’;
                                               (2) in subsection (h)—
                                                     (A) in the heading, by inserting ‘‘; FUNDING OBLIGATION’’ after ‘‘FUNDING
                                                  ALLOCATION’’;
                                                     (B) by striking ‘‘From the’’ and inserting the following:
                                               ‘‘(1) FUNDING ALLOCATION.—From the’’; and
                                                     (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                               ‘‘(2) FUNDING OBLIGATION.—
                                                     ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Funds appropriated and made available to carry out
                                                  this section for any fiscal year may be obligated to any entity described in
                                                  subsection (b) during the period beginning on April 1 of the calendar year




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00046   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       43
                                                 that begins during such fiscal year, and ending on June 30 of the following
                                                 calendar year.
                                                    ‘‘(B) OBLIGATED AMOUNT.—Funds made available under this section for a
                                                 fiscal year to any entity described in subsection (b) shall be obligated and
                                                 available for expenditure by such entity for the period beginning on July
                                                 1 of the calendar year that begins during such fiscal year, and ending on
                                                 June 30 of the following calendar year, except that the Secretary may ex-
                                                 tend such period if the Secretary determines that such extension is nec-
                                                 essary to ensure the effective use of such funds by such entity.’’; and
                                               (3) in subsection (i)(3)(A)(i), by striking ‘‘12’’ and inserting ‘‘8’’.
                                     SEC. 273. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.
                                           Section 168(a)(1) (29 U.S.C. 3223(a)(1)) is amended—
                                                (1) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘staff development’’
                                             and inserting ‘‘professional development for staff’’;
                                                (2) in subparagraph (C), by inserting ‘‘professional development and’’ after
                                             ‘‘the’’ the first place it appears;
                                                (3) in subparagraph (D), by inserting ‘‘professional development and’’ after
                                             ‘‘the’’;
                                                (4) in subparagraph (G), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                (5) in subparagraph (H), by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘;
                                             and’’ ; and
                                                (6) by adding at the end the following:
                                                      ‘‘(I) the training of staff at one-stop centers on trauma-informed ap-
                                                  proaches, gender and racial biases, and the unique safety challenges faced
                                                  by survivors of gender-based violence.’’.
                                     SEC. 274. EVALUATIONS AND RESEARCH.
                                           Section 169 (29 U.S.C. 3224) is amended—
                                                 (1) in subsection (a)—
                                                       (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ‘‘2019’’ and inserting ‘‘2027’’; and
                                                       (B) in paragraph (6), by striking ‘‘the Workforce’’ and inserting ‘‘Labor’’;
                                                 (2) in subsection (b)—
                                                       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘the Workforce’’ and inserting ‘‘Labor’’;
                                                    and
                                                       (B) in paragraph (4)—
                                                             (i) by striking subparagraphs (B) through (J);
                                                             (ii) by redesignating subparagraph (K) as subparagraph (C);
                                                             (iii) by inserting after subparagraph (A) the following:
                                                       ‘‘(B) STUDY ON CORRECTIONAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING.—The Secretary
                                                    of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Education, may conduct a
                                                    study to determine the feasibility of, and potential means to replicate the
                                                    measurement of recidivism for former criminal offenders who participated
                                                    in adult employment and training activities under this title or correctional
                                                    institution education programs under title II to improve the quality and
                                                    performance of such services or activities.’’; and
                                                             (iv) in subparagraph (C), as so redesignated, by striking ‘‘the Work-
                                                          force’’ and inserting ‘‘Labor’’;
                                                 (3) by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d); and
                                                 (4) by inserting after subsection (b) the following:
                                           ‘‘(c) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT INNOVATION FUND.—
                                                 ‘‘(1) PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.—
                                                       ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary may award workforce development in-
                                                    novation grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible entities to enable such
                                                    entities to—
                                                             ‘‘(i) create, implement, replicate, or take to scale entrepreneurial, evi-
                                                          dence-based, field-initiated innovation programs and services for im-
                                                          proving the design and delivery of employment and training services
                                                          that generate long-term improvements in the performance of the work-
                                                          force development system, in outcomes for job-seekers (including indi-
                                                          viduals with barriers to employment), and in the cost-effectiveness of
                                                          programs and services; and
                                                             ‘‘(ii) rigorously evaluate such programs and services in accordance
                                                          with this subsection.
                                                       ‘‘(B) DESCRIPTION OF GRANTS.—The grants described in subparagraph (A)
                                                    shall include—
                                                             ‘‘(i) early-phase grants to fund the development, implementation, and
                                                          feasibility testing of an innovation program or service, which prior re-
                                                          search suggests has promise, for the purpose of determining whether
                                                          such program or service can successfully improve the design and deliv-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00047   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       44
                                                         ery of employment and training services that generate long-term im-
                                                         provements in the performance of the workforce development system,
                                                         in outcomes for job-seekers (including individuals with barriers to em-
                                                         ployment), and in the cost-effectiveness of such programs and services;
                                                            ‘‘(ii) mid-phase grants to fund implementation and a well-designed
                                                         and well-implemented evaluation of such a program or service that has
                                                         been successfully implemented under an early-phase grant described in
                                                         clause (i) or other effort meeting similar criteria, for the purpose of
                                                         measuring the impact and cost effectiveness of such programs or serv-
                                                         ices, using data collected pursuant to the implementation of such pro-
                                                         gram or service, if possible; and
                                                            ‘‘(iii) expansion grants to fund implementation and a well-designed
                                                         and well-implemented replication evaluation of such a program or serv-
                                                         ice that has been found to produce sizable, important impacts under a
                                                         mid-phase grant described in clause (ii) or other effort meeting similar
                                                         criteria, for the purposes of—
                                                                   ‘‘(I) determining whether such impacts may be successfully repro-
                                                                duced and sustained over time; and
                                                                   ‘‘(II) identifying the conditions in which such a program or serv-
                                                                ice is most effective.
                                                ‘‘(2) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—Of the funds made available to carry out this
                                             subsection for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve not more than 5 percent
                                             of the funds to—
                                                      ‘‘(A) provide technical assistance to eligible entities, which may include
                                                   preapplication workshops, web-based seminars, and evaluation support; and
                                                      ‘‘(B) disseminate evidence-based best practices.
                                                ‘‘(3) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection:
                                                      ‘‘(A) ELIGIBLE ENTITY.—The term ‘eligible entity’ means any of the fol-
                                                   lowing:
                                                            ‘‘(i) A State board.
                                                            ‘‘(ii) A local board.
                                                            ‘‘(iii) An Indian tribe, tribal organization, Alaska Native entity, In-
                                                         dian-controlled organization serving Indians, or Native Hawaiian orga-
                                                         nization that is eligible to receive an award under section 166.
                                                            ‘‘(iv) A community-based, nonprofit, or nongovernmental organization
                                                         serving an underserved population.
                                                            ‘‘(v) An institution of higher education (as defined in section 101 of
                                                         the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001)).
                                                            ‘‘(vi) A consortium of such entities described under clause (i) through
                                                         clause (v).
                                                      ‘‘(B) WELL-DESIGNED AND WELL-IMPLEMENTED.—The term ‘well-designed
                                                   and well-implemented’, as applied to an evaluation study, means a study
                                                   that is replicable, uses programmatic and control groups that are represent-
                                                   ative of the type of population served by the program, uses controls for ag-
                                                   gregate shifts that might affect baseline numbers, does not have problems
                                                   with attrition from the program, and takes measures to avoid creaming.
                                                ‘‘(4) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appro-
                                             priated to carry out this subsection, such sums as may be necessary for each
                                             of the fiscal years 2023 through 2028.’’.
                                     SEC. 275. NATIONAL DISLOCATED WORKER GRANTS.
                                        Section 170(c)(1)(B) (29 U.S.C. 3225(c)(1)(B)) is amended by striking ‘‘and any
                                     other’’ and all that follows through ‘‘dislocations.’’ and inserting ‘‘which may include
                                     a national or regional intermediary that provides employment and training activi-
                                     ties to dislocated workers.’’.
                                     SEC. 276. YOUTHBUILD PROGRAM.
                                           Section 171 (29 U.S.C. 3226) is amended—
                                               (1) in subsection (c)—
                                                     (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
                                               ‘‘(1) RESERVATION, AMOUNT OF GRANTS.—
                                                     ‘‘(A) RESERVATION.—In any fiscal year in which the amount appropriated
                                                  to carry out this section is greater than $125,000,000, the Secretary shall
                                                  reserve 20 percent of such amount that is greater than $125,000,000 for—
                                                           ‘‘(i) grants to applicants that are located in rural areas (as defined
                                                        by the Secretary); and
                                                           ‘‘(ii) programs operated by an Indian tribe or for the benefit of the
                                                        members of an Indian Tribe for the purpose of carrying out YouthBuild
                                                        programs approved under this section.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00048   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       45
                                                    ‘‘(B) AMOUNT OF GRANTS.—After making the reservation described under
                                                 subparagraph (A), the Secretary may use the remaining amount appro-
                                                 priated to carry out this section to make grants to applicants for the pur-
                                                 pose of carrying out YouthBuild programs approved under this section.’’;
                                                    (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                          (i) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                                (I) in clause (iv)(II), by striking ‘‘English language learners’’ and
                                                             inserting ‘‘English learners’’;
                                                                (II) in clause (vii), by striking ‘‘12’’ and inserting ‘‘24’’; and
                                                          (ii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                    ‘‘(I) Provision of meals and other food assistance that is offered to partici-
                                                 pants in conjunction with another activity described in this paragraph.
                                                    ‘‘(J) Informing participants of their eligibility, and assisting participants
                                                 in applying, for Federal and State means tested benefit programs, such as
                                                 the supplemental nutrition assistance program, and assistance provided by
                                                 the State through the Child Care Development Block Grant Act.
                                                    ‘‘(K) Supportive services for individuals with disabilities to ensure such
                                                 individuals may fully participate in a YouthBuild program.’’; and
                                                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                              ‘‘(6) USE OF FUNDS FOR MATCH.—Consistent with the requirements described
                                           under subsection (e)(3), an entity which receives a grant under this section may
                                           use a portion of such grant to meet all or a portion of the requirement to pro-
                                           vide matching funds under section 121(e) of the National and Community Serv-
                                           ice Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12571(e)) or any other such requirements under such
                                           Act.’’;
                                              (2) in subsection (e)(1)—
                                                    (A) in subparagraph (A)(ii), by striking ‘‘youth offender’’ and inserting
                                                 ‘‘youth justice-involved individual’’; and
                                                    (B) in subparagraph (B)(i), by striking ‘‘basic skills deficient’’ and insert-
                                                 ing ‘‘foundational skill needs’’;
                                              (3) in subsection (f), by adding at the end the following:
                                              ‘‘(3) CONSULTATION.—In establishing expected levels of performance under
                                           paragraph (1), the Secretary shall consult, on not less than an annual basis,
                                           with YouthBuild programs to ensure such levels of performance account for the
                                           workforce and postsecondary experiences of youth served by such programs.’’;
                                              (4) in subsection (g), by adding at the end the following:
                                              ‘‘(4) ANNUAL RELEASE OF FUNDING OPPORTUNITY ANNOUNCEMENT.—The Sec-
                                           retary shall, to the greatest extent practicable, announce new funding opportu-
                                           nities for grants under this section during the same time period each year that
                                           such grants are announced.
                                              ‘‘(5) STATE WAGE DATA.—States receiving grants under this Act shall facilitate
                                           access to wage data of participants in YouthBuild programs for the purpose of
                                           meeting the requirements of this section. Such facilitation shall not reduce any
                                           protections afforded by the State that protect the privacy of participant informa-
                                           tion.’’; and
                                              (5) by amending subsection (i) to read as follows:
                                       ‘‘(i) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appropriated
                                     to carry out this section—
                                              ‘‘(1) $159,500,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                                              ‘‘(2) $167,500,000 for fiscal year 2024;
                                              ‘‘(3) $175,900,000 for fiscal year 2025;
                                              ‘‘(4) $184,700,000 for fiscal year 2026;
                                              ‘‘(5) $193,000,000 for fiscal year 2027; and
                                              ‘‘(6) $203,600,000 for fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                     SEC. 277. STRENGTHENING COMMUNITY COLLEGES TRAINING GRANTS PROGRAM.
                                      Subtitle D of title I (29 U.S.C. 3221 et seq.), as amended by this Act is further
                                     amended—
                                          (1) by redesignating section 172 as section 176; and
                                          (2) by inserting after section 171 the following:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 172. STRENGTHENING COMMUNITY COLLEGES TRAINING GRANTS PROGRAM.
                                           ‘‘(a) PURPOSES.—The purposes of this section are—
                                                 ‘‘(1) to establish, improve, or expand high-quality educational or career train-
                                              ing programs at community colleges; and
                                                 ‘‘(2) to expand opportunities for individuals to obtain recognized postsec-
                                              ondary credentials that are nationally or regionally portable and stackable for
                                              high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry sectors or occupations.
                                           ‘‘(b) STRENGTHENING COMMUNITY COLLEGES TRAINING GRANTS PROGRAM.—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00049   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       46
                                                  ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—From the amounts appropriated to carry out this section
                                               under subsection (k) and not reserved under paragraph (2), the Secretary shall,
                                               on a competitive basis, make grants to eligible institutions to carry out the ac-
                                               tivities described in subsection (e).
                                                  ‘‘(2) RESERVATION.—Of the amounts appropriated to carry out this section
                                               under subsection (k), the Secretary may reserve not more than two percent for
                                               the administration of grants awarded under this section, including—
                                                        ‘‘(A) providing technical assistance and targeted outreach to support eligi-
                                                     ble institutions serving a high number or high percentage of low-income in-
                                                     dividuals or individuals with barriers to employment, and rural-serving eli-
                                                     gible institutions, to provide guidance and assistance in the process of ap-
                                                     plying for grants under this section; and
                                                        ‘‘(B) evaluating and reporting on the performance and impact of programs
                                                     funded under this section in accordance with subsections (f) through (h).
                                           ‘‘(c) AWARD PERIOD.—
                                                  ‘‘(1) INITIAL GRANT PERIOD.—Each grant under this section shall be awarded
                                               for an initial period of not more than 4 years.
                                                  ‘‘(2) SUBSEQUENT GRANTS.—An eligible institution that receives an initial
                                               grant under this section may receive one or more additional grants under this
                                               section for additional periods of not more than 4 years each if the eligible insti-
                                               tution demonstrates that the community college and industry partnership sup-
                                               ported with the initial grant was successful (as determined by the Secretary on
                                               the basis of the levels of performance achieved with respect to the performance
                                               indicators specified in subsection (f)).
                                           ‘‘(d) APPLICATION.—
                                                  ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—To be eligible to receive a grant under this section, an eligi-
                                               ble institution shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such
                                               manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
                                                  ‘‘(2) CONTENTS.—At a minimum, an application submitted by an eligible insti-
                                               tution under paragraph (1) shall include a description of each the following:
                                                        ‘‘(A) The extent to which the eligible institution included in the partner-
                                                     ship has prior experience in leading similar capacity building projects that
                                                     demonstrates the institution’s ability to accomplish multi-pronged, complex
                                                     projects and an explanation of the results of any such projects.
                                                        ‘‘(B) The extent to which the eligible institution can—
                                                              ‘‘(i) leverage additional resources to support the programs funded
                                                            with the grant; and
                                                              ‘‘(ii) demonstrate the future sustainability of each such program.
                                                        ‘‘(C) The steps the institution will take to ensure the quality of each pro-
                                                     gram supported by the grant, including the career pathways within such
                                                     programs.
                                                        ‘‘(D) The needs that will be addressed by the community college and in-
                                                     dustry partnership supported by the grant.
                                                        ‘‘(E) The population and geographic area to be served by the partnership.
                                                        ‘‘(F) One or more industries that the partnership will target and data
                                                     demonstrating that those industries are aligned with employer demand in
                                                     the geographic area to be served by the partnership.
                                                        ‘‘(G) The educational or career training programs to be supported by the
                                                     grant.
                                                        ‘‘(H) The recognized postsecondary credentials that are expected to be
                                                     earned by participants in such programs and the related in-demand indus-
                                                     try sectors or occupations for which such programs will prepare partici-
                                                     pants.
                                                        ‘‘(I) The evidence upon which the education and training strategies to be
                                                     used in the programs are based and an explanation of how such evidence
                                                     influenced the design of the programs to improve education and employ-
                                                     ment outcomes.
                                                        ‘‘(J) The methods and strategies the partnership will use to engage with
                                                     employers in in-demand industry sectors or occupations.
                                                        ‘‘(K) The roles and responsibilities of each employer, organization, agency,
                                                     or institution of higher education with which the eligible institution will
                                                     partner to carry out activities under this section.
                                                        ‘‘(L) Whether, and to what extent, the activities of the partnership are ex-
                                                     pected to align with the workforce strategies identified in—
                                                              ‘‘(i) any State plan or local plan submitted under this Act by the
                                                            State, outlying area, or locality in which the partnership is expected to
                                                            operate;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00050   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       47
                                                              ‘‘(ii) any State plan submitted under section 122 of the Carl D. Per-
                                                           kins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2342) by
                                                           such State or outlying area; and
                                                              ‘‘(iii) any economic development plan of the chief executive of such
                                                           State or outlying area.
                                                        ‘‘(M) The goals of the partnership with respect to—
                                                              ‘‘(i) capacity building (as described in subsection (f)(1)(B)); and
                                                              ‘‘(ii) the expected performance of individuals participating in the pro-
                                                           grams to be offered by the partnership, including with respect to any
                                                           performance indicators applicable under section 116 or subsection (f) of
                                                           this section.
                                                  ‘‘(3) CONSIDERATION OF PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE.—The Secretary may not dis-
                                               qualify an otherwise eligible institution from receiving a grant under this sec-
                                               tion solely because such institution lacks previous experience in capacity build-
                                               ing projects, as described in subparagraph (2)(A).
                                                  ‘‘(4) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall
                                               give priority to eligible entities that will use the grant to serve—
                                                        ‘‘(A) individuals with barriers to employment; or
                                                        ‘‘(B) incumbent workers who need to gain or improve foundational skills
                                                     to enhance their employability.
                                           ‘‘(e) USES OF FUNDS.—
                                                  ‘‘(1) COMMUNITY COLLEGE AND INDUSTRY PARTNERSHIP.—For the purpose of
                                               carrying out the activities specified in paragraphs (2) and (3), an eligible institu-
                                               tion that receives a grant under this section shall establish a partnership or
                                               continue an existing partnership with one or more employers in an in-demand
                                               industry sector or occupation and shall maintain such partnership for the dura-
                                               tion of the grant period. The eligible institution shall ensure that the partner-
                                               ship—
                                                        ‘‘(A) targets one or more specific high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand in-
                                                     dustries;
                                                        ‘‘(B) includes collaboration with the workforce development system;
                                                        ‘‘(C) serves adult and dislocated workers, incumbent workers, and new
                                                     entrants to the workforce;
                                                        ‘‘(D) uses an evidence-based program design that is appropriate for the
                                                     activities carried out by the partnership; and
                                                        ‘‘(E) incorporates, to the extent appropriate, virtual service delivery to fa-
                                                     cilitate technology-enabled learning.
                                                  ‘‘(2) REQUIRED ACTIVITIES.—An eligible institution that receives a grant under
                                               this section, in consultation with the partnership established under paragraph
                                               (1), shall—
                                                        ‘‘(A) establish, improve, or expand high quality, evidence-based education
                                                     or career training programs, career pathway programs, or work-based
                                                     learning programs (including apprenticeship programs or pre-apprentice-
                                                     ships that qualify an individual for participation in an apprenticeship pro-
                                                     gram); and
                                                        ‘‘(B) use not less than 15 percent of the grant to provide supportive serv-
                                                     ices to individuals participating in the programs funded with the grant to
                                                     facilitate retention and program completion, which may include—
                                                              ‘‘(i) childcare, transportation, mental health services, and assistance
                                                           in obtaining health insurance coverage and housing;
                                                              ‘‘(ii) assistance in accessing State and Federal means-tested benefits
                                                           programs;
                                                              ‘‘(iii) career navigation, coaching, mentorship, and case management
                                                           services, including providing information and outreach to individuals
                                                           with barriers to employment to encourage such individuals to partici-
                                                           pate in programs funded with the grant; and
                                                              ‘‘(iv) providing access to course materials, technological devices, re-
                                                           quired equipment, and other supports necessary for participation in
                                                           and successful completion of such programs.
                                                  ‘‘(3) ADDITIONAL ACTIVITIES.—In addition to the activities required under
                                               paragraph (2), an eligible institution that receives a grant under this section,
                                               in consultation with the partnership established under paragraph (1), shall
                                               carry out one or more of the following activities:
                                                        ‘‘(A) Establish, improve, or expand—
                                                              ‘‘(i) articulation agreements (as defined in section 486A(a) of the
                                                           Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1093a(a)));
                                                              ‘‘(ii) credit transfer agreements;
                                                              ‘‘(iii) corequisite remediation programs that enable a student to re-
                                                           ceive remedial education services while enrolled in a postsecondary




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00051   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       48
                                                           course rather than requiring the student to receive remedial education
                                                           before enrolling in a such a course;
                                                              ‘‘(iv) dual or concurrent enrollment programs;
                                                              ‘‘(v) competency-based education and assessment; or
                                                              ‘‘(vi) policies and processes to award academic credit for prior learn-
                                                           ing or for the programs described in paragraph (2).
                                                        ‘‘(B) Make available, in a format that is open, searchable, and easily com-
                                                     parable, information on—
                                                              ‘‘(i) curricula and recognized postsecondary credentials offered
                                                           through programs funded with the grant, including any curricula or
                                                           credentials created or further developed using such grant;
                                                              ‘‘(ii) the skills or competencies developed by individuals who partici-
                                                           pate in such programs; and
                                                              ‘‘(iii) related employment and earnings outcomes.
                                                        ‘‘(C) Establish or implement plans for providers of the programs described
                                                     in paragraph (2) to meet the criteria and carry out the procedures nec-
                                                     essary to be included on the eligible training services provider list described
                                                     in section 122(d).
                                                        ‘‘(D) Purchase, lease, or refurbish specialized equipment as necessary to
                                                     carry out such programs.
                                                        ‘‘(E) Reduce or eliminate unmet financial need relating to participants’
                                                     cost of attendance (as defined under section 472 of the Higher Education
                                                     Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ll)) in such programs.
                                                  ‘‘(4) ADMINISTRATIVE COST LIMIT.—An eligible institution may use not more
                                               than 10 percent of the funds received under this section for administrative
                                               costs, including costs related to collecting information, analysis, and coordina-
                                               tion for purposes of subsection (f).
                                           ‘‘(f) PERFORMANCE LEVELS AND PERFORMANCE REVIEWS.—
                                                  ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall develop and implement guidance that
                                               establishes the levels of performance that are expected to be achieved by each
                                               community college and industry partnership funded with a grant under this sec-
                                               tion. Such performance levels shall be based on the following indicators:
                                                        ‘‘(A) Each of the primary indicators of performance for adults described
                                                     in section 116(b).
                                                        ‘‘(B) The extent to which the partnership built capacity by—
                                                              ‘‘(i) increasing the breadth and depth of employer engagement and in-
                                                           vestment in educational and training programs in the in-demand in-
                                                           dustry sectors and occupations targeted by the partnership;
                                                              ‘‘(ii) designing or implementing new and accelerated instructional
                                                           techniques or technologies, including the use of advanced online and
                                                           technology-enabled learning; and
                                                              ‘‘(iii) increasing program and policy alignment across systems and de-
                                                           creasing duplicative services or service gaps.
                                                        ‘‘(C) With respect to individuals who participated in an education or
                                                     training program funded with the grant—
                                                              ‘‘(i) the percentage of participants who successfully completed a pro-
                                                           gram; and
                                                              ‘‘(ii) of the participants who were incumbent workers at the time of
                                                           enrollment in the program, the percentage who advanced into higher-
                                                           level positions during or after completing the program.
                                                        ‘‘(D) Such other indicators of performance as the Secretary determines ap-
                                                     propriate.
                                                  ‘‘(2) CONSULTATION AND DETERMINATION OF PERFORMANCE LEVELS.—
                                                        ‘‘(A) CONSULTATION.—In developing the performance levels under para-
                                                     graph (1), the Secretary shall consult with each partnership funded with a
                                                     grant under this section.
                                                        ‘‘(B) DETERMINATION.—After completing the consultation required under
                                                     subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall separately determine the perform-
                                                     ance levels that will apply to each partnership taking into account—
                                                              ‘‘(i) the expected performance levels of each eligible entity with re-
                                                           spect to the goals described in subsection (d)(2)(M); and
                                                              ‘‘(ii) local economic conditions in the geographic area to be served by
                                                           the partnership, including differences in unemployment rates and job
                                                           losses or gains in particular industries.
                                                        ‘‘(C) NOTICE AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT.—
                                                              ‘‘(i) NOTICE.—The Secretary shall provide each partnership with a
                                                           written notification that sets forth the performance levels that will
                                                           apply to the partnership, as determined under subparagraph (B).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00052   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      49
                                                         ‘‘(ii) ACKNOWLEDGMENT.—After receiving the notification described in
                                                      clause (i), each partnership shall submit to the Secretary written con-
                                                      firmation that the partnership—
                                                                ‘‘(I) received the notification; and
                                                                ‘‘(II) agrees to be evaluated in accordance with the performance
                                                             levels set by the Secretary.
                                             ‘‘(3) PERFORMANCE REVIEWS.—On an annual basis during each year of the
                                          grant period, the Secretary shall evaluate the performance of each partnership
                                          funded with a grant under this section in a manner consistent with paragraph
                                          (2).
                                             ‘‘(4) FAILURE TO MEET PERFORMANCE LEVELS.—After conducting an evaluation
                                          under paragraph (3), if the Secretary determines that a partnership did not
                                          achieve the performance levels applicable to the partnership under paragraph
                                          (2) the Secretary shall—
                                                   ‘‘(A) provide technical assistance to the partnership and
                                                   ‘‘(B) develop a performance improvement plan for the partnership.
                                       ‘‘(g) EVALUATIONS AND REPORTS.—
                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 5 years after the date on which the first
                                          grant is made under this section, the Secretary shall design and conduct an
                                          evaluation to determine the overall effectiveness of the community college and
                                          industry partnerships funded under this section.
                                             ‘‘(2) ELEMENTS.—The evaluation conducted under paragraph (1) shall include
                                          an assessment of the general effectiveness of programs and activities supported
                                          by grants awarded under this section, including the extent to which the pro-
                                          grams and activities—
                                                   ‘‘(A) developed new or expanded existing successful industry sector strate-
                                                gies, including the extent to which such partnerships deepened employer
                                                engagement and developed education and training programs that met in-
                                                dustry skill needs;
                                                   ‘‘(B) created, expanded, or enhanced career pathways, including the ex-
                                                tent to which the partnerships developed or improved competency-based
                                                education and assessment, credit for prior learning, modularized and self-
                                                paced curricula, integrated education and career training, dual enrollment
                                                in secondary and postsecondary career pathways, stacked and latticed cre-
                                                dentials, and online and distance learning;
                                                   ‘‘(C) created alignment between community colleges and the workforce de-
                                                velopment system;
                                                   ‘‘(D) assisted individuals with finding, retaining, or advancing in employ-
                                                ment;
                                                   ‘‘(E) assisted individuals with earning recognized postsecondary creden-
                                                tials; and
                                                   ‘‘(F) served various demographic groups, including people of different geo-
                                                graphic locations, ages, races, national origins, and sex.
                                             ‘‘(3) DESIGN REQUIREMENTS.—The evaluation under this subsection shall—
                                                   ‘‘(A) be designed by the Secretary (acting through the Chief Evaluation
                                                Officer) in conjunction with the partnerships being evaluated;
                                                   ‘‘(B) include analysis of participant feedback and outcome and process
                                                measures; and
                                                   ‘‘(C) use designs that employ the most rigorous analytical and statistical
                                                methods that are reasonably feasible, such as the use of control groups.
                                             ‘‘(4) DATA ACCESSIBILITY.—The Secretary shall make available on a publicly
                                          accessible website of the Department of Labor any data collected as part of the
                                          evaluation under this subsection. Such data shall be made available in an ag-
                                          gregated format that does not reveal personally identifiable information.
                                             ‘‘(5) PUBLICATION AND REPORTING OF EVALUATION FINDINGS.—The Secretary
                                          (acting through the Chief Evaluation Officer) shall—
                                                   ‘‘(A) in accordance with the timeline determined to be appropriate by the
                                                Chief Evaluation Officer, publish an interim report on the preliminary re-
                                                sults of the evaluation conducted under this subsection;
                                                   ‘‘(B) not later than 60 days after the date on which the evaluation is com-
                                                pleted under this subsection, submit to the Committee on Education and
                                                Labor of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Edu-
                                                cation, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on such evaluation; and
                                                   ‘‘(C) not later than 90 days after such completion date, publish and make
                                                the results of the evaluation available on a publicly accessible website of
                                                the Department of Labor.
                                       ‘‘(h) ANNUAL REPORTS.—The Secretary shall make available on a publicly acces-
                                     sible website of the Department of Labor, in transparent, linked, open, and inter-
                                     operable data formats, the following information:




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00053   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      50
                                             ‘‘(1) The performance of partnerships on the capacity-building performance in-
                                           dicator set forth under subsection (f)(1)(B).
                                             ‘‘(2) The performance of partnerships on the participant outcome performance
                                           indicators set forth under subsection (f)(1)(C)).
                                             ‘‘(3) The number of individuals enrolled in employment and training activities
                                           funded with a grant under this section.
                                       ‘‘(i) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                             ‘‘(1) COMMUNITY COLLEGE.—The term ‘community college’ means—
                                                   ‘‘(A) a public institution of higher education (as defined in section 101(a)
                                                of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1001(a)), at which—
                                                         ‘‘(i) the highest degree awarded is an associate degree; or
                                                         ‘‘(ii) an associate degree is the most frequently awarded degree;
                                                   ‘‘(B) a branch campus of a 4-year public institution of higher education
                                                (as defined in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                1001)), if, at such branch campus—
                                                         ‘‘(i) the highest degree awarded is an associate degree; or
                                                         ‘‘(ii) an associate degree is the most frequently awarded degree;
                                                   ‘‘(C) a 2-year Tribal College or University (as defined in section 316(b)(3)
                                                of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c(b)(3))); or
                                                   ‘‘(D) a degree-granting Tribal College or University (as defined in section
                                                316(b)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c(b)(3))) at
                                                which—
                                                         ‘‘(i) the highest degree awarded is an associate degree; or
                                                         ‘‘(ii) an associate degree is the most frequently awarded degree.
                                             ‘‘(2) ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.—The term ‘eligible institution’ means—
                                                   ‘‘(A) a community college;
                                                   ‘‘(B) a postsecondary vocational institution (as defined in section 102(c) of
                                                the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1002(c))); or
                                                   ‘‘(C) a consortium of such colleges or institutions.
                                       ‘‘(j) SUPPLEMENT NOT SUPPLANT.—Funds made available under this section shall
                                     be used to supplement, and not supplant other Federal, State, and local public funds
                                     made available for carrying out the activities described in this section.
                                       ‘‘(k) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appro-
                                     priated to carry out this section—
                                             ‘‘(1) $100,000,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                                             ‘‘(2) $110,000,000 for fiscal year 2024;
                                             ‘‘(3) $121,000,000 for fiscal year 2025;
                                             ‘‘(4) $133,000,000 for fiscal year 2026;
                                             ‘‘(5) $146,000,000 for fiscal year 2027; and
                                             ‘‘(6) $161,000,000 for fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                     SEC. 278. REENTRY EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES.
                                       Subtitle D of title I (29 U.S.C. 3221 et seq.), as amended by this Act, is further
                                     amended by inserting after section 172, as added by the preceding section, the fol-
                                     lowing:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 173. REENTRY EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES.
                                      ‘‘(a) PURPOSES.—The purposes of this section are—
                                            ‘‘(1) to improve the employment, earnings, and skill attainment, and reduce
                                         recidivism, of adults and youth who have been involved with the justice system;
                                            ‘‘(2) to prompt innovation and improvement in the reentry of justice-involved
                                         individuals into the workforce so that successful initiatives can be established
                                         or continued and replicated; and
                                            ‘‘(3) to further develop the evidence on how to improve employment, earnings,
                                         and skill attainment, and reduce recidivism of justice-involved individuals,
                                         through rigorous evaluations of specific services provided, including how they
                                         affect different populations and how they are best combined and sequenced.
                                      ‘‘(b) REENTRY EMPLOYMENT COMPETITIVE GRANTS, CONTRACTS, AND COOPERATIVE
                                     AGREEMENTS AUTHORIZED.—
                                            ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—From the amounts appropriated under subsection (h)(1)
                                         and not reserved under subsection (h)(2), the Secretary—
                                                  ‘‘(A) shall, on a competitive basis, make grants to, or enter into contracts
                                               or cooperative agreements with, eligible entities to implement reentry
                                               projects that serve eligible adults or eligible youth; and
                                                  ‘‘(B) may use not more than 30 percent of such amounts to award funds
                                               under subparagraph (A) to eligible entities that are national or regional
                                               intermediaries to—
                                                        ‘‘(i) implement the reentry projects described in subparagraph (A); or
                                                        ‘‘(ii) provide such funds to other eligible entities—
                                                               ‘‘(I) to implement such reentry projects; and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00054   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       51
                                                                     ‘‘(II) to monitor and support such entities.
                                                  ‘‘(2) AWARD PERIODS.—The Secretary shall award funds under this section for
                                               an initial period of not more than 4 years, and may renew such awards for addi-
                                               tional 4-year periods.
                                                  ‘‘(3) PRIORITY.—In awarding funds under this section, the Secretary shall give
                                               priority to eligible entities whose applications submitted under subsection (c)
                                               demonstrate a commitment to use such funds to implement reentry projects—
                                                        ‘‘(A) that will serve high-crime or high-poverty areas;
                                                        ‘‘(B) that will enroll in such reentry projects eligible youth or eligible
                                                     adults—
                                                              ‘‘(i) prior to the release of such individuals from incarceration in a
                                                            correctional institution; or
                                                              ‘‘(ii) not later than 90 days after such release;
                                                        ‘‘(C) whose strategy and design are evidence-based;
                                                        ‘‘(D) that establish partnerships with—
                                                              ‘‘(i) businesses; or
                                                              ‘‘(ii) institutions of higher education to provide project participants
                                                            with programs of study leading to recognized postsecondary credentials
                                                            in in-demand occupations;
                                                        ‘‘(E) that provide training services that are designed to meet the basic re-
                                                     quirements of an employer (including a group of employers) and are con-
                                                     ducted with a commitment by the employer to employ individuals upon suc-
                                                     cessful completion of the training; or
                                                        ‘‘(F) that demonstrate a track record and ongoing commitment of devel-
                                                     oping, implementing, and refining reentry programs that include employ-
                                                     ment, education, training, and support services for adults and youth with
                                                     current or prior justice system involvement.
                                           ‘‘(c) APPLICATION.—
                                                  ‘‘(1) FORM AND PROCEDURE.—To be qualified to receive funds under this sec-
                                               tion, an eligible entity shall submit an application at such time, and in such
                                               manner, as determined by the Secretary, and containing the information de-
                                               scribed in paragraph (2).
                                                  ‘‘(2) CONTENTS.—An application submitted by an eligible entity under para-
                                               graph (1) shall contain the following:
                                                        ‘‘(A) A description of the eligible entity, including the experience of the
                                                     eligible entity in providing employment and training services for justice-in-
                                                     volved individuals.
                                                        ‘‘(B) A description of the needs that will be addressed by the reentry
                                                     project supported by the funds received under this section, and the target
                                                     participant population and the geographic area to be served.
                                                        ‘‘(C) A description of the proposed employment and training activities and
                                                     supportive services, if applicable, to be provided under such reentry project,
                                                     and how such activities and services will prepare participants for employ-
                                                     ment in in-demand industry sectors and occupations within the geographic
                                                     area to be served by such reentry project.
                                                        ‘‘(D) The anticipated schedule for carrying out the activities proposed
                                                     under the reentry project.
                                                        ‘‘(E) A description of—
                                                              ‘‘(i) the partnerships the eligible entity will establish with agencies
                                                            and entities within the criminal justice system, local boards and one-
                                                            stops, community-based organizations, and employers (including local
                                                            businesses) to provide participants of the reentry project with work-
                                                            based learning, job placement, and recruitment (if applicable); and
                                                              ‘‘(ii) how the eligible entity will coordinate its activities with other
                                                            services and benefits available to justice-involved individuals in the ge-
                                                            ographic area to be served by the reentry project.
                                                        ‘‘(F) A description of the manner in which individuals will be recruited
                                                     and selected for participation for the reentry project.
                                                        ‘‘(G) A detailed budget and a description of the system of fiscal controls,
                                                     and auditing and accountability procedures, that will be used to ensure fis-
                                                     cal soundness for the reentry project.
                                                        ‘‘(H) A description of the expected levels of performance to be achieved
                                                     with respect to the performance measures described in subsection (e).
                                                        ‘‘(I) A description of the evidence-based practices the eligible entity will
                                                     use in administration of the reentry project.
                                                        ‘‘(J) An assurance that the eligible entity will collect, disaggregate by
                                                     race, ethnicity, gender, and other participant characteristics, and report to
                                                     the Secretary the data required with respect to the reentry project carried
                                                     out by the eligible entity for purposes of the evaluation under this section.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00055   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       52
                                                       ‘‘(K) Any other information required by the Secretary.
                                           ‘‘(d) USES OF FUNDS.—
                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—An eligible entity that receives funds under this section
                                               shall use such funds to implement a reentry project for eligible adults, eligible
                                               youth, or both that provides one or more of the following services:
                                                       ‘‘(A) Supportive services.
                                                       ‘‘(B) For participants who are eligible youth, one or more of the program
                                                    elements listed in subparagraphs (A) through (N) of section 129(c)(2).
                                                       ‘‘(C) One or more of the individualized career services listed in subclause
                                                    (I) through (IX) of section 134(c)(2)(A)(xii).
                                                       ‘‘(D) Follow-up services after placement in unsubsidized employment as
                                                    described in section 134(c)(2)(A)(xiii).
                                                       ‘‘(E) One or more of the training services listed in clauses (i) through (x)(i)
                                                    in section 134(c)(3)(D), including subsidized employment opportunities
                                                    through transitional jobs.
                                                       ‘‘(F) Apprenticeship programs.
                                                       ‘‘(G) Education in digital literacy skills.
                                                       ‘‘(H) Mentoring.
                                                       ‘‘(I) Provision of or referral to evidence-based mental health treatment by
                                                    licensed practitioners.
                                                       ‘‘(J) Assistance in obtaining employment as a result of the establishment
                                                    and development by the eligible entity of relationships and networks with
                                                    large and small employers.
                                                       ‘‘(K) Assistance with driver’s license reinstatement and fees for driver’s
                                                    licenses and other necessary documents for employment.
                                                       ‘‘(L) Provision of or referral to substance abuse treatment services, pro-
                                                    vided that funds awarded under this section are only used to provide such
                                                    services to participants who are unable to obtain such services through
                                                    other programs providing such services.
                                                       ‘‘(M) Assistance in obtaining employment as a result of the coordination
                                                    by the eligible entity with employers to develop customized training pro-
                                                    grams and on-the-job training.
                                                 ‘‘(2) ADMINISTRATIVE COST LIMIT.—An eligible entity may not use more than
                                               10 percent of the funds received under this section for administrative costs, in-
                                               cluding for costs related to collecting information, analysis, and coordination for
                                               purposes of subsection (e) or (f).
                                           ‘‘(e) LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE.—
                                                 ‘‘(1) ESTABLISHMENT OF LEVELS.—
                                                       ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall establish expected levels of per-
                                                    formance for reentry projects funded this section for—
                                                             ‘‘(i) each of the primary indicators of performance for adults and
                                                           youth described in section 116(b); and
                                                             ‘‘(ii) the additional performance indicators described in paragraph (2).
                                                       ‘‘(B) UPDATES.—The levels established under subparagraph (A) shall be
                                                    updated for each 4-year award period.
                                                 ‘‘(2) ADDITIONAL INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE.—In addition to the indicators
                                               described in paragraph (1)(A)(i), the Secretary—
                                                       ‘‘(A) shall establish an indicator of performance for projects funded under
                                                    this section with respect participant recidivism; and
                                                       ‘‘(B) may establish other performance indicators for such projects as the
                                                    Secretary determines appropriate.
                                                 ‘‘(3) AGREEMENT ON PERFORMANCE LEVELS.—In establishing and updating per-
                                               formance levels under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall reach agreement on
                                               such levels with the eligible entities receiving awards under this section that
                                               will be subject to such levels, based on factors including—
                                                       ‘‘(A) the expected performance levels of each such eligible entity described
                                                    in the application submitted under subsection (c)(2)(H);
                                                       ‘‘(B) local economic conditions of the geographic area to be served by each
                                                    such eligible entity, including differences in unemployment rates and job
                                                    losses or gains in particular industries; and
                                                       ‘‘(C) the characteristics of the participants of the projects when the par-
                                                    ticipants enter the project involved, including—
                                                             ‘‘(i) criminal records and indicators of poor work history;
                                                             ‘‘(ii) lack of work experience;
                                                             ‘‘(iii) lack of educational or occupational skills attainment;
                                                             ‘‘(iv) low levels of literacy or English proficiency;
                                                             ‘‘(v) disability status;
                                                             ‘‘(vi) homelessness; and
                                                             ‘‘(vii) receipt of public assistance.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00056   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       53
                                                 ‘‘(4) FAILURE TO MEET PERFORMANCE LEVELS.—In the case of an eligible entity
                                               that fails to meet the performance levels established under paragraph (1) for
                                               the reentry project involved for any award year, the Secretary shall provide
                                               technical assistance to the eligible entity, including the development of a per-
                                               formance improvement plan.
                                           ‘‘(f) EVALUATION OF REENTRY PROJECTS.—
                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 5 years after the first award of funds under
                                               this section is made, the Secretary (acting through the Chief Evaluation Officer)
                                               shall meet the following requirements:
                                                       ‘‘(A) DESIGN AND CONDUCT OF EVALUATION.—Design and conduct an eval-
                                                    uation to evaluate the effectiveness of the reentry projects funded under
                                                    this section, which meets the requirements of paragraph (2), and includes
                                                    an evaluation of each of the following:
                                                             ‘‘(i) The effectiveness of such projects in assisting individuals with
                                                          finding employment and maintaining employment at the second quar-
                                                          ter and fourth quarter after unsubsidized employment is obtained.
                                                             ‘‘(ii) The effectiveness of such projects in assisting individuals with
                                                          earning recognized postsecondary credentials.
                                                             ‘‘(iii) The effectiveness of such projects in relation to their cost, in-
                                                          cluding the extent to which the projects improve reentry outcomes, in-
                                                          cluding in wages earned, benefits provided by employers, career ad-
                                                          vancement, measurable skills gains, credentials earned, housing,
                                                          health, and recidivism of participants in comparison to comparably sit-
                                                          uated individuals who did not participate in such projects.
                                                             ‘‘(iv) The effectiveness of specific services and interventions provided
                                                          and of the overall project design.
                                                             ‘‘(v) If applicable, the extent to which such projects meet the needs
                                                          of various demographic groups, including people of different geographic
                                                          locations, ages, races, national origins, sex, and criminal records, and
                                                          individuals with disabilities.
                                                             ‘‘(vi) If applicable, the appropriate sequencing, combination, or con-
                                                          current structure, of services for each subpopulation of individuals who
                                                          are participants of such projects, such as the order, combination, or
                                                          concurrent structure and services in which transitional jobs and occu-
                                                          pational skills training are provided, to ensure that such participants
                                                          are prepared to fully benefit from employment and training services
                                                          provided under the project.
                                                             ‘‘(vii) Limitations or barriers to education and employment as a result
                                                          of occupational or educational licensing restrictions, access to financial
                                                          aid, and access to housing.
                                                             ‘‘(viii) The quality and effectiveness of technical assistance provided
                                                          by the Secretary for implementing such projects.
                                                             ‘‘(ix) Other elements that the Chief Evaluation Officer may determine
                                                          to be appropriate.
                                                       ‘‘(B) DATA ACCESSIBILITY.—Make available, on the publicly accessible
                                                    website of the Department of Labor, data collected during the course of
                                                    evaluation under this subsection, in an aggregated format that does not
                                                    provide personally identifiable information.
                                                 ‘‘(2) DESIGN REQUIREMENTS.—An evaluation under this subsection—
                                                       ‘‘(A) shall—
                                                             ‘‘(i) be designed by the Secretary (acting through the Chief Evalua-
                                                          tion Officer) in conjunction with the eligible entities carrying out the
                                                          reentry projects being evaluated;
                                                             ‘‘(ii) include analysis of participant feedback and outcome and process
                                                          measures; and
                                                             ‘‘(iii) use designs that employ the most rigorous analytical and statis-
                                                          tical methods that are reasonably feasible, such as the use of control
                                                          groups; and
                                                       ‘‘(B) may not—
                                                             ‘‘(i) collect personally identifiable information, except to the extent
                                                          such information is necessary to conduct the evaluation; or
                                                             ‘‘(ii) reveal or share personally identifiable information.
                                                 ‘‘(3) PUBLICATION AND REPORTING OF EVALUATION FINDINGS.—The Secretary
                                               (acting through the Chief Evaluation Officer) shall—
                                                       ‘‘(A) in accordance with the timeline determined to be appropriate by the
                                                    Chief Evaluation Officer, publish an interim report on such evaluation;
                                                       ‘‘(B) not later than 90 days after the date on which any evaluation is com-
                                                    pleted under this subsection, publish and make publicly available such
                                                    evaluation; and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00057   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       54
                                                        ‘‘(C) not later than 60 days after the completion date described in sub-
                                                     paragraph (B), submit to the Committee on Education and Labor of the
                                                     House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor,
                                                     and Pensions of the Senate a report on such evaluation.
                                           ‘‘(g) ANNUAL REPORT.—
                                                  ‘‘(1) CONTENTS.—Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary shall post, using
                                               transparent, linked, open, and interoperable data formats, on its publicly acces-
                                               sible website an annual report on—
                                                        ‘‘(A) the number of individuals who participated in projects assisted under
                                                     this section for the preceding year;
                                                        ‘‘(B) the percentage of such individuals who successfully completed the re-
                                                     quirements of such projects; and
                                                        ‘‘(C) the performance of eligible entities on such projects as measured by
                                                     the performance indicators set forth in subsection (e).
                                                  ‘‘(2) DISAGGREGATION.—The information provided under subparagraphs (A)
                                               through (C) of paragraph (1) with respect to a year shall be disaggregated by
                                               each project assisted under this section for such year.
                                           ‘‘(h) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS; RESERVATIONS.—
                                                  ‘‘(1) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appro-
                                               priated to carry out this section—
                                                        ‘‘(A) $250,000,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                                                        ‘‘(B) $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2024;
                                                        ‘‘(C) $350,000,000 for fiscal year 2025;
                                                        ‘‘(D) $400,000,000 for fiscal year 2026;
                                                        ‘‘(E) $450,000,000 for fiscal year 2027; and
                                                        ‘‘(F) $500,000,000 for fiscal year 2028.
                                                  ‘‘(2) RESERVATION OF FUNDS.—Of the funds appropriated under paragraph (1)
                                               for a fiscal year, the Secretary—
                                                        ‘‘(A) may reserve not more than 5 percent for the administration of
                                                     grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements awarded under this section,
                                                     of which not more than 2 percent may be reserved for the provision of—
                                                              ‘‘(i) technical assistance to eligible entities that receive funds under
                                                           this section; and
                                                              ‘‘(ii) outreach and technical assistance to eligible entities desiring to
                                                           receive such funds, including assistance with application development
                                                           and submission; and
                                                        ‘‘(B) shall reserve not less than 1 percent and not more than 2.5 percent
                                                     for the evaluation activities under subsection (f) or to support eligible enti-
                                                     ties with any required data collection, analysis, and coordination related to
                                                     such evaluation activities.
                                           ‘‘(i) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                  ‘‘(1) CHIEF EVALUATION OFFICER.—The term ‘Chief Evaluation Officer’ means
                                               the head of the independent evaluation office located organizationally in the Of-
                                               fice of the Assistant Secretary for Policy of the Department of Labor.
                                                  ‘‘(2) COMMUNITY SUPERVISION.—The term ‘community supervision’ means
                                               mandatory oversight (including probation and parole) of a formerly incarcerated
                                               person—
                                                        ‘‘(A) who was convicted of a crime by a judge or parole board; and
                                                        ‘‘(B) who is living outside a secure facility.
                                                  ‘‘(3) CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION.—The term ‘correctional institution’ has the
                                               meaning given the term in section 225(e).
                                                  ‘‘(4) ELIGIBLE ENTITY.—The term ‘eligible entity’ means—
                                                        ‘‘(A) a private nonprofit organization under section 501(c)(3) of the Inter-
                                                     nal Revenue Code of 1986, including a community-based or faith-based or-
                                                     ganization;
                                                        ‘‘(B) a local board;
                                                        ‘‘(C) a State or local government;
                                                        ‘‘(D) an Indian or Native American entity eligible for grants under section
                                                     166;
                                                        ‘‘(E) a labor organization or joint labor-management organization; or
                                                        ‘‘(F) a consortium of the entities described in subparagraphs (A) through
                                                     (E).
                                                  ‘‘(5) ELIGIBLE ADULT.—The term ‘eligible adult’ means a justice-involved indi-
                                               vidual who—
                                                        ‘‘(A) is age 25 or older; and
                                                        ‘‘(B) in the case of an individual that was previously incarcerated, was re-
                                                     leased from incarceration not more than 3 years prior to enrollment in a
                                                     project funded under this section.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00058   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      55
                                             ‘‘(6) ELIGIBLE YOUTH.—The term ‘eligible youth’ means a justice-involved indi-
                                           vidual who is not younger than age 14 or older than age 24.
                                             ‘‘(7) HIGH-CRIME.—The term ‘high-crime’, when used with respect to a geo-
                                           graphic area, means an area with crime rates that are higher than the rate for
                                           the overall city (for urban areas) or of non-metropolitan area in the State (for
                                           rural areas), as such terms are used by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
                                             ‘‘(8) HIGH-POVERTY.—The term ‘high-poverty’, when used with respect to a ge-
                                           ographic area, means an area with a poverty rate of at least 25 percent as de-
                                           termined based on the most recently available data from the American Commu-
                                           nity Survey conducted by the Bureau of the Census.’’.
                                     SEC. 279. SECTORAL EMPLOYMENT THROUGH CAREER TRAINING FOR OCCUPATIONAL READ-
                                                INESS (SECTOR) PROGRAM.
                                       Subtitle D of title I (29 U.S.C. 3221 et seq.), as amended by this Act, is further
                                     amended by inserting after section 173, as added by the preceding section, the fol-
                                     lowing:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 174. SECTORAL EMPLOYMENT THROUGH CAREER TRAINING FOR OCCUPATIONAL
                                                READINESS (SECTOR) PROGRAM.
                                       ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—From amounts appropriated under subsection (e)(1), and not
                                     reserved under subsection (e)(2), the Secretary shall—
                                             ‘‘(1) use not less than 80 percent of such amounts to award grants under sub-
                                          section (b) to each State to develop, convene, or expand industry or sector part-
                                          nerships; and
                                             ‘‘(2) use not less than 20 percent of such amounts to award grants under sub-
                                          section (c), on a competitive basis, to eligible industry or sector partnerships for
                                          the purposes of expanding workforce development and employment opportuni-
                                          ties for high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry sectors or occupations, as
                                          determined by the Secretary.
                                       ‘‘(b) FORMULA GRANTS.—
                                             ‘‘(1) DISTRIBUTION OF FUNDS.—
                                                   ‘‘(A) STATE ALLOTMENT.—From the amount determined by the Secretary
                                                under subsection (a)(1), the Secretary shall allot funds to each State on the
                                                basis of the relative allotment the State received under section 132(b) for
                                                such fiscal year, compared to the total amount allotted to all States under
                                                section 132(b) for such fiscal year.
                                                   ‘‘(B) LOCAL AREA ALLOCATIONS.—The Secretary shall use the amounts al-
                                                lotted under subparagraph (A) to distribute funds in the State to carry out
                                                the activities described in paragraph (2) by—
                                                         ‘‘(i) allocating funds to each local area of the State on the basis of the
                                                      relative allocation the local area received under section 133(b) for such
                                                      fiscal year, compared to the total amount allocated to all local areas in
                                                      the State under section 133(b) for such fiscal year; or
                                                         ‘‘(ii) allocating funds to local areas of the State that have the highest
                                                      rates of unemployment or poverty, or the highest numbers of individ-
                                                      uals with barriers to employment in the State.
                                                   ‘‘(C) TRANSFER AUTHORITY.—A local board may transfer, if such a transfer
                                                is approved by the Governor, up to and including 100 percent of the funds
                                                allocated to the local area under section 133(b), and up to and including 100
                                                percent of the funds allocated to the local area under this subsection for a
                                                fiscal year between—
                                                         ‘‘(i) adult employment and training activities; and
                                                         ‘‘(ii) activities under this section.
                                             ‘‘(2) USE OF FUNDS.—The funds awarded under paragraph (1) may be used
                                          to—
                                                   ‘‘(A) regularly convene stakeholders in a collaborative structure to iden-
                                                tify, develop, improve, or expand training, employment, and growth oppor-
                                                tunities for high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry sectors or occupa-
                                                tions;
                                                   ‘‘(B) form, expand, and improve training programs, to be managed by eli-
                                                gible industry and sector partnerships that include attainment of industry-
                                                recognized credentials, the integration of work-based learning activities
                                                with training curricula and occupational certification programs, and that
                                                address specific workforce issues and needs of groups of workers, with a
                                                priority on individuals with a barrier to employment, within regional labor
                                                markets in the State;
                                                   ‘‘(C) strengthen the coordination of eligible industry and sector partner-
                                                ships and programs with the programs administered under subtitle B of
                                                this title and with the one-stop partners described in section 121; and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00059   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       56
                                                       ‘‘(D) to directly provide, or arrange for the provision of, services to help
                                                    individuals with barriers to employment and other participants complete
                                                    and successfully transition out of training described in subparagraph (B),
                                                    which services shall include career services, supportive services, or the pro-
                                                    vision of needs-related payments.
                                           ‘‘(c) COMPETITIVE GRANTS.—
                                                 ‘‘(1) GRANTS AUTHORIZED.—From the amount determined by the Secretary
                                               under subsection (a)(2), the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive
                                               basis, to eligible industry or sector partnerships for the purposes described in
                                               subsection (a)(2).
                                                 ‘‘(2) APPLICATION.—
                                                       ‘‘(A) FORM AND PROCEDURE.—To receive a grant under this subsection,
                                                    the lead applicant on behalf of an eligible industry or sector partnership
                                                    shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner,
                                                    and containing such information as specified by the Secretary.
                                                       ‘‘(B) CONTENTS.—An application submitted under paragraph (1) shall con-
                                                    tain at a minimum the following:
                                                             ‘‘(i) Identification of the high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry
                                                          sector or occupation on which such partnership is focused.
                                                             ‘‘(ii) A description of the activities to be carried out under the grant.
                                                             ‘‘(iii) A description of the workers that will be targeted for recruit-
                                                          ment as program participants, how a priority of service under the grant
                                                          will be provided to individuals with barriers to employment, and how
                                                          the activities will be designed to maximize access and eliminate bar-
                                                          riers to entry to training and other activities for such individuals.
                                                             ‘‘(iv) A description of other Federal or non-Federal resources that will
                                                          be leveraged in support of the eligible industry or sector partnership
                                                          (including cash or in-kind contributions from private-sector partners).
                                                 ‘‘(3) USES OF FUNDS.—An eligible industry or sector partnership awarded a
                                               grant under this subsection shall use such grant funds—
                                                       ‘‘(A) to engage and regularly convene stakeholders in a collaborative
                                                    structure to identify, develop, improve, or expand training, employment,
                                                    and growth opportunities for the high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand indus-
                                                    try sector or occupation on which such partnership is focused;
                                                       ‘‘(B) to directly provide, or arrange for the provision of, high-quality, evi-
                                                    dence-based training for high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry sec-
                                                    tors or occupations on which such partnership is focused, which shall in-
                                                    clude training that leads to the attainment of nationally or regionally port-
                                                    able and stackable recognized postsecondary credentials for the industry
                                                    sector or occupations described in paragraph (A), including—
                                                             ‘‘(i) training provided through apprenticeship programs, or pre-ap-
                                                          prenticeship programs that articulate to apprenticeship programs, labor
                                                          organizations, or joint labor-management partnerships;
                                                             ‘‘(ii) on-the job training, customized training, and paid internships
                                                          and work experience;
                                                             ‘‘(iii) incumbent worker training to support lower wage workers in
                                                          upgrading skills and advancing along a career pathway; and
                                                             ‘‘(iv) training services, in addition to those described in clauses (i)
                                                          through (iii), that are authorized under section 134(c)(3)(D), including
                                                          occupational skills training; and
                                                       ‘‘(C) to directly provide, or arrange for the provision of, services to help
                                                    individuals with barriers to employment and other participants complete
                                                    and successfully transition out of training described in subparagraph (B),
                                                    which services shall include career services, supportive services, or the pro-
                                                    vision of needs-related payments authorized under subsections (c)(2), (c)(4),
                                                    and (d)(3) of section 134.
                                                 ‘‘(4) PRIORITY IN SELECTION OF GRANTS.—The Secretary shall give priority con-
                                               sideration in applications that demonstrate the ability to serve eligible individ-
                                               uals in targeted economic regions that are experiencing high-poverty, have tra-
                                               ditionally been underserved by regional economic development and sector part-
                                               nership activities (including rural areas), or is facing or at risk of facing signifi-
                                               cant worker dislocation due to a disruption or change in the regional or State
                                               economy or labor market.
                                           ‘‘(d) PROGRAM ACCOUNTABILITY AND EVALUATION.—
                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The grants awarded under this section are subject to—
                                                       ‘‘(A) the primary indicators of performance under section 116(b)(2)(A) and
                                                    expected levels of performance relating to such indicators; and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00060   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       57
                                                        ‘‘(B) such additional measures as the Secretary deems appropriate, which
                                                     may include skills attainment, wage or career progression, training-related
                                                     employment, and additional job quality measures.
                                                  ‘‘(2) EVALUATION.—Not later than 5 years after the first award of funds under
                                               this section is made the Secretary (acting through the chief evaluation officer)
                                               shall design and conduct an evaluation to evaluate the effectiveness of the pro-
                                               gram carried out this section.
                                                  ‘‘(3) PUBLICATION.—The Secretary shall publish the outcomes of grantees
                                               under the indicators and measures described in paragraph (1) and the evalua-
                                               tion described in paragraph (2) on a publicly accessible website, and submit the
                                               evaluation findings to the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of
                                               Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions
                                               of the Senate.
                                           ‘‘(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS; RESERVATIONS.—
                                                  ‘‘(1) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appro-
                                               priated to carry out this section—
                                                        ‘‘(A) $1,000,000,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                                                        ‘‘(B) $1,100,000,000 for fiscal year 2024;
                                                        ‘‘(C) $1,210,000,000 for fiscal year 2025;
                                                        ‘‘(D) $1,331,000,000 for fiscal year 2026;
                                                        ‘‘(E) $1,464,100,000 for fiscal year 2027; and
                                                        ‘‘(F) $1,610,510,000 for fiscal year 2028.
                                                  ‘‘(2) RESERVATION OF FUNDS.—Of the funds appropriated under paragraph (1)
                                               for a fiscal year, the Secretary may reserve not more than 5 percent which—
                                                        ‘‘(A) may be used for administration of the program described in this sec-
                                                     tion, in addition to any other funds available for these activities, including
                                                     providing comprehensive technical assistance, targeted outreach to eligible
                                                     partnerships serving local areas with high unemployment rates or high per-
                                                     centages of low-income individuals or individuals with barriers to employ-
                                                     ment; and oversight to support eligible partnerships; and
                                                        ‘‘(B) shall be used to conduct an evaluation of the activities carried out
                                                     under this section and for reporting on the performance and impact of pro-
                                                     grams funded under this section.
                                           ‘‘(f) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                  ‘‘(1) ELIGIBLE INDUSTRY OR SECTOR PARTNERSHIP.—The term ‘eligible industry
                                               or sector partnership’ means—
                                                        ‘‘(A) an industry or sector partnership, which shall include multiple rep-
                                                     resentatives described in each of clauses (i) through (iii) of paragraph
                                                     (26)(A) of section 3; or
                                                        ‘‘(B) a partnership of multiple entities described in section 3(26) and a
                                                     State board or local board, that is in the process of establishing an industry
                                                     or sector partnership.
                                                  ‘‘(2) LEAD APPLICANT.—The term ‘lead applicant’ means an applicant for a
                                               grant under this section that is a State board, local board, institution of higher
                                               education, labor-management partnership, labor organization, industry associa-
                                               tion, or other State and regional nonprofit organizations with experience in de-
                                               signing, convening, and expanding industry or sector partnerships.’’.
                                     SEC. 280. WORKFORCE DATA QUALITY INITIATIVE GRANTS.
                                       Subtitle D of title I (29 U.S.C. 3221 et seq.), as amended by this Act, is further
                                     amended by inserting after section 174, as added by the preceding section, the fol-
                                     lowing:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 175. WORKFORCE DATA QUALITY INITIATIVE GRANTS.
                                       ‘‘(a) AUTHORITY.—The Secretary is authorized to award grants, on a competitive
                                     basis, to States to create workforce longitudinal administrative databases and asso-
                                     ciated resources for the purpose of strengthening workforce development program
                                     quality, protecting privacy, and improving transparency.
                                       ‘‘(b) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give
                                     priority to States that—
                                             ‘‘(1) have not previously received such a grant;
                                             ‘‘(2) have the greatest need to improve their data infrastructure;
                                             ‘‘(3) will use non-Federal contributions to improve State data infrastructure
                                          and related resources;
                                             ‘‘(4) support co-enrollment in workforce related programs;
                                             ‘‘(5) participate and contribute data to the State’s linked longitudinal data
                                          system, including submitting data that when linked with elementary and sec-
                                          ondary school and postsecondary data, provides the State the ability to create
                                          more data tools and analytics; and
                                             ‘‘(6) enable research and program improvement activities.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00061   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       58
                                        ‘‘(c) SUPPLEMENT, NOT SUPPLANT.—Funds made available under this section shall
                                     be used to supplement, and not supplant, other Federal, State, or local funds used
                                     for developing State data systems.
                                        ‘‘(d) ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.—The Secretary shall reserve not more than 10 per-
                                     cent of funds made available to carry out this section for each fiscal year for the
                                     provision of technical assistance to support the implementation of grants awarded
                                     under this section.
                                        ‘‘(e) PRIVACY.—Nothing in this section shall require the disaggregation of data
                                     when the number of individuals in a category is insufficient to yield statistically re-
                                     liable information or when the results would reveal personally identifiable informa-
                                     tion about an individual, or would reveal such information when combined with
                                     other released information.
                                        ‘‘(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appropriated
                                     to carry out this section—
                                              ‘‘(1) $40,000,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                                              ‘‘(2) $35,000,000 for fiscal year 2024;
                                              ‘‘(3) $30,000,000 for fiscal year 2025;
                                              ‘‘(4) $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2026;
                                              ‘‘(5) $20,000,000 for fiscal year 2027; and
                                              ‘‘(6) $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2028.
                                        ‘‘(g) DEFINITION.—In this section, the term ‘State’ has the meaning given the term
                                     in section 3, except such term also includes each of the outlying areas (as defined
                                     in section 3).’’.
                                     SEC. 281. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                           Section 176 (as redesignated by section 277), is amended to read as follows:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 176. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                       ‘‘(a) NATIVE AMERICAN PROGRAMS.—There are authorized to be appropriated to
                                     carry out section 166 (not including subsection (k) of such section)—
                                             ‘‘(1) $66,400,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                                             ‘‘(2) $73,000,000 for fiscal year 2024;
                                             ‘‘(3) $80,300,000 for fiscal year 2025;
                                             ‘‘(4) $88,300,000 for fiscal year 2026;
                                             ‘‘(5) $97,100,000 for fiscal year 2027; and
                                             ‘‘(6) $106,800,000 for fiscal year 2028.
                                       ‘‘(b) MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORKER PROGRAMS.—There are authorized to
                                     be appropriated to carry out section 167—
                                             ‘‘(1) $109,100,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                                             ‘‘(2) $114,600,000 for fiscal year 2024;
                                             ‘‘(3) $120,300,000 for fiscal year 2025;
                                             ‘‘(4) $126,300,000 for fiscal year 2026;
                                             ‘‘(5) $132,600,000 for fiscal year 2027; and
                                             ‘‘(6) $139,200,000 for fiscal year 2028.
                                       ‘‘(c) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out
                                     section 168—
                                             ‘‘(1) $3,600,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                                             ‘‘(2) $3,800,000 for fiscal year 2024;
                                             ‘‘(3) $4,000,000 for fiscal year 2025;
                                             ‘‘(4) $4,200,000 for fiscal year 2026;
                                             ‘‘(5) $4,400,000 for fiscal year 2027; and
                                             ‘‘(6) $4,600,000 for fiscal year 2028.
                                       ‘‘(d) EVALUATIONS AND RESEARCH.—There are authorized to be appropriated to
                                     carry out section 169—
                                             ‘‘(1) $116,700,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                                             ‘‘(2) $122,500,000 for fiscal year 2024;
                                             ‘‘(3) $128,600,000 for fiscal year 2025;
                                             ‘‘(4) $135,000,000 for fiscal year 2026;
                                             ‘‘(5) $141,800,000 for fiscal year 2027; and
                                             ‘‘(6) $148,900,000 for fiscal year 2028.’’.

                                                              Subtitle E—Administration
                                     SEC. 291. NONDISCRIMINATION.
                                           Section 188 (29 U.S.C. 3248) is amended—
                                               (1) in subsection (a)(5), by adding at the end the following: ‘‘Provided that it
                                             shall not be a violation of this paragraph to exclude any individual from partici-
                                             pation or employment in programs or activities receiving Federal financial as-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00062   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       59
                                             sistance where such participation or employment, or access to the premises
                                             upon which any part of such program, activity, or employment is performed, is
                                             subject to any requirements imposed in the interest of the national security of
                                             the United States under any security program in effect pursuant to or adminis-
                                             tered under any statute or regulation of the United States, Executive Order of
                                             the President, or other Federal contractual requirement, and such individual
                                             does not meet such requirements.’’; and
                                               (4) in subsection (e) is amended by striking ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
                                             tunity Act’’ and inserting ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2022’’.
                                     SEC. 292. SECRETARIAL ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
                                           Section 189 (29 U.S.C. 3249) is amended—
                                               (1) in subsection (d), by striking ‘‘the Workforce’’ and inserting ‘‘Labor’’;
                                               (2) in subsection (g)(2)(B)(ii), by striking ‘‘subsection (a) or (b) of section 169
                                             (relating to evaluations, research projects, studies and reports, and multistate
                                             projects)’’ and inserting ‘‘subsection (a), (b), or (c) of section 169 relating to eval-
                                             uations, research projects, studies and reports, multistate projects, and the
                                             workforce development innovation fund’’;
                                               (3) by striking subsection (h);
                                               (4) by redesignating subsection (i) as subsection (h); and
                                               (5) by amending paragraph (3)(A)(ii) of subsection (h) (as so redesignated) to
                                             read as follows:
                                                          ‘‘(ii) any of the statutory or regulatory requirements of the Wagner-
                                                      Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) (excluding requirements relating to
                                                      the provision of services to unemployment insurance claimants and vet-
                                                      erans, the colocation of employment service offices with one-stop cen-
                                                      ters, the designation of a cooperating State agency, and requirements
                                                      relating to universal access to basic labor exchange services without
                                                      cost to jobseekers).’’.
                                     SEC. 293. GUARD RAILS FOR PROGRAM INTEGRITY.
                                           Section 194 (29 U.S.C. 3254) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                ‘‘(16) An institution of higher education that is a proprietary institution of
                                             higher education (as defined in section 102(a)(1)(A) of the Higher Education Act
                                             of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1002(a)(1)(A)) may not be—
                                                     ‘‘(A) designated or certified as a one-stop operator under section 121(d),
                                                   or awarded funds under this title to operate a one-stop center; or
                                                     ‘‘(B) appointed to a State board or local board under section 101 or 107,
                                                   respectively.’’.

                                            TITLE III—ADULT EDUCATION AND FAMILY
                                                          LITERACY
                                     SEC. 301. FAMILY LITERACY.
                                       The heading of title II of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29
                                     U.S.C. 3271 et seq.) is amended by inserting ‘‘FAMILY’’ before ‘‘LITERACY’’.
                                     SEC. 302. PURPOSE.
                                           Section 202 (29 U.S.C. 3271) is amended—
                                               (1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by inserting ‘‘family’’ before ‘‘lit-
                                             eracy activities’’;
                                               (2) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
                                               ‘‘(1) assist adults to become literate and obtain the knowledge and skills (in-
                                             cluding digital skills) necessary for employment, economic self-sufficiency, and
                                             full participation in all aspects of adult life;’’;
                                               (3) in paragraph (4)(A)—
                                                     (A) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end; and
                                                     (B) by inserting after clause (ii) the following:
                                                          ‘‘(iii) digital skills; and’’;
                                     SEC. 303. DEFINITIONS.
                                           Section 203 (29 U.S.C. 3272) is amended—
                                               (1) in paragraph (1)—
                                                    (A) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                    (B) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph (D); and
                                                    (C) by inserting after subparagraph (B) the following:
                                                    ‘‘(C) develop and use digitial technology skills; and’’;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00063   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      60
                                              (2) in paragraph (2), by inserting ‘‘, digital skills activities offered in conjunc-
                                           tion with other adult education and literacy activities’’ after ‘‘family literacy ac-
                                           tivities’’;
                                              (3) in paragraph (3), by inserting ‘‘family’’ before ‘‘literacy activities’’;
                                              (4) in paragraph (4)(C)(i), by striking ‘‘is basic skills deficient’’ and inserting
                                           ‘‘has foundational skills needs’’;
                                              (5) in paragraph (9)—
                                                   (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘economic pros-
                                                 pects’’ and inserting ‘‘economic and educational prospects’’; and
                                                   (B) by adding at the end the following:
                                                   ‘‘(E) Digital literacy activities to enable parents or family members to de-
                                                 velop and use digital literacy skills to support their children’s learning.’’;
                                              (6) by amending paragraph (11) to read as follows:
                                              ‘‘(11) INTEGRATED EDUCATION AND TRAINING.—The term ‘integrated education
                                           and training’ means a service approach that provides adult education and fam-
                                           ily literacy activities concurrently and contextually with workforce preparation
                                           activities and workforce training (and which may be provided concurrently with
                                           other adult education activities and services, such as adult basic education) for
                                           a specific high-wage, high demand occupation or occupational cluster (including,
                                           as appropriate, for apprenticeship and pre-apprenticeship programs) for the
                                           purpose of educational and career advancement.’’;
                                              (7) by amending paragraph (12) to read as follows:
                                              ‘‘(12) INTEGRATED ENGLISH LITERACY AND CIVICS EDUCATION.—The term ‘inte-
                                           grated English literacy and civics education’ means instruction in literacy and
                                           English and other education services provided to English language learners who
                                           are adults, including professionals with degrees and credentials in their native
                                           countries—
                                                   ‘‘(A) that enables such adults—
                                                          ‘‘(i) to achieve competency in the English language;
                                                          ‘‘(ii) to build knowledge of United States history and civics;
                                                          ‘‘(iii) to prepare for United States citizenship and the naturalization
                                                       process;
                                                          ‘‘(iv) to use digital technology at levels of proficiency necessary to
                                                       function effectively as a worker, a parent or a family member, and a
                                                       member of society;
                                                          ‘‘(v) to apply for Federal and other student financial aid and enroll
                                                       in postsecondary education or other further learning; and
                                                          ‘‘(vi) to locate and apply for registered apprenticeship or pre-appren-
                                                       ticeship programs; and
                                                   ‘‘(B) which may include—
                                                          ‘‘(i) preparation for a high school equivalency diploma or postsec-
                                                       ondary training or education;
                                                          ‘‘(ii) preparation for employment;
                                                          ‘‘(iii) preparation for apprenticeship or pre-apprenticeship programs,
                                                       or the provision of information regarding where to acquire that prepa-
                                                       ration; or
                                                          ‘‘(iv) instruction in—
                                                                 ‘‘(I) navigating the early childhood, elementary and secondary,
                                                              and postsecondary education systems;
                                                                 ‘‘(II) financial literacy;
                                                                 ‘‘(III) the housing market in the United States; or
                                                                 ‘‘(IV) accessing Federal, State, and local health care systems.’’;
                                              (8) in paragraph (13) by striking ‘‘and solve problems,’’ and all that follows
                                           through the period at the end and inserting ‘‘solve problems, and use digital
                                           technology at levels of proficiency necessary to function effectively as an em-
                                           ployee, a parent or a family member, and a member of society.’’;
                                              (9) by redesignating paragraphs (16) and (17) as paragraphs (17) and (18), re-
                                           spectively;
                                              (10) by inserting after paragraph (15), the following:
                                              ‘‘(16) UNIVERSAL DESIGN FOR LEARNING.—The term ‘universal design for learn-
                                           ing’ has the meaning given the term in section 103 of the Higher Education Act
                                           of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003).’’; and
                                              (11) in paragraph (18), as redesignated by paragraph (9)—
                                                   (A) by striking ‘‘using information’’ and inserting ‘‘using and acquiring in-
                                                 formation’’; and
                                                   (B) by striking ‘‘education or training’’ and inserting ‘‘education or train-
                                                 ing (including registered apprenticeship and pre-apprenticeship programs)’’.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00064   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       61
                                     SEC. 304. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                       Section 206 (29 U.S.C. 3275) is amended by striking ‘‘$577,667,000 for fiscal year
                                     2015’’ and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting ‘‘$785,100,000
                                     for fiscal year 2023, $824,400,000 for fiscal year 2024, $865,600,000 for fiscal year
                                     2025, $908,900,000 for fiscal year 2026, $954,300,000 for fiscal year 2027, and
                                     $1,002,000,000 for fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                     SEC. 305. PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM.
                                           Section 212 (29 U.S.C. 3292) is amended to read as follows:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 212. PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM.
                                       ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—Programs and activities authorized in this title are subject to
                                     the performance accountability provisions described in section 116.
                                       ‘‘(b) INNOVATIVE PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION PRO-
                                     GRAM.—
                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary may authorize one or more eligible entities
                                          to implement an innovative performance accountability system that uses alter-
                                          native primary indicators of performance that reflect the objectives and activi-
                                          ties of the entity’s adult education and family literacy programs and measure
                                          the attainment of the education and employment goals of the participants in
                                          such programs. The innovative performance accountability system may in-
                                          clude—
                                                   ‘‘(A) performance indicators attained while an individual is enrolled in an
                                                adult education and family literacy program; and
                                                   ‘‘(B) performance indicators attained after an individual exits such a pro-
                                                gram.
                                             ‘‘(2) DEMONSTRATION PERIOD.—
                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the period
                                                during which an eligible entity may carry out an innovative accountability
                                                system authorized under this subsection shall be a period determined by
                                                the Secretary that does not exceed five years.
                                                   ‘‘(B) EXTENSION.—The Secretary may extend, by up to one year, the dem-
                                                onstration period determined under subparagraph (A) for an eligible entity
                                                if—
                                                         ‘‘(i) the Secretary determines that the innovative accountability sys-
                                                      tem implemented by the entity is successfully meeting the objectives of
                                                      this subsection; and
                                                         ‘‘(ii) the total period during which the entity implements such system
                                                      under the demonstration program, inclusive of such extension, does not
                                                      exceed six years.
                                             ‘‘(3) APPLICATION.—
                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subparagraph (C), an eligible entity that
                                                seeks authorization to implement an innovative performance accountability
                                                system under this subsection shall submit to the Secretary an application
                                                at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Sec-
                                                retary may require.
                                                   ‘‘(B) CONTENTS.—At a minimum, each application under this paragraph
                                                shall include—
                                                         ‘‘(i) a description of the objectives of the innovative performance ac-
                                                      countability system proposed by the eligible entity;
                                                         ‘‘(ii) a description of such accountability system, including a descrip-
                                                      tion of the performance indicators to be used;
                                                         ‘‘(iii) the duration of the period over which the entity intends to carry
                                                      out the proposed accountability system;
                                                         ‘‘(iv) an explanation of why the entity believes the alternative indica-
                                                      tors of performance proposed by the entity would more accurately
                                                      measure the attainment of the objectives of the entity’s adult education
                                                      and family literacy programs compared to the indicators of performance
                                                      described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(i);
                                                         ‘‘(v) an explanation of how the proposed performance indicators are
                                                      expected to provide a valid and reliable measurement of the effective-
                                                      ness of the entity’s adult education and family literacy programs with
                                                      respect to the individuals served by such programs;
                                                         ‘‘(vi) a description of how the entity will report to the Secretary and
                                                      make publicly available the proposed indicators of performance on a
                                                      timely basis;
                                                         ‘‘(vii) an assurance that the entity will prepare and submit the final
                                                      report required under paragraph (4); and
                                                         ‘‘(viii) a description of how the innovative accountability system may
                                                      be relevant to and replicated by States and outlying areas.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00065   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      62
                                                    ‘‘(C) REVIEW OF CERTAIN APPLICATIONS.—In a case in which an eligible en-
                                                 tity that is a consortium of eligible providers seeks authorization to imple-
                                                 ment an innovative performance accountability system under this sub-
                                                 section—
                                                          ‘‘(i) the consortium shall submit the application described in subpara-
                                                       graph (A) to the eligible agency of the State or outlying area in which
                                                       the consortium intends to implement the system;
                                                          ‘‘(ii) the eligible agency shall review the application; and
                                                          ‘‘(iii) if the eligible agency approves the application, the agency shall
                                                       forward the application to the Secretary together with any comments
                                                       of the agency regarding the content of the application.
                                              ‘‘(4) PROGRESS REPORT.—
                                                    ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 180 days before the end of the initial
                                                 demonstration period applicable to an eligible entity under paragraph
                                                 (2)(A), and before the Secretary authorizes any extension of the demonstra-
                                                 tion period under paragraph (2)(B) for such entity, the eligible entity shall
                                                 submit to the Secretary a report on the initial progress (in this paragraph
                                                 referred to as the ‘progress report’) of the innovative accountability system
                                                 implemented by the eligible entity under this section.
                                                    ‘‘(B) ELEMENTS.—The progress report under subparagraph (A) shall be
                                                 based on the annual information submitted by participating local providers
                                                 and shall include an assessment of the following:
                                                          ‘‘(i) The burden placed on the local programs to implement and carry
                                                       out the innovative accountability system.
                                                          ‘‘(ii) Whether and to what extent—
                                                                 ‘‘(I) the eligible entity has solicited feedback from local program
                                                              directors and instructors about their satisfaction with the innova-
                                                              tive accountability system;
                                                                 ‘‘(II) local program instructors and directors have demonstrated
                                                              a commitment and capacity to implement or continue to implement
                                                              the system;
                                                                 ‘‘(III) the system was used to measure the performance indicators
                                                              for all students participating in the system; and
                                                                 ‘‘(IV) the innovative accountability system can be used across
                                                              States.
                                                    ‘‘(C) PEER REVIEW.—
                                                          ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The eligible entity shall conduct a peer review of
                                                       the innovative performance accountability system implemented by the
                                                       eligible entity under this section.
                                                          ‘‘(ii) PEER REVIEW TEAM.—For purposes of conducting the peer review
                                                       under clause (i), the eligible entity shall assemble a team of subject
                                                       matter experts who—
                                                                 ‘‘(I) are knowledgeable about innovative accountability systems;
                                                              and
                                                                 ‘‘(II) have demonstrated experience developing and implementing
                                                              such systems.
                                                          ‘‘(iii) METHODOLOGY.—The methodology of the peer review shall meet
                                                       requirements to be jointly established by the Secretary of Labor and
                                                       Secretary of Education.
                                                          ‘‘(iv) ELEMENTS.—The peer review shall determine the extent to
                                                       which the innovative accountability system includes primary indicators
                                                       that reflect the objectives and activities of the State’s adult education
                                                       and family literacy programs.
                                                    ‘‘(D) COMMENTS.—The eligible entity shall provide a response to the find-
                                                 ings of the progress report.
                                                    ‘‘(E) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—The progress report under this paragraph, in-
                                                 cluding any comments provided under subparagraph (D), shall be made
                                                 available on a publicly accessible website of the eligible entity.
                                              ‘‘(5) FINAL REPORT.—Not later than one year after the conclusion of the dem-
                                           onstration period applicable to an eligible entity under paragraph (2), the entity
                                           shall submit to the Secretary a report on the results of the innovative perform-
                                           ance accountability system implemented by the entity under this subsection.
                                           Each such report shall include the entity’s assessment of whether, and to what
                                           extent, the innovative performance accountability system achieved its objec-
                                           tives.
                                              ‘‘(6) CONTINUED REPORTING.—An eligible entity shall continue to report to the
                                           State, or the Secretary, as applicable, on the indicators of performance described
                                           in section 116(b)(2)(A)(i) during the demonstration period.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00066   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       63
                                                ‘‘(7) DEVELOPMENT AND DISSEMINATION OF BEST PRACTICES.—The Secretary
                                             shall—
                                                      ‘‘(A) based on the results of the demonstration programs authorized under
                                                   this subsection and in consultation with the Director of the Institute of
                                                   Education Sciences and the Secretary of Labor, identify best practices for
                                                   the development and implementation of innovative performance account-
                                                   ability systems; and
                                                      ‘‘(B) disseminate information on those practices, including by making
                                                   such information available on a publicly accessible website of the Depart-
                                                   ment of Education.
                                                ‘‘(8) RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER REQUIREMENTS.—Nothing in this subsection
                                             shall be construed to supersede the requirements of section 116 or to authorize
                                             the Secretary to modify or replace the performance accountability measures re-
                                             quired under section 116. An eligible entity participating in a demonstration
                                             program under this subsection shall be subject to the applicable requirements
                                             of section 116 while participating in such program.
                                                ‘‘(9) ELIGIBLE ENTITY DEFINED.—In this subsection, the term ‘eligible entity’
                                             means—
                                                      ‘‘(A) an eligible agency;
                                                      ‘‘(B) a consortium of eligible agencies; or
                                                      ‘‘(C) a consortium of eligible providers within a State or outlying area.’’.
                                     SEC. 306. STATE DISTRIBUTION OF FUNDS; MATCHING REQUIREMENT.
                                           Section 222(b) (29 U.S.C. 3302(b)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                ‘‘(3) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION ON MATCHING FUNDS.—Each eligi-
                                             ble agency shall maintain, on a publicly accessible website of such agency and
                                             in an easily accessible format, information documenting the non-Federal con-
                                             tributions made available to adult education and family literacy programs pur-
                                             suant to this subsection, including—
                                                      ‘‘(A) the sources of such contributions; and
                                                      ‘‘(B) in the case of funds made available by a State or outlying area, an
                                                   explanation of how such funds are distributed to eligible providers.’’
                                     SEC. 307. STATE LEADERSHIP ACTIVITIES.
                                           Section 223(a) (29 U.S.C. 3303(a)) is amended—
                                               (1) in paragraph (1)(C)—
                                                     (A) by amending clause (ii) to read as follows:
                                                           ‘‘(ii) the role of eligible providers as a one-stop partner to provide ac-
                                                        cess to employment, education (including apprenticeship and pre-ap-
                                                        prenticeship programs), and training services;’’;
                                                     (B) in clause (iii), by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘; and’’;
                                                 and
                                                     (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                           ‘‘(iv) assistance for students to be able to locate and apply for appren-
                                                        ticeship and pre-apprenticeship programs.’’; and
                                               (2) in paragraph (2)—
                                                     (A) in subparagraph (J), by striking the period at the end and inserting
                                                 ‘‘, such as the development and maintenance of policies for the credentialing
                                                 of adult educators who demonstrate effectiveness.’’;
                                                     (B) by redesignating subparagraph (M) as subparagraph (N); and
                                                     (C) by inserting after subparagraph (L) the following:
                                                     ‘‘(M) Strengthening the quality of adult education and family literacy pro-
                                                 grams in the State through support for improved credentials, program qual-
                                                 ity standards, and certification and accreditation requirements.’’.
                                     SEC. 308. GRANTS AND CONTRACTS FOR ELIGIBLE PROVIDERS.
                                       Section 231(e)(6) (29 U.S.C. 3321(e)(6)) is amended by striking ‘‘including scientif-
                                     ically valid research and effective educational practice’’ and inserting ‘‘including the
                                     application of the principles of universal design for learning, scientifically valid re-
                                     search, and effective educational practice’’.
                                     SEC. 309. LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE COST LIMITS.
                                           Section 233(a) (29 U.S.C. 3323(a)) is amended—
                                               (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘95 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘85 percent’’; and
                                               (2) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                                               ‘‘(2) of the remaining amount—
                                                     ‘‘(A) not more than 10 percent may be used for professional development
                                                  for adult educators; and
                                                     ‘‘(B) not more than 5 percent may be used for planning, administration
                                                  (including carrying out the requirements of section 116), and the activities
                                                  described in paragraphs (3) and (5) of section 232.’’.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00067   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       64
                                     SEC. 310. NATIONAL LEADERSHIP ACTIVITIES.
                                           Section 242 (29 U.S.C. 3332) is amended—
                                               (1) by amending paragraph (1) of subsection (b) to read as follows:
                                               ‘‘(1) assistance to help States meet the requirements of section 116, including
                                             assistance to ensure that—
                                                     ‘‘(A) the outcomes and other data required pursuant to that section are
                                                  collected and reported in a timely and accessible manner; and
                                                     ‘‘(B) such data are reported consistently across States and eligible pro-
                                                  viders and are reviewed for quality and consistency by the Department of
                                                  Education;’’;
                                               (2) in subsection (c)—
                                                     (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                           (i) by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph (C);
                                                           (ii) in subparagraph (D), by striking the period at the end and insert-
                                                         ing ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                           (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                     ‘‘(E) assistance in the dissemination or provision of information for ap-
                                                  prenticeship and pre-apprenticeship programs.’’; and
                                                     (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                           (i) in subparagraph (F), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                           (ii) by redesignating subparagraph (G) as subparagraph (L); and
                                                           (iii) by inserting after subparagraph (F) the following:
                                                     ‘‘(G) developing and rigorously evaluating model programs for the prepa-
                                                  ration of effective adult educators;
                                                     ‘‘(H) carrying out initiatives to support the professionalization of adult
                                                  education through—
                                                           ‘‘(i) the creation and implementation of full-time staffing models; and
                                                           ‘‘(ii) improved credentials, program quality standards, and certifi-
                                                         cation and accreditation requirements that States may adopt on a vol-
                                                         untary basis;
                                                     ‘‘(I) carrying out initiatives to support the professionalization of adult
                                                  education through the creation and implementation of full-time staffing
                                                  models;
                                                     ‘‘(J) providing professional development and technical assistance to adult
                                                  educators;
                                                     ‘‘(K) incorporating the principles of universal design for learning for any
                                                  activity carried out under subsection (b); and’’.
                                     SEC. 311. INTEGRATED ENGLISH LITERACY AND CIVICS EDUCATION.
                                        Section 243 (29 U.S.C. 3333) is amended—
                                              (1) by amending subsection (a) to read as follows:
                                        ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—From funds made available under section 211(a)(2) for each fis-
                                     cal year, the Secretary shall award grants to States, from allotments under sub-
                                     section (b), for English literacy and civics education, in combination with workforce
                                     preparation activities, workplace adult education and family literacy activities, ap-
                                     prenticeship and pre-apprenticeship programs, integrated education and training ac-
                                     tivities, or work-based learning.’’;
                                              (2) in subsection (c)—
                                                   (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘, and place such adults in,’’; and
                                                   (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting before the period the following: ‘‘, in-
                                                cluding the identification of in-demand industries and the placement of
                                                adult English language learners in unsubsidized employment within these
                                                industries’’; and
                                              (3) by adding at the end the following:
                                        ‘‘(e) STATE DEFINED.—In this section, the term ‘State’ has the meaning given the
                                     term in section 3, except that such term also includes each of the outlying areas
                                     (as defined in section 3).’’.
                                     SEC. 312. TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS TO OTHER LAWS.
                                       Section 9215(c) of the Every Student Succeeds Act (Public Law 114–95) is amend-
                                     ed—
                                           (1) in the subsection heading, by striking ‘‘ADULT EDUCATION AND LITERACY
                                         ACT’’ and inserting ‘‘ADULT EDUCATION AND FAMILY LITERACY ACT’’; and
                                           (2) by striking ‘‘the Adult Education and Literacy Act’’ and inserting ‘‘the
                                         Adult Education and Family Literacy Act’’.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00068   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       65

                                                         TITLE IV—GENERAL PROVISIONS
                                     SEC. 401. PROHIBITION OF NATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT.
                                       Section 501(b) (29 U.S.C. 3341) is amended to read as follows:
                                       ‘‘(b) PROHIBITION OF NATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT.—Nothing in this Act (or
                                     the amendments to other laws made by the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity
                                     Act of 2022) shall be construed to permit the development, management, analysis,
                                     or maintenance by a private entity (whether for-profit or non-profit) of a national
                                     database of personally identifiable information of individuals receiving services
                                     under title I, or the amendments to other laws made by the Workforce Innovation
                                     and Opportunity Act of 2022.’’.
                                     SEC. 402. ACCESSIBILITY.
                                       Subtitle A of title V (29 U.S.C. 3341 et seq.) is further amended by adding at the
                                     end the following:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 507. ACCESSIBILITY.
                                       ‘‘Any uses of digital technology for the purpose of delivery of service under this
                                     Act shall ensure that the website or electronic communication conform to Level AA
                                     of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0 of the Web Accessibility Initiative
                                     (or any successor guidelines).’’.

                                             TITLE V—AMENDMENTS TO THE WAGNER-
                                                        PEYSER ACT
                                     SEC. 501. INCLUSION OF COMMONWEALTH OF THE NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS AND AMER-
                                                ICAN SAMOA.
                                           The Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) is amended—
                                                (1) in section 2(5) (29 U.S.C. 49a(5))—
                                                      (A) by striking ‘‘the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico’’ and inserting ‘‘Puerto
                                                   Rico’’; and
                                                      (B) by inserting ‘‘the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands,
                                                   American Samoa,’’ after ‘‘Guam,’’;
                                                (2) in section 5(b)(1) (29 U.S.C. 49d(b)(1)), by inserting ‘‘the Commonwealth
                                             of the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa,’’ after ‘‘Guam,’’;
                                                (3) in section 6(a) (29 U.S.C. 49e(a))—
                                                      (A) by inserting ‘‘, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands,
                                                   and American Samoa’’ after ‘‘except for Guam’’;
                                                      (B) by striking ‘‘allot to Guam’’ and inserting the following: ‘‘allot to—
                                                ‘‘(1) Guam’’;
                                                      (C) by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                      (D) by adding at the end the following:
                                                ‘‘(2) the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands and American
                                             Samoa an amount which, in relation to the total amount available for the fiscal
                                             year, is equal to the allotment percentage that Guam received of amounts avail-
                                             able under this Act in fiscal year 1983.’’; and
                                                (4) in section 6(b)(1) (29 U.S.C. 49e(b)(1)), in the matter following subpara-
                                             graph (B), by inserting ‘‘, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands,
                                             American Samoa,’’ after ‘‘does not include Guam’’.
                                     SEC. 502. WORKFORCE AND LABOR MARKET INFORMATION SYSTEM.
                                       Section 15(g) of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l–2(g)) is amended to read
                                     as follows:
                                       ‘‘(g) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appro-
                                     priated to carry out this section $74,400,000 for fiscal year 2023, $78,100,000 for fis-
                                     cal year 2024, $82,000,000 for fiscal year 2025, $86,100,000 for fiscal year 2026,
                                     $90,400,000 for fiscal year 2027, and $94,900,000 for fiscal year 2028.’’.

                                                         TITLE VI—AMENDMENTS TO THE
                                                          REHABILITATION ACT OF 1973
                                     SEC. 601. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                       (a) STATE PLANS.—Paragraph (1) of section 100(b) of the Rehabilitation Act of
                                     1973 (29 U.S.C. 720(b)) is amended to read as follows:




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022    Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00069   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      66
                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For the purpose of making grants to States under part B
                                          to assist States in meeting the costs of vocational rehabilitation services pro-
                                          vided in accordance with State plans under section 101, there are authorized
                                          to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years
                                          2023 through 2028, except that—
                                                   ‘‘(A) for fiscal year 2023 the amount to be appropriated shall be not less
                                                than $4,052,400,000; and
                                                   ‘‘(B) for fiscal year 2024 and each of the succeeding fiscal years, the
                                                amount to be appropriated for such a fiscal year shall not be less than the
                                                amount of the appropriation under this paragraph for the immediately pre-
                                                ceding fiscal year, increased by the percentage change in the Consumer
                                                Price Index determined under subsection (c) for the immediately preceding
                                                fiscal year.’’.
                                       (b) CLIENT ASSISTANCE PROGRAM.—Section 112(h) of the Rehabilitation Act of
                                     1973 (29 U.S.C. 732(h)) is amended to read as follows:
                                       ‘‘(h) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the provisions of this
                                     section—
                                             ‘‘(1) $15,507,800 for fiscal year 2023;
                                             ‘‘(2) $16,283,190 for fiscal year 2024;
                                             ‘‘(3) $17,097,350 for fiscal year 2025;
                                             ‘‘(4) $17,952,217 for fiscal year 2026;
                                             ‘‘(5) $18,849,828 for fiscal year 2027; and
                                             ‘‘(6) $19,792,319 for fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                       (c) RESEARCH AND TRAINING.—Section 201 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29
                                     U.S.C. 761) is amended to read as follows:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 201. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                        ‘‘There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this title $134,357,300 for
                                     fiscal year 2023, $141,075,165 for fiscal year 2024, $148,128,923 for fiscal year 2025,
                                     $155,535,369 for fiscal year 2026, $163,312,138 for fiscal year 2027, and
                                     $171,477,745 for fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                        (d) TRAINING.—Section 302(i) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 772(i))
                                     is amended to read as follows:
                                        ‘‘(i) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appropriated
                                     to carry out this section $43,494,001 for fiscal year 2023, $45,668,701 for fiscal year
                                     2024, $47,952,136 for fiscal year 2025, $50,349,743 for fiscal year 2026, $52,867,230
                                     for fiscal year 2027, and $55,510,592 for fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                        (e) DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PROGRAMS.—Section 303(e) of the Rehabilita-
                                     tion Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 773(e)) is amended to read as follows:
                                        ‘‘(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of carrying out this
                                     section there are authorized to be appropriated $7,489,900 for fiscal year 2023,
                                     $7,864,395 for fiscal year 2024, $8,257,615 for fiscal year 2025, $8,670,495 for fiscal
                                     year 2026, $9,104,020 for fiscal year 2027, and $9,559,221 for fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                        (f) NATIONAL COUNCIL ON DISABILITY.—Section 405 of the Rehabilitation Act of
                                     1973 (29 U.S.C. 785) is amended to read as follows:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 405. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                        ‘‘There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this title $4,117,300 for fis-
                                     cal year 2023, $4,323,165 for fiscal year 2024, $4,539,323 for fiscal year 2025,
                                     $4,766,289 for fiscal year 2026, $5,004,604 for fiscal year 2027, and $5,254,834 for
                                     fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                        (g) ARCHITECTURAL AND TRANSPORTATION BARRIERS COMPLIANCE BOARD.—Section
                                     502(j) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 792(j)) is amended to read as fol-
                                     lows:
                                        ‘‘(j) There are authorized to be appropriated for the purpose of carrying out the
                                     duties and functions of the Access Board under this section $10,835,000 for fiscal
                                     year 2023, $11,376,750 for fiscal year 2024, $11,945,588 for fiscal year 2025,
                                     $12,542,867 for fiscal year 2026, $13,170,010 for fiscal year 2027, and $13,828,511
                                     for fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                        (h) PROTECTION AND ADVOCACY OF INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS.—Section 509(l) of the Re-
                                     habilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794e(l)) is amended to read as follows:
                                        ‘‘(l) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appropriated
                                     to carry out this section $22,808,500 for fiscal year 2023, $23,948,925 for fiscal year
                                     2024, $25,146,371 for fiscal year 2025, $26,403,690 for fiscal year 2026, $27,723,874
                                     for fiscal year 2027, and $29,110,068 for fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                        (i) EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES.—Section
                                     610 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 29 U.S.C. 795o) is amended to read
                                     as follows:




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00070   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                        67
                                     ‘‘SEC. 610. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                       ‘‘There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this title $35,599,300 for fis-
                                     cal year 2023, $37,379,265 for fiscal year 2024, $39,248,228 for fiscal year 2025,
                                     $41,210,640 for fiscal year 2026, $43,271,172 for fiscal year 2027, and $45,434,730
                                     for fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                       (j) INDEPENDENT LIVING SERVICES.—Section 714 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
                                     (29 U.S.C. 796e–3) is amended to read as follows:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 714. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                        ‘‘There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part $29,564,700 for
                                     fiscal year 2023, $31,042,935 for fiscal year 2024, $32,595,082 for fiscal year 2025,
                                     $34,224,836 for fiscal year 2026, $35,936,078 for fiscal year 2027, and $37,732,882
                                     for fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                        (k) CENTERS FOR INDEPENDENT LIVING.—Section 727 of the Rehabilitation Act of
                                     1973 (29 U.S.C. 796f–6) is amended to read as follows:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 727. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                        ‘‘There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part $101,191,200 for
                                     fiscal year 2023, $106,250,760 for fiscal year 2024, $111,563,298 for fiscal year 2025,
                                     $117,141,463 for fiscal year 2026, $122,998,536 for fiscal year 2027, and
                                     $129,148,463 for fiscal year 2028.’’.
                                        (l) INDEPENDENT LIVING SERVICES FOR OLDER INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE BLIND.—Sec-
                                     tion 753 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 796l) is amended to read as
                                     follows:
                                     ‘‘SEC. 753. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
                                        ‘‘There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this chapter $43,055,100 for
                                     fiscal year 2023, $45,207,855 for fiscal year 2024, $47,468,248 for fiscal year 2025,
                                     $49,841,660 for fiscal year 2026, $52,333,743 for fiscal year 2027, and $54,950,430
                                     for fiscal year 2028.’’.

                                                                         PURPOSE AND SUMMARY
                                       The purpose of H.R. 7309, the Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
                                     tunity Act of 2022 (WIOA of 2022),1 is to reauthorize and strength-
                                     en the primary federal law—the Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
                                     tunity Act of 2014 (WIOA of 2014)—governing the nation’s work-
                                     force development system (WIOA). It fully funds WIOA programs
                                     by authorizing $78 billion over six years; establishes a permanent
                                     Department of Labor (DOL) program to help individuals released
                                     from incarceration transition back to employment and access sus-
                                     tainable career pathways; expands summer and year-round jobs
                                     programs for youth; strengthens the quality of the Jobs Corps pro-
                                     gram; codifies partnerships between employers and community col-
                                     leges to provide high-quality job training; and strengthens industry
                                     and sector partnerships to better meet the needs of both employers
                                     and job seekers.
                                       WIOA of 2022 has been endorsed by America Forward, American
                                     Library Association, Association of Farmworker Opportunity Pro-
                                     grams, Center for Employment Opportunities, Corporation for a
                                     Skilled Workforce, Emsi Burning Glass, Jobs for the Future,
                                     Keys2Work, MidWest Urban Strategies, National Council of State
                                     Boards of Nursing, National Job Corps Association, National
                                     League of Cities, National Skills Coalition, RecycleForce, REDF,
                                     Results For America, San Diego Workforce Partnership, Transport
                                     Workers Union of America, Unite LA, U.S. Conference of Mayors,
                                     and YouthBuild USA.


                                           1 H.R. 7309, 117th Cong. (as reported by the H. Comm. on Ed. & Labor, Apr. 5, 2022).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00071   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       68

                                                                         COMMITTEE ACTION
                                                                               117TH CONGRESS

                                        On April 21, 2021, the Education and Labor (Committee) held a
                                     bipartisan Member roundtable on the reauthorization of the Work-
                                     force Innovation and Opportunity Act. During the roundtable,
                                     Members and panelists discussed challenges facing the existing
                                     workforce system and how the reauthorization of WIOA of 2014
                                     could address those challenges. The panelists were: Mr. David
                                     Bradley, Analyst in Labor Economics, Congressional Research
                                     Service (CRS), Washington, DC; Ms. Dawn Locke, Acting Director,
                                     Education, Workforce, and Income Security, Government Account-
                                     ability Office (GAO), Washington, DC; Mr. Ron Painter, President
                                     and CEO, National Association of Workforce Boards, Washington,
                                     DC; and Ms. Maria Flynn, President and CEO, Jobs for the Future,
                                     Boston, MA.
                                        On May 13, 2021, the Committee held a bipartisan hearing enti-
                                     tled ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Reauthorization:
                                     Creating Opportunities for Youth Employment.’’ The Committee
                                     heard testimony on the challenges facing the youth activities au-
                                     thorized under WIOA of 2014. The witnesses were: Ms. Chekemma
                                     Fullmore-Townsend, President and CEO, Philadelphia Youth Net-
                                     work, Philadelphia, PA; Mr. Thomas Showalter, Senior Advisor,
                                     National Youth Employment Coalition, Washington, DC; Ms. Deb
                                     Lindner, Human Resources Manager, Precor, Whitsett, NC; and
                                     Mr. Byron Garret, President & CEO, National Job Corps Associa-
                                     tion, Washington, DC.
                                        On May 27, 2021, the Committee held a bipartisan hearing enti-
                                     tled ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Reauthorization:
                                     Creating Employment Pathways for Dislocated Workers.’’ The Com-
                                     mittee heard testimony on how to use the reauthorization of WIOA
                                     of 2014 to mitigate worker displacement and promote lifelong
                                     learning. The witnesses were: Mr. Joe Barela, Executive Director,
                                     Colorado Department of Labor and Employment, Denver, CO; Mr.
                                     P.J. McGrew, Executive Director, Indiana Governor’s Workforce
                                     Cabinet, Indianapolis, IN; Mr. Matt Sigelman, Chief Executive Of-
                                     ficer, Burning Glass Technologies, Boston, MA; and Ms. Portia Wu,
                                     Managing Director, U.S. Public Policy, U.S. Government Affairs,
                                     Microsoft Corporation, Washington, DC.
                                        On June 15, 2021, the Committee held a bipartisan hearing enti-
                                     tled ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Reauthorization:
                                     Examining Successful Models of Employment for Justice-Involved
                                     Individuals.’’ The Committee heard testimony on the need for a
                                     codified reentry grant that provides comprehensive services to jus-
                                     tice-involved individuals. The witnesses were: Ms. Traci Scott, Vice
                                     President of Workforce Development, National Urban League, New
                                     York, NY; Mr. Gregg Keesling, President, Recycle Force, Indianap-
                                     olis, IN; Ms. Pamela Lattimore, Senior Director for Research Devel-
                                     opment, Division for Applied Justice Research, RTI International,
                                     Research, Triangle Park, NC; and Ms. Wendi Safstrom, Executive
                                     Director, SHRM Foundation, Alexandria, VA.
                                        On March 31, 2022, Rep. Robert C. ‘‘Bobby’’ Scott (D–VA–3) in-
                                     troduced H.R. 7309, the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act
                                     of 2022, with Reps. Frederica Wilson (D–FL–24), Suzanne
                                     Bonamici (D–OR–1), Juaquin Castro (D–TX–20), Sheila Cherfilus-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00072    Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                         69

                                     McCormick (D–FL–20), Joe Courtney (D–CT–2), Jahana Hayes (D–
                                     CT–5), Mondaire Jones (D–NY–17), Lucy McBath (D–GA–7),
                                     Kweisi Mfume (D–MD–7), Joseph Morelle (D–NY–25), Frank
                                     Mrvan (D–IN–1), Donald Norcross (D–NJ–1), Del. Gregorio Kilili
                                     Camacho Sablan (D–MP–AL), Haley Stevens (D–MI–11), Mikie
                                     Sherrill (D–NJ–11), Mark Takano (D–CA–41), and Andy Levin (D–
                                     MI–9) as original cosponsors. The bill reauthorizes the Workforce
                                     Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014 and was referred to the
                                     Committee.
                                       On April 5, 2022, the Committee marked up H.R. 7309. An
                                     Amendment in the Nature of a Substitute (ANS) was offered by
                                     Rep. Jones that incorporated the provisions of H.R. 7309 and made
                                     the following modifications:
                                             • clarifies that proprietary schools are not excluded from in-
                                          clusion on the eligible training provider list and provides pro-
                                          gram integrity guardrails that foreclose their membership on
                                          state and local boards and their ability to operate one-stop cen-
                                          ters;
                                             • adds digital literacy to the list of permissible program ele-
                                          ments for youth services;
                                             • adds assistive technology as an allowable use of funds to
                                          accommodate those with disabilities for delivery of services;
                                             • adds ‘‘age’’ as an element of professional development
                                          training for staff of the one-stop delivery system;
                                             • adds ‘‘Institution of Higher Education’’ to the list of enti-
                                          ties eligible for Workforce Innovation Funds;
                                             • increases authorization of appropriations under the Reha-
                                          bilitation Act of 1973 (Rehabilitation Act) 2 for supported em-
                                          ployment services for individuals with the most significant dis-
                                          abilities as well as the Architectural and Transportation Bar-
                                          riers Compliance Board; and
                                             • makes other typographical and technical adjustments.
                                       Four amendments to the ANS were offered:
                                             • Rep. Mariannette Miller-Meeks (R–IA–2) offered a sub-
                                          stitute amendment to reauthorize the WIOA of 2014 for six
                                          years. The substitute amendment did not significantly increase
                                          authorized funding levels but added allowable uses of funds for
                                          statewide and local workforce development activities and codi-
                                          fies the Reentry Employment Opportunities program, among
                                          other changes. The amendment was defeated by a vote of 20
                                          Yeas and 29 Nays.
                                             • Rep. Bob Good (R–VA–5) offered an amendment to require
                                          that WIOA participants comply with E-Verify. The amendment
                                          was defeated by a vote of 21 Yeas and 29 Nays.
                                             • Rep. Good offered an amendment to strike references to
                                          ‘‘registered’’ for the purposes of allowing work-based learning
                                          opportunities other than the registered apprenticeship model.
                                          The amendment was defeated by a vote of 21 Yeas and 28
                                          Nays.
                                             • Rep. Mary Miller (R–IL–15) offered an amendment to pro-
                                          hibit WIOA funds from being used to reimburse health care
                                          services. The amendment was defeated by a vote of 21 Yeas
                                          and 29 Nays.
                                           2 Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Pub. L. No. 93–112 (29 U.S.C. § 701 et seq.).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00073   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                        70

                                           • Rep. Miller (IL) offered an amendment to strike language
                                         in the ANS that defines individuals with barriers to employ-
                                         ment to include gender identity and sexual orientation and
                                         other similar changes throughout. The amendment was de-
                                         feated by a vote of 20 Yeas and 29 Nays.
                                       The ANS was adopted by voice vote. The Committee ordered
                                     H.R. 7909 to be reported favorably, as amended, to the House of
                                     Representatives by a vote of 29 Yeas and 21 Nays.
                                                                            COMMITTEE VIEWS
                                                                                 INTRODUCTION

                                        The nation’s public workforce development system is currently
                                     authorized by WIOA of 2014, which was enacted in 2014 3 as the
                                     most recent reauthorization of federal workforce development pol-
                                     icy. The law includes five titles: (I) workforce development activi-
                                     ties; (II) adult education and literacy; (III) amendments to the
                                     Wagner-Peyser Act of 1933 (Wagner-Peyser); (IV) amendments to
                                     the Rehabilitation Act; and (V) general administrative provisions of
                                     WIOA.
                                        DOL administers Titles I and III, while the Department of Edu-
                                     cation (ED) administers Titles II and IV, and the agencies jointly
                                     administer cross-cutting provisions across the titles, including Title
                                     V.
                                        Title I of WIOA of 2014 funds adult, dislocated worker, and
                                     youth services for training, career, and supportive services using a
                                     statutory formula. Title I funds are distributed through a state
                                     workforce board, which is comprised of businesses, public agencies,
                                     community-based organizations, and labor organizations. The state
                                     workforce board then allocates funds to local workforce boards. The
                                     majority of formula funds are distributed to the local workforce
                                     boards, making WIOA of 2014 a localized approach to federal work-
                                     force investments. Title I also authorizes Job Corps, a residential
                                     program for at-risk youth, and national programs such as Indian
                                     and Native American (INA) Programs, the National Farmworker
                                     Jobs Program (NFJP), and YouthBuild.
                                        Title II of WIOA of 2014 funds basic education for out of school
                                     adults, such as literacy and numeracy, with the aim of earning
                                     coursework towards a secondary degree and basic foundational
                                     skills for the job market. Title II also funds English language
                                     learning and civics education for immigrants. Funds are awarded
                                     to state education agencies who then distribute those funds to local
                                     education providers, such as local education agencies or commu-
                                     nity-based organizations. Of the funds to the states, 88 percent are
                                     distributed based on the states’ relative share of adults who do not
                                     have a high school diploma (or equivalent) and are not enrolled in
                                     school. The remaining funds go to states based on the number of
                                     immigrants who were admitted for permanent legal residence.
                                        Title III of WIOA of 2014 amends Wagner-Peyser, which estab-
                                     lished the Employment Service (ES) for the purpose of assisting job
                                     seekers with career services, such as career counseling and job
                                     placement assistance. Additionally, Wagner-Peyser established the
                                     labor market information system, which job seekers rely on to
                                           3 Pub. L. No. 113–128, 128 Stat. 1425 (2014) (codified as amended at 29 U.S.C. §§ 3101–3361).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00074   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      71

                                     learn what job openings are available in their local area. Title III
                                     amends Wagner-Peyser for the purposes of collocating the ES at
                                     one-stop centers and authorizing new funds for the labor market
                                     information system.
                                        Title IV of WIOA of 2014 amends the Rehabilitation Act, which
                                     authorizes vocational rehabilitation (VR) services to individuals
                                     with disabilities. Funds are distributed to state VR agencies
                                     through a formula. Funding for the state grants is mandatory and
                                     is determined by using prior appropriations as a floor and then ad-
                                     justing for inflation. In addition to the state grants, Title IV also
                                     authorizes discretionary funding for several other VR programs,
                                     such as the Client Assistance Program.
                                        Despite being reauthorized several times with new levels of au-
                                     thorized funding, federal investment in workforce development has
                                     fallen markedly over time. While the U.S. labor force has grown by
                                     roughly half over the past four decades, federal spending on work-
                                     force development has fallen by two-thirds when adjusted for infla-
                                     tion.4 Since 2002, the core WIOA formula programs—for adults,
                                     dislocated workers, and youth—have seen a roughly 45 percent de-
                                     cline in enacted federal funding when adjusted for inflation.5 As a
                                     result, essential workforce development services are frequently un-
                                     available to the people who need them most.
                                        The WIOA of 2022 addresses these funding shortfalls by signifi-
                                     cantly increasing authorized funding levels and makes a number of
                                     changes to update and strengthen the existing workforce develop-
                                     ment system. The bill addresses several broad issues that emerged
                                     through the Committee’s hearings and other efforts to solicit feed-
                                     back from stakeholders.
                                               UPDATING AND ADDING KEY DEFINITIONS TO THE STATUTE

                                       The WIOA of 2022 improves or expands on several existing
                                     WIOA of 2014 definitions and adds new definitions to provide
                                     greater clarity for the workforce system. Below are key revisions
                                     and additions.
                                     Apprenticeships and Pre-apprenticeships
                                        Registered apprenticeships (RAs) are a proven strategy that have
                                     demonstrated high-quality training and wage progression across
                                     multiple industries. The bill adds a definition of ‘‘apprenticeship
                                     programs’’ to WIOA and defines them as programs registered
                                     under the National Apprenticeship Act (NAA). This added defini-
                                     tion will ensure that WIOA funds will continue to be used only for
                                     apprenticeships that are RAs.
                                        Pre-apprenticeships are an important conduit to apprenticeship
                                     programs and longer-term economic success, especially for individ-
                                     uals from communities that have traditionally been underrep-
                                     resented in apprenticeships. The bill defines a ‘‘pre-apprenticeship
                                     program’’ as one that is designed to prepare participants for an ap-
                                       4 Harry J. Holzer, The CEA Training Report: Very Wide of the Mark, NAT’L SKILLS COALITION
                                     (Aug. 13, 2019), https://nationalskillscoalition.org/blog/industry-engagement/the-cea-training-
                                     report-very-wide-of-the-mark/.
                                       5 Committee analysis of Congressional Budget Office Historical Data and Economic Projections
                                     (July 2021) and Budget of the United States Government appendix documents (FY2004–
                                     FY2023).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00075   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      72

                                     prenticeship program registered under the NAA. This definition is
                                     to ensure that pre-apprenticeships lead to high-quality RAs.
                                     Career Pathways
                                        Career pathways is an educational approach that articulates
                                     multiple steps of education or training that lead toward a career
                                     path within an industry or occupation. It is a proven strategy for
                                     employment and educational progress.6 WIOA of 2014 first codified
                                     this approach by defining ‘‘career pathways.’’ The WIOA of 2022
                                     amends the definition further to include supportive services, mul-
                                     tiple entry and exit points, and a progression toward attainment of
                                     a recognized postsecondary credential.7 These additions are in-
                                     tended to build on the existing definition of ‘‘career pathways’’ by
                                     allowing for more comprehensive services and flexibility of service.
                                     The addition of multiple entry and exit points are intended for stu-
                                     dents with different levels of preparedness to enter a designed ca-
                                     reer pathway at different points based on their relevant prior edu-
                                     cation. Additionally, the inclusion of supportive services is intended
                                     to ensure that participants within a career pathway are afforded
                                     the supports needed to progress along the articulated steps.
                                     Competency
                                       The bill adds a definition of ‘‘competency,’’ which includes the at-
                                     tainment of the knowledge, skills, and abilities relevant to a sub-
                                     ject area. Additionally, the definition of ‘‘competency’’ is tied to an
                                     occupational skill standard and requires that it be demonstrated by
                                     an appropriate proficiency measurement.8 The purpose of adding
                                     this definition is to ensure that the term ‘‘competency,’’ when it is
                                     used in the context of WIOA, denotes a standardized set of knowl-
                                     edge and skills that has been established as necessary to succeed
                                     in an occupation or industry and can be objectively assessed.
                                     Dislocated Worker
                                        Dislocated workers are workers who have lost a job through no
                                     fault of their own, often due to changing economic circumstances.
                                     As new causes of economic change emerge, the WIOA of 2014 defi-
                                     nition of ‘‘dislocated workers’’ must be updated accordingly to re-
                                     flect new realities in the U.S. economy. The bill revises the defini-
                                     tion of ‘‘dislocated worker’’ in two ways to ensure that two cat-
                                     egories of individuals who face challenges staying connected with
                                     the traditional labor market are eligible for services.9 First, the bill
                                     adds the term ‘‘long-term unemployed,’’ those who have been unem-
                                     ployed for 27 weeks or longer. These individuals have not qualified
                                     for unemployment compensation or been employed previously for a
                                     sufficient duration to demonstrate attachment to the labor force.
                                     However, the long-term unemployed—regardless of their prior
                                     earnings or duration of employment—face unique challenges with
                                     re-employment and are in need of WIOA assistance to regain a
                                     foothold in the labor market. Second, the bill adds some types of
                                     ‘‘gig workers’’ to the definition, including those who are under-
                                       6 Abt Associates, Dep’t of Labor, Career Pathways Descriptive Analytical Project Summary
                                     (Jan. 2022), https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/OASP/evaluation/pdf/ETA_Career%20Pathways
                                     %20Descriptive%20and%20Analytical%20Project_One-Pager.pdf.
                                       7 H.R. 7309, § 101(b).
                                       8 H.R. 7309, § 101(p)(1).
                                       9 H.R. 7309, § 101(c).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00076   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                         73

                                     employed and engaged in occasional work for remuneration and
                                     those who are self-employed but looking for part-time work. This
                                     definition is consistent with the definition that was used to provide
                                     pandemic relief funds to gig workers.10 When WIOA of 2014 was
                                     passed, the gig economy was in its infancy. Since then, the gig
                                     economy has expanded significantly. Now, according to a study, be-
                                     tween 25 and 35 percent of workers engage in non-standard or gig
                                     work on a supplementary or primary basis.11 And many gig work-
                                     ers are dissatisfied with their employment situations and would
                                     prefer to have traditional employment with a more stable schedule
                                     and benefits. However, the workforce development system is not
                                     meeting their needs. For example, a GAO study found that many
                                     local workforce boards were challenged when it came to helping gig
                                     workers, in part because they lacked clear promising practices on
                                     how to serve them.12 In adding ‘‘gig workers’’ to the definition of
                                     dislocated worker, this bill makes them explicitly eligible for WIOA
                                     services and calls attention to the imperative to serve them better.
                                     Eligible Youth
                                        Under current statute, the definition of ‘‘eligible youth’’ is divided
                                     into two types of youth—those that are ‘‘in-school’’ and those that
                                     are ‘‘out-of-school.’’ According to numerous stakeholders this defini-
                                     tion did not accurately describe the populations in-need of work-
                                     force development services. The bill revises the definition of ‘‘eligi-
                                     ble youth’’ in two important ways.13 First, it replaces the separate
                                     ‘‘in-school’’ and ‘‘out of school youth’’ definitions with a single defi-
                                     nition. This definition includes ‘‘opportunity youth,’’ who are gen-
                                     erally not enrolled in school but do not align with the existing ‘‘out
                                     of school youth’’ definition in the statute, and ‘‘other eligible youth,’’
                                     who are generally defined in the same way as the existing ‘‘in-
                                     school youth’’ definition in the statute. Combining all eligible youth
                                     into a single definition is part of the bill’s effort to provide greater
                                     flexibility to local boards to target youth formula funds to the popu-
                                     lations most in need of services. Second, the bill allows for self-at-
                                     testation of eligibility as opposed to requiring documentary evi-
                                     dence. Finding documentation is a barrier to enrollment for youth,
                                     according to practitioners in the field. For example, it is almost im-
                                     possible for homeless youth to provide documentation of their
                                     homeless status. The need to provide supporting documentation
                                     may slow down the enrollment process for youth who need assist-
                                     ance quickly or may even dissuade some from continuing with en-
                                     rollment. In allowing for self-attestation to streamline the applica-
                                     tion process, this bill codifies existing DOL policy. DOL has issued
                                     guidance to states to clarify that self-attestation of eligibility is per-
                                     mitted for the WIOA youth program.14 In addition, there is prece-
                                           10 See 15 U.S.C. § 9201.
                                           11 Kelsey Berkowitz, The Public Workforce Development System and Gig Workers, NEW AMER-
                                     ICA  (Jan. 31, 2022), https://www.newamerica.org/education-policy/reports/the-public-workforce-
                                     development-system-and-gig-workers/.
                                       12 U.S. GOV’T ACCOUNTABILITY OFF., GAO–17–561, WORKFORCE TRAINING: DOL CAN BETTER
                                     SHARE INFORMATION ON SERVICES FOR ON-DEMAND, OR GIG, WORKERS 2 (2017), https://
                                     www.gao.gov/products/gao-17-561.
                                       13 H.R. 7309, § 101(e).
                                       14 Training and Employment Guidance Letter No. 23–19 from John Pallasch, Assistant Sec’y,
                                     Emp. & Training Admin., Dep’t of Labor, to State and Local Stakeholders in the Workforce In-
                                     novation and Opportunity Act et al. 12 (June 18, 2020), https://wdr.doleta.gov/directives/
                                     corr_doc.cfm?DOCN=9155.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000    Frm 00077   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                        74

                                     dent in federal education and training programs for allowing self-
                                     attestation of eligibility. For example, the TRIO program, which is
                                     administered by ED, and which provides outreach and educational
                                     services to disadvantaged youth, allows for self-attestation of eligi-
                                     bility.15 The use of self-attestation is an acceptable process for the
                                     enrollment of youth and the bill prohibits states and local areas
                                     from banning it. Further, self-attestation is the preferred method
                                     of enrolling eligible youth to ensure that barriers to service are
                                     minimized.
                                        As part of its revisions to the eligible youth definition, the bill
                                     adds a definition of ‘‘opportunity youth’’ as individuals who are age
                                     16 to 24, not attending school or employed, and—with limited ex-
                                     ceptions—lacking a secondary degree or its equivalent.16 The term
                                     ‘‘opportunity youth’’ is a term that has emerged since WIOA of
                                     2014 was passed and is used to describe youth who are discon-
                                     nected from work or school.17 Youth in the 16-24 age range are con-
                                     sidered emerging adults, and this is a critical phase in which youth
                                     have the chance to gain an education and enter the workforce, but
                                     many remain at risk or lack sufficient support. Recognizing and
                                     prioritizing this group for special attention and services makes
                                     sense as an investment in our future. Also, compared to the exist-
                                     ing category of ‘‘out of school youth,’’ the category of ‘‘opportunity
                                     youth’’ is simpler for practitioners to identify and for youth to es-
                                     tablish eligibility. This new definition eliminates the need to sub-
                                     stantiate that a youth falls into one of several specific groups, such
                                     as being homeless or justice-involved, that youth may be reluctant
                                     to disclose or may lack documentation to support. This broader con-
                                     cept of ‘‘opportunity youth’’ also gives practitioners on the ground
                                     the flexibility to serve youth in their local area who are most at
                                     risk.
                                     Evidence-Based
                                        The bill adds a definition of ‘‘evidence-based’’ that includes four
                                     different tiers of quality of evidence based on the number and qual-
                                     ity of supporting studies to substantiate the evidence, and it is con-
                                     sistent with the definition in the Every Student Succeeds Act.18
                                     Adding this definition is part of a broader effort in the bill to en-
                                     courage a greater focus on using rigorously evaluated and proven
                                     strategies in the workforce development system. Along with adding
                                     this definition, the bill requires that WIOA funds be used for evi-
                                     dence-based approaches where practicable and authorizes a work-
                                     force development innovation fund to help build the evidence base
                                     in the field.19 The evidence that currently exists on effective ap-
                                     proaches in workforce development is not fully developed and may
                                     be inconsistent across program areas or sub-populations; therefore,
                                     this bill does not require any minimum percentage of funds to be
                                     used for evidence-based approaches. Rather, it aims to spur further
                                     development of evidence-based approaches and encourage practi-
                                     tioners to draw on this evidence when it is available. This focus on
                                           15 See 20 U.S.C. § 1070a–11(e).
                                           16 H.R. 7309, § 101(l).
                                       17 Opportunity   Youth, YOUTH.GOV, https://youth.gov/youth-topics/opportunity-youth#:∼:text
                                     =Opportunity%20youth%20are%20young%20people,exploring%20independence-
                                     %20and%20life%20opportunities (last visited May 4, 2022).
                                       18 H.R. 7309, § 101(p); Pub. L. No. 114–95, § 8002, 129 Stat. 1801, 2090–91 (2015).
                                       19 H.R. 7309, §§ 201(a), 207(e), 274(c).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00078   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                        75

                                     evidence is also part of a larger, federal government-wide effort to
                                     develop evidence and use it to inform government operations.20
                                     Foundational Skill Needs and Digital Literacy
                                        WIOA of 2014 uses an antiquated term (‘‘basic skills deficient’’)
                                     that is a deficit-based way to describe the basic skills needed for
                                     education and adult life. This bill replaces the term ‘‘basic skills de-
                                     ficient’’ with ‘‘foundational skill needs,’’ to be consistent with trends
                                     in the fields of education and training. The bill also updates which
                                     skills are considered necessary and it sets a minimum threshold for
                                     employment in the WIOA of 2022 context.21 It adds ‘‘digital lit-
                                     eracy,’’ ‘‘financial literacy,’’ and ‘‘communication skills’’ to the defi-
                                     nition of ‘‘foundational skill needs.’’ The world of work has evolved,
                                     and an ability to use computers is now critical to many jobs. Also,
                                     communicating with co-workers and thinking critically are increas-
                                     ingly important skills across the labor market. By adding these
                                     skills to the definition of ‘‘foundational skill needs,’’ the bill encour-
                                     ages the workforce system to focus more on helping job seekers de-
                                     velop these skills along with occupation-specific competencies.
                                     Individuals with Barriers to Employment
                                       Current law defines ‘‘individuals with barriers to employment’’ as
                                     a means for identifying different populations who have, or face, cer-
                                     tain barriers that make it harder than others to gain employment
                                     or develop the needed skills to gain such employment. Under
                                     WIOA of 2014, individuals with barriers receive priority for certain
                                     services, local boards must develop strategies for serving individ-
                                     uals with barriers, and one-stop staff must receive technical assist-
                                     ance and training on how to serve individuals with barriers. This
                                     bill adds to the definition individuals who have been ‘‘historically
                                     underserved and marginalized as a result of race, color, national
                                     origin, sexual orientation, or gender identity.’’ 22 Historical dis-
                                     crimination in the labor market against marginalized groups—e.g.,
                                     racial, ethnic, or LGBTQ minorities—has resulted in persistently
                                     lower employment and earnings rates for these groups.23 The work-
                                     force system is one way to counteract and reverse these historical
                                     trends. However, the workforce system is not achieving this goal
                                     for many of these individuals. For example, while Black partici-
                                     pants make up a disproportionate share of those served by WIOA
                                     Title I funds, the median earnings of Black participants who have
                                     exited the program are 78 percent of the earnings of white partici-
                                     pants.24 This differential echoes the Black-white earnings gap and
                                     suggests that the workforce system could be doing more to fight
                                     employment discrimination as it interacts with employers. Also,
                                     LGBTQ workers of color are among the most disadvantaged in the
                                      20 OFF. OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC. OFF. OF PRES., MEMO. M–21–27, EVIDENCE-BASED POLICY-
                                     MAKING: LEARNING AGENDAS AND ANNUAL EVALUATION PLANS 1 (2021).
                                           21 H.R. 7309, § 101.
                                           22 H.R. 7309, § 101(g).
                                        23 Race, Ethnicity, and the Economy: How Improving Economic Opportunity Benefits All: Hear-
                                     ing Before the H. Sel. Comm. on Econ. Disparity & Fairness in Growth, 177th Cong. (2022)
                                     (statement of Valerie Wilson, Econ. Pol. Inst.), available at https://files.epi.org/uploads/
                                     243468.pdf.
                                        24 ALEX CAMARDELLE, JOINT CTR. FOR POL. & ECON. STUD., PRINCIPLES TO SUPPORT BLACK
                                     WORKERS IN THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT 3 (2021), https://
                                     jointcenter.org/principles-to-support-black-workers-in-the-workforce-innovation-and-opportunity-
                                     act/#:∼:text=WIOA%20guardrails%20must%20be%20put,the%20opportunity%20costs%20of%
                                     20training.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00079   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      76

                                     nation’s workforce and are at a significant risk of being unem-
                                     ployed. In fact, these workers have higher rates of unemployment
                                     when compared to non-LGBTQ workers of color.25 By updating the
                                     definition of individuals with barriers to employment to include
                                     these marginalized groups, the bill is encouraging the workforce
                                     system to address, through WIOA services, the root cause of the
                                     disparities these groups experience in their employment and earn-
                                     ings.
                                     Justice-Involved Individual
                                       The existing statute uses an antiquated term of ‘‘ex-offenders’’’ to
                                     define ‘‘justice-involved individuals.’’ This existing definition in-
                                     cludes individuals who received alternative sentences or were sen-
                                     tenced to diversion programs, in addition to those who were incar-
                                     cerated in a correctional institution or juvenile detention center.
                                     Other than replacing the term ‘‘offender’’ with ‘‘justice-involved in-
                                     dividual’’ to be consistent with trends in the field, the bill makes
                                     no substantive changes to the existing definition.26
                                     Low-Income Individual
                                       Much like the definition of ‘‘individuals with barriers to employ-
                                     ment’’ the definition of ‘‘low-income individual’’ is used to prioritize
                                     services for those most in need. The bill makes two revisions to this
                                     definition.27 First, it raises the income threshold to qualify as low-
                                     income from 100 percent to 150 percent of the federal poverty line
                                     (or 70 percent of the lower living standard income level, if higher).
                                     The federal poverty line was developed decades ago based on cer-
                                     tain assumptions about the costs of various household needs (e.g.,
                                     food and housing). Researchers have documented that, as these
                                     costs have evolved over time, the poverty line makes less sense as
                                     an indicator of those with the greatest needs.28 Today, 100 percent
                                     of the federal poverty line is $13,590 for an individual and $18,310
                                     for a family of two.29 At 150 percent—$20,385 for an individual
                                     and $27,465 for a family of two—WIOA will be targeting resources
                                     towards those who are in greatest need. Raising the threshold will
                                     give local one-stops the flexibility to serve youth and to enroll
                                     adults in career and training services who are marginally attached
                                     to the labor market, need assistance to obtain in-demand skills and
                                     economic self-sufficiency, but fall just outside of an arbitrary and
                                     outdated income limit. Furthermore, there is precedent for setting
                                     the income limit for federal means-tested programs at levels above
                                     the federal poverty line, or some multiple of the poverty line. The
                                     poverty guidelines, or percentage multiples of them (such as 125
                                        25 MOVEMENT ADVANCEMENT PROJECT ET AL., A BROKEN BARGAIN FOR LGBT WORKERS OF
                                     COLOR         4        (2013),      https://www.lgbtmap.org/broken-bargain-lgbt-workers-of-color-
                                     release#:∼:text=LGBT%20workers%20of%20color%20are%20at%20significant%20-
                                     risk%20of%20being,times%20the%20national %20unemployment%20rate.
                                        26 H.R. 7309, § 101(k).
                                        27 H.R. 7309, § 101(i).
                                        28 A Threat to America’s Children: The Trump Administration’s Proposed Changes to the Pov-
                                     erty Line Calculation, Hearing Before the Subcomm. on Govt. Operations of the H. Comm. on
                                     Oversight & Reform, 116th Cong. (2020) (statement of Indivar Dutta-Gupta, Co-Executive Direc-
                                     tor, Georgetown Ctr. on Poverty and Inequality, https://docs.house.gov/meetings/GO/GO24/
                                     20200205/110451/HHRG-116-GO24-Wstate-GuptaI-20200205.pdf, at 3) [hereinafter Dutta-Gupta
                                     Statement].
                                        29 HHS Poverty Guidelines for 2022, DEP’T OF HEALTH & HUMAN SERVS. (Jan. 12, 2022),
                                     https://aspe.hhs.gov/topics/poverty-economic-mobility/poverty-guidelines.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00080   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      77

                                     percent, 150 percent, or 185 percent), are used as an eligibility cri-
                                     terion by a number of federal programs.30
                                         Second, the bill removes the requirement that the lower living
                                     standard income level be calculated based on the most recent
                                     ‘‘lower living family budget’’ issued by the Secretary of Labor (Sec-
                                     retary). The ‘‘lower living family budget’’ was an estimated budget
                                     for lower income families calculated by the Bureau of Labor Statis-
                                     tics (BLS). However, the BLS no longer does so, making it difficult
                                     for DOL to calculate an up-to-date and meaningful lower living
                                     standard income level each year. By eliminating this requirement,
                                     the bill gives DOL greater flexibility in the data sources it may use
                                     for its annual lower living standard income level updates.
                                         Rapid Response Activity Rapid response activities are activities
                                     used by the states intended to mitigate job loss, dislocation, or
                                     long-term unemployment by notifying employees that are to be laid
                                     off of the workforce services available to them. The bill revises the
                                     definition of ‘‘rapid response activities’’ to clarify that these services
                                     should aim to help dislocated workers obtain a new job as soon as
                                     possible and in employment that offers the same wages and bene-
                                     fits as the dislocated worker’s prior employment, to the extent prac-
                                     ticable.31 This change is part of the bill’s broader effort to pivot the
                                     workforce system toward a focus on job quality, rather than just job
                                     placement.
                                     Supportive Services
                                        Supportive services generally are critical to enabling WIOA par-
                                     ticipants to complete career and training services and move on to
                                     economic self-sufficiency. The bill expands this definition to include
                                     new services such as mental health care, substance use disorder
                                     treatment, and assistance with accessing the internet.32 By ex-
                                     panding the definition, this bill recognizes the broad range of chal-
                                     lenges that may hinder participants from completing their WIOA
                                     programs or maintaining employment as well as the increasingly
                                     important role that internet access plays to employment as more
                                     work has shifted fully or partly to a virtual environment.
                                            STRENGTHENING AND DIVERSIFYING WORKFORCE GOVERNANCE

                                       The state and local workforce boards make key strategic policy
                                     decisions on how to spend WIOA funds, such as which in-demand
                                     industry sectors to engage with and in which types of training serv-
                                     ices to invest. This makes the composition and functions of the
                                     state and local workforce boards an important factor in ensuring
                                     that workforce funds are used as effectively and equitably as pos-
                                     sible.
                                     State Board Composition
                                       The bill prioritizes giving workers a stronger voice in the deci-
                                     sion-making process of the state boards. Specifically, it makes sev-
                                     eral revisions to the existing requirements for the state boards’
                                       30 See Programs that Use the Poverty Guidelines as a Part of Eligibility Determination, Dep’t
                                     of Health & Human Servs. (Nov. 5, 2019), https://www.hhs.gov/answers/hhs-administrative/
                                     what-programs-use-the-poverty-guidelines/index.html.
                                       31 H.R. 7309, § 101(m).
                                       32 H.R. 7309, § 101(p).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00081   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                        78

                                     composition.33 First, it increases the share of labor organization
                                     that make up the state boards from 20 percent to 30 percent. Addi-
                                     tionally, the bill adds ‘‘state agency officials’’ for secondary and
                                     adult education programs and community colleges or other institu-
                                     tions of higher education to the list of required board members to
                                     encourage better integration of workforce programs with edu-
                                     cational entities.
                                        When the membership of the state boards is being determined
                                     under current statute,34 the geographic diversity of the state’s con-
                                     stituency must be considered. This bill specifies that ‘‘demographic
                                     diversity’’ also must be a factor of consideration to ensure that
                                     board membership reflects the diversity of the state’s population.35
                                     Functions of the State Board
                                        This bill makes several changes to the functions of the state
                                     boards with the goal of improving and modernizing the delivery of
                                     services. In particular, it requires the dissemination of evidence-
                                     based strategies—consistent with the definition of ‘‘evidence-based’’
                                     that the bill also adds—to inform the one-stop centers’ service de-
                                     livery, including strategies for the use of digital technology. Fol-
                                     lowing the COVID–19 pandemic, the one-stop center delivery sys-
                                     tem will need to adapt to new norms of remote service delivery by
                                     utilizing proven, evidence-based strategies for such delivery.
                                        Additionally, the bill requires state boards to increase the types
                                     of professional development required for service delivery staff to
                                     ensure they are educated on different approaches to service deliv-
                                     ery, such as human centered design and trauma-informed prac-
                                     tices. Such professional development will be important for service
                                     delivery staff to apply when helping participants who have par-
                                     ticular barriers to employment, such as victims of domestic vio-
                                     lence.
                                     State Plans
                                        The bill changes the content of the state plans in several ways.
                                     First, it requires states to consider in their analysis of economic
                                     conditions the industries or sectors projected to decline or face sig-
                                     nificant changes in employment opportunities. With technology and
                                     automation becoming an increasingly disruptive force in the labor
                                     market,36 many industries and associated occupations considered
                                     ‘‘in-demand’’ in the short term may quickly become obsolete over
                                     the medium to long term, leading to further displacement. Current
                                     law does not require state boards to consider the cause of long-term
                                     disruption; it only requires the use of basic economic projections,
                                     such as the BLS occupational projections. For example, the number
                                     of long-haul truck driver jobs are projected to grow 6.6 percent over
                                     the next 10 years (similar to overall projections of 7.7 percent),37
                                     even though the position is expected to be nearly wiped out due to
                                           33 H.R. 7309, § 201
                                           34 29 U.S.C. § 3111.
                                           35 H.R. 7309, § 201(b).
                                       36 U.S. GOV’T ACCOUNTABILITY OFF., GAO–19–257, WORKFORCE AUTOMATION: BETTER DATA
                                     NEEDED TO ASSESS AND PLAN FOR EFFECTS OF ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES ON JOBS 5–10 (2017),
                                     https://www.gao.gov/products/gao-19-257.
                                       37 Employment by detailed occupation, BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS (Sept. 8, 2021), https://
                                     www.bls.gov/emp/tables/emp-by-detailed-occupation.htm.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00082   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      79

                                     automation.38 This bill now requires state boards to consider such
                                     longer-term projected changes in the labor market. Further, state
                                     boards should utilize other sources of data in addition to BLS occu-
                                     pational or industry projections to identify long term trends that
                                     may not be captured by one source of data.
                                        Second, states will be required to describe how they will address
                                     inequitable outcomes in their workforce systems that were identi-
                                     fied in the state equity reports, which are newly established gap
                                     analyses under the performance reporting section. It is not enough
                                     to identify inequities in employment and training outcomes, it is
                                     also important to address those inequities through strategic plan-
                                     ning and other activities. The intention of the cross-referencing of
                                     the state equity reports with state planning is to create a contin-
                                     uous improvement approach to addressing and ultimately elimi-
                                     nating inequities.
                                        Third, the state plans will need to include a description of how
                                     the state will align the workforce system with other federal pro-
                                     grams, such as the Higher Education Act of 1965 and Medicaid,
                                     among others. These new requirements will increase coordination
                                     and leveraging of funds to avoid programmatic duplication and
                                     maximize efficiency.
                                        Finally, states will be required to consult with stakeholders dur-
                                     ing the state plan development process. Having organizations such
                                     as eligible training providers, community-based organizations, and
                                     industry groups involved in the development of the state plans will
                                     ensure that those with direct experience with workforce develop-
                                     ment have a means of directly informing key policy decisions that
                                     affect workforce development. Further, the state plans will now be
                                     required to have a public comment period to ensure that stake-
                                     holders and the public at large have a period to review, comment,
                                     and advise the state board before it finalizes its state plan.
                                     Local Areas and Boards
                                        This bill adds the relevant state economic development agency as
                                     an entity with which local agencies must consult. The relevant
                                     state economic development agency is added to inform the local
                                     area designation process through better alignment with local eco-
                                     nomic markets. Other than this change, the bill maintains the ex-
                                     isting process established in 2014 by which local areas are des-
                                     ignated within each state.
                                        The makeup of the local board membership reflects the makeup
                                     of the state boards as discussed above, with the same requirement
                                     of demographic diversity and increased labor representation.
                                     Functions of the Local Board
                                        The bill adds new functions required of the local boards. Specifi-
                                     cally, it emphasizes the role technology must play in the delivery
                                     of services—including business services, career navigation, and em-
                                     ployment and training activities—and requires that local boards
                                     develop strategies to utilize digital technology to enhance and ex-
                                     pand such services, both by reaching populations that may not eas-
                                     ily access the in-person one-stop centers and by integrating dif-
                                       38 Aniruddh Mohan & Parth Vaishnav, Impact of automation on long haul trucking operator-
                                     hours in the United States, 9 HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES COMMUNICATIONS, article 82,
                                     at 2 (2022), https://www.nature.com/articles/s41599-022-01103-w.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00083   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                        80

                                     ferent programs’ intake and case management systems. The bill
                                     also adds new standing committees to the local board that will
                                     focus on adult education services, work-based learning opportuni-
                                     ties, and matters related to workers and changes in the economy.
                                        The COVID–19 pandemic has forced local boards to be innovative
                                     in their approach to service delivery by being less reliant on in-per-
                                     son contact through the one-stop system. This bill acknowledges
                                     the advances many local boards have made in the use of technology
                                     by codifying service delivery strategies already in place.
                                                 INCENTIVIZING JOB QUALITY AND EQUITY THROUGH WIOA’S
                                                         PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM

                                       In part to incentivize a greater focus on placing WIOA partici-
                                     pants in high-quality jobs and on serving all participants equitably,
                                     the bill makes several changes to the primary performance indica-
                                     tors for the WIOA core programs, the process for negotiating state
                                     performance goals, and how state performance results are re-
                                     ported.39
                                     Primary Performance Indicators
                                        The bill makes two changes that would incentivize a greater
                                     focus on quality jobs. It adds a measure of median earnings of par-
                                     ticipants at the fourth quarter after program exit to the existing
                                     measure of median earnings at the second quarter after exit. This
                                     new measure of longer-term wage progression is intended to spur
                                     local boards and one-stop centers to consider whether training pro-
                                     grams will lead to jobs that have the potential for wage growth and
                                     career advancement. Also, the bill authorizes the Secretaries of
                                     Labor and Education to develop a new performance indicator re-
                                     lated to the quality of participants’ employment, such as the avail-
                                     ability of benefits or a safe workplace. Too often, in part because
                                     of underinvestment, the workforce system does not support the
                                     types of longer-term training that leads to quality jobs that provide
                                     economic self-sufficiency. The average amount spent on training for
                                     WIOA Title I adult participants in program year 2020 was approxi-
                                     mately $2,000,40 which is not adequate to cover training that leads
                                     to high-quality jobs. Not surprisingly, the median quarterly earn-
                                     ings for adult program participants who were placed in unsub-
                                     sidized jobs, which are jobs that are not supported using govern-
                                     ment subsidies, in 2020 was only $6,600, or about $13 per hour if
                                     working full-time.41 Along with ramping up funding to support
                                     longer-term training, it is important to also incentivize the system
                                     to focus on high-quality job placement.
                                        The bill also makes other changes to improve and streamline the
                                     primary performance indicators. It adjusts the metric related to
                                     ‘‘measurable skill gain’’ to remove the requirement that skill gains
                                     be achieved within the program year. The purpose of this change
                                     is to remove the disincentive to enrolling participants toward the
                                     end of the program year, when it will be more difficult for them
                                           39 H.R. 7309, § 211.
                                        40 DEP’T OF LABOR, WIOA NATIONAL PERFORMANCE SUMMARY 1 (2020), https://www.dol.gov/
                                     sites/dolgov/files/ETA/Performance/pdfs/PY%202020%20WIOA%20National%20Performance%
                                     20Summary.pdf.
                                        41 Dep’t of Labor, WIOA National Performance Summary 1 (2020), https://www.dol.gov/sites/
                                     dolgov/files/ETA/Performance/pdfs/PY%202020%20WIOA%20National%20Performance%
                                     20Summary.pdf.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00084   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                        81

                                     to achieve a skill gain within the same program year. The intent
                                     for participants to achieve skill gains within 12 months of program
                                     enrollment remains the same; however, the bill recognizes that the
                                     12 months may span two program years. Also, the bill eliminates
                                     the performance measure related to effectiveness in serving em-
                                     ployers. The measure was created in the WIOA of 2014 as a means
                                     of measuring the efficacy of the workforce system in serving em-
                                     ployers. Employers are a critical customer of the workforce develop-
                                     ment system and understands that engaging employers is vital to
                                     the system’s success. In fact, this bill invests in employer engage-
                                     ment by authorizing funds specifically for local boards to convene
                                     and develop industry and sector partnerships.42 However, this
                                     measure has proven challenging to implement. DOL and ED have
                                     piloted several measures of effectiveness in serving employers since
                                     WIOA of 2014 but have yet to finalize any measures because of the
                                     problems with all these measures. A 2021 Urban Institute report
                                     that was commissioned by DOL and ED reported several chal-
                                     lenges with the pilot measures that limited the measures’ effective-
                                     ness and even created perverse incentives.43 For example, the em-
                                     ployer penetration rate pilot measure—a measure of the proportion
                                     of employers that have had contact with the workforce system—
                                     incentivizes local areas to emphasize quantity of interactions with
                                     employers over quality, intensive services.44 Also, the repeat busi-
                                     ness customer pilot measure discourages local areas from reaching
                                     out to new employers 45, and the retention with same employer
                                     pilot measure does not account for the fact that some workers may
                                     do better by moving on to better jobs with new employers.46 Re-
                                     taining the effectiveness in serving employers measure will cause
                                     states and local areas to continue to expend valuable time and re-
                                     sources on collecting data for a measure that hasn’t proven effec-
                                     tive in incentivizing high-quality services to employers.
                                        Negotiation Process The bill adjusts the process by which states
                                     negotiate with DOL and ED to come to agreement on performance
                                     goals in order to minimize unnecessary work for states, so they can
                                     devote more time and resources to developing their workforce de-
                                     velopment strategies. Under existing law, states must propose in
                                     their state plans the levels of performance that the WIOA core pro-
                                     grams will meet for the first two program years covered by the
                                     state plans. The states then reach agreement with DOL and ED on
                                     the finalized levels, based on factors including the statistical ad-
                                     justment model maintained by DOL. According to stakeholders,
                                     states set their expected performance levels in the state plans in
                                     a vacuum, without knowing the levels determined by DOL’s statis-
                                     tical adjustment model, and their efforts to predict expected per-
                                     formance levels are often superseded by the statistical adjustment
                                     model, according to the National Association of State Workforce
                                     Agencies. This bill eliminates the requirement for states to initially
                                     propose their expected levels of performance, instead requiring the
                                     federal agencies to initially propose expected performance levels for
                                           42 H.R. 7309, § 279.
                                      43 SHAYNE SPAULDING et al., URBAN INST., MEASURING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF SERVICES TO
                                     EMPLOYERS,        at   xvii–xix     (2020),    https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/OASP/
                                     Measures%20of%20Effectiveness%20in%20Serving%20Employers_Final%20Report_12-31-20.pdf.
                                      44 Id. at xviii.
                                      45 Id.
                                      46 Id. at xix.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00085   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                        82

                                     each state, and then giving the states a chance to provide input be-
                                     fore agreement on finalized levels is reached.
                                       State Performance Reports The bill requires states to publish
                                     state equity reports, that among other things, identify disparities
                                     in performance outcomes between participants who are individuals
                                     with barriers to employment and other participants. The state eq-
                                     uity reports also are required to include disaggregated performance
                                     data on different categories of individuals with barriers to employ-
                                     ment. Modeled after a similar analysis required of states under the
                                     Strengthening Career and Technical Education for the 21st Cen-
                                     tury Act,47 the reports’ purpose is to create greater transparency
                                     regarding the performance of groups that historically may not have
                                     been as effectively served by the workforce development system as
                                     other participants. The state equity reports are intended to ulti-
                                     mately lead to corrective actions by states or local boards that ad-
                                     dress any such performance disparities. This is to correct the in-
                                     equitable outcomes for different populations utilizing WIOA serv-
                                     ices. For example, one study found that while 35 percent of WIOA
                                     participants identified as Black—a higher rate than the national
                                     population—those same participants were still earning 78 cents to
                                     the dollar compared to white WIOA participants who also com-
                                     pleted the program.48 Such analysis is not being done systemati-
                                     cally by the states, and such reports would support the strategic
                                     planning in the state plans to ensure there is an actionable process
                                     for addressing inequities.
                                       The bill also requires that the reports that states must annually
                                     submit to DOL on the performance of their WIOA programs under
                                     current law be made available digitally using data formats. Cur-
                                     rent state performance reports are published online in PDF format
                                     that are not easily usable for data analysis. This provision updates
                                     the requirements for publishing performance data so reports are
                                     more usable by researchers and evaluators using data software,
                                     relevant for today’s internet-based world, and transparent about
                                     the workforce development system.
                                               STREAMLINING AND CLARIFYING ONE-STOP DELIVERY SYSTEM
                                                                  REQUIREMENTS

                                        The bill eliminates the requirement for one-stop system partners
                                     in each local area to negotiate their contributions to the infrastruc-
                                     ture costs of the one-stop centers.49 According to multiple stake-
                                     holders and a Mathematica Policy Research study of WIOA of 2014
                                     implementation, this requirement is actually counterproductive.50 I
                                     takes considerable staff time and resources to negotiate each part-
                                     ner’s contribution, especially in the case of partners that are only
                                     connected to the one-stop system virtually. Altogether, the con-
                                     tribution amounts are often too small to the total costs to be worth
                                     the amount of staff time devoted to the negotiation process, time
                                           47 Pub. L. No. 115–224, § 124, 132 Stat. 1563, 1584 (2018).
                                       48 ALEX CAMARDELLE, PRINCIPLES TO SUPPORT BLACK WORKERS IN THE WORKFORCE INNOVA-
                                     TION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT 2–3 (2021), https://jointcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Prin-
                                     ciples-to-Support-Black-Workers-in-the-WIOA.pdf.
                                       49 H.R. 7309, § 221.
                                       50 BRITTANY ENGLISH & PAMELA HOLCOMB, MATHEMATICA, NEW REQUIREMENTS FOR AMERICAN
                                     JOB CENTER SYSTEMS REGARDING ONE-STOP OPERATORS, PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS, AND CER-
                                     TIFICATION      17–19     (2020),     https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/OASP/evaluation/pdf/
                                     ETA_WIOAStudy_AJCsystems.pdf.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00086   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602    E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                        83

                                     which could have been used more effectively on service delivery. In-
                                     stead of maintaining this local negotiation process, the bill author-
                                     izes states to set aside up to 10 percent of WIOA Title I, II, and
                                     III funds to support one-stop infrastructure costs, with funds dis-
                                     tributed to local areas through a formula developed by the state
                                     board. If this set-aside is not sufficient, then local one-stop partners
                                     must determine how to collectively cover the additional costs of
                                     their one-stop infrastructure. Additionally, the Secretaries of Labor
                                     and Education shall issue joint guidance to ensure that funds from
                                     Titles I, II, and III are paying a share of the infrastructure costs
                                     that are proportionate to their services provided.
                                        In addition, the bill makes several other changes to streamline
                                     or clarify requirements regarding the one-stop system.51 For exam-
                                     ple, it allows local boards to serve as one-stop operators if approved
                                     by the governor. Local boards were able to serve in this capacity
                                     prior to the enactment of the WIOA of 2014, when a requirement
                                     was added that local boards competitively award the one-stop oper-
                                     ator role to another entity.52 Some local boards, especially in rural
                                     areas, have reportedly faced challenges with finding qualified enti-
                                     ties to bid on the one-stop operator role.53 This bill allows flexi-
                                     bility for governors to approve local boards to operate one-stop cen-
                                     ters in such cases.
                                        Also, the bill clarifies that the responsibilities of the one-stop op-
                                     erator must include managing the one-stop infrastructure and fa-
                                     cilitating coordination among one-stop system partners and may in-
                                     clude provision of direct services. According to stakeholders and a
                                     Mathematica Policy Research study, the lack of federal guidance in
                                     current law has caused confusion among states and local areas and
                                     inconsistency in how one-stop operators’ roles are operationalized.54
                                     The changes made in the bill rectify the issue of the one-stop oper-
                                     ators’ responsibilities not being explicitly defined in current law.
                                        Additionally, the bill clarifies that one-stop infrastructure in-
                                     cludes both the physical one-stop centers and the technological in-
                                     frastructure needed to provide virtual services. The one-stop sys-
                                     tem has been moving to more of a mix of in-person and virtual
                                     services. This trend was accelerated by the COVID–19 pandemic,
                                     which forced many one-stop centers to temporarily shift entirely to
                                     virtual services. This bill recognizes the importance of supporting
                                     and further developing such virtual service delivery, while still pre-
                                     serving physical one-stop centers as an option for job seekers who
                                     may need or prefer in-person assistance.


                                           51 H.R. 7309, § 221.
                                       52 BRITTANY ENGLISH & PAMELA HOLCOMB, MATHEMATICA, NEW REQUIREMENTS FOR AMERICAN

                                     JOB CENTER SYSTEMS REGARDING ONE-STOP OPERATORS, PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS, AND CER-
                                     TIFICATION     2–3      (2020),   https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/OASP/evaluation/pdf/
                                     ETA_WIOAStudy_AJCsystems.pdf.
                                       53 BRITTANY ENGLISH & PAMELA HOLCOMB, MATHEMATICA, NEW REQUIREMENTS FOR AMER-

                                     ICAN JOB CENTER SYSTEMS REGARDING ONE-STOP OPERATORS, PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS, AND
                                     CERTIFICATION     10     (2020),  https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/OASP/evaluation/pdf/
                                     ETA_WIOAStudy_AJCsystems.pdf.
                                       54 BRITTANY ENGLISH & PAMELA HOLCOMB, MATHEMATICA, NEW REQUIREMENTS FOR AMERICAN

                                     JOB CENTER SYSTEMS REGARDING ONE-STOP OPERATORS, PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS, AND CER-
                                     TIFICATION     7–8      (2020),   https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/OASP/evaluation/pdf/
                                     ETA_WIOAStudy_AJCsystems.pdf.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00087   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      84

                                            CREATING AN EMPLOYER-VALIDATED, TRANSPARENT, ELIGIBLE
                                                           TRAINING PROVIDER LIST

                                       The eligible training provider list (ETPL) is the list of training
                                     programs approved by the state to receive Title I funds. It can be
                                     a useful tool in ensuring consumer choice is available to individuals
                                     who received a training voucher through their individual training
                                     account. Current law utilizes a model of providing individuals with
                                     training vouchers so they have the freedom to select the provider
                                     that best fits their training goals; however, revisions are needed
                                     due to inadequacies of the ETPL requirements that have emerged
                                     since WIOA of 2014 implementation. Namely, the quality of train-
                                     ing providers varies and there are too few controls to ensure that
                                     training programs lead to high quality, high wage jobs. Addition-
                                     ally, the criteria for different states’ ETPL are too varied, which
                                     makes it challenging for high-quality training providers to meet
                                     different sets of criteria and operate in more than one state. Also,
                                     online ETPL information is not easily navigable, limiting the effi-
                                     cacy of consumer choice. The bill maintains the underlying model
                                     and addresses these shortcomings through new standards in the
                                     State Criteria provisions of WIOA of 2014 and the addition of an
                                     employer validation of such standards.
                                     State Criteria
                                       The bill strengthens the consistency and quality of training
                                     standards required for inclusion on the ETPL through several
                                     means. It requires states to consider the performance levels of
                                     training providers as described in the performance accountability
                                     section. It also adds several new standards related to training and
                                     job quality to ensure that providers are offering programs that lead
                                     to good, in-demand jobs. These standards include the recognized
                                     postsecondary credentials, employment opportunities, earnings,
                                     and competencies that are expected to result from the training pro-
                                     gram.
                                     Employer Validation
                                        The quality of a training provider is dependent on the industry
                                     sector or employer that is partnered with the provider. Employer
                                     engagement is an important factor in the quality of the design, de-
                                     velopment, and delivery of a training curriculum.55 Program cur-
                                     ricula must be informed by the needs and expertise of the hiring
                                     employer. In recognition of this, the bill requires that training pro-
                                     viders validate that their programs meet certain criteria related to
                                     the quality of the training, the credentials and competencies to be
                                     earned, and the expected job opportunities through an employer
                                     partnership in a manner decided by the Secretary.




                                       55 SHAYNE SPAULDING & ANANDA MARTIN-CAUGHEY, THE GOALS AND DIMENSIONS OF EM-

                                     PLOYER ENGAGEMENT IN WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS 7 (2015), https://www.urban.org/
                                     sites/default/files/publication/76286/2000552-the-goals-and-dimensions-of-employer-engagement-
                                     in-workforce-development-programs_1.pdf.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00088   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      85

                                           ALLOWING GREATER LOCAL FLEXIBILITY IN THE YOUTH FORMULA
                                                                  PROGRAM

                                     Transferability of Youth Workforce Funds
                                       Recognizing the need for increased funding and specific pro-
                                     grammatic requirements for summer and year-round youth employ-
                                     ment programs, the bill establishes a separate section for these
                                     programs. At the same time, recognizing the need for flexibility for
                                     the local boards to move funds between programs, the bill author-
                                     izes the transfer of up to 100 percent of funds between the youth
                                     section and the summer and year-round employment section in a
                                     manner consistent with WIOA’s transfer authority between the
                                     adult and dislocated programs.
                                     Comprehensive Local Needs Assessment
                                        With the revision of the ‘‘eligible youth’’ definition, and the re-
                                     moval of the requirement to spend seventy five percent of youth
                                     formula funds on ‘‘out-of-school youth,’’ local boards have greater
                                     flexibility under this bill in serving the youth population of their
                                     local areas. A comprehensive local needs assessment is included to
                                     assist in local boards’ efforts to determine how best to target youth
                                     formula funds based on the local youth population and ensure effi-
                                     ciency in the use of public funds. Modeled after the comprehensive
                                     local needs assessment created under the Carl D. Perkins Career
                                     and Technical Education Act of 2006,56 the bill’s needs assessment
                                     requirements include the local boards consulting with local stake-
                                     holders knowledgeable about youth workforce needs, such as edu-
                                     cational agencies, training providers, community-based organiza-
                                     tions, and businesses. Such stakeholders are well positioned to in-
                                     form local boards of gaps in the public services available to the
                                     local youth population most in-need. The needs assessment is not
                                     intended to be duplicative of the existing requirements of the local
                                     plan and should assist local boards in developing their workforce
                                     strategies to serve local youth.
                                     Program Element Flexibility
                                        Current law requires that local boards implement each and every
                                     listed youth program element regardless of the need of the local
                                     youth or the capacity of the board itself. In an acknowledgement
                                     that this requirement is onerous and overly prescriptive, the bill
                                     provides local boards greater flexibility in choosing which program
                                     elements to implement in service of local youth needs.
                                     Summer and Year-Round Employment for Youth
                                       This bill encourages expanded use of subsidized employment for
                                     youth, which is an existing activity in the program elements under
                                     WIOA, through increased funding and programmatic guidance.
                                     This section was drawn from the Opening Doors for Youth Act,57
                                     a bill introduced in the 117th Congress that attempts to maintain
                                     a connection to the education system for ‘‘in-school youth,’’ or recon-
                                        56 Pub. L. No. 109–270, tit. I, § 134, 120 Stat. 683, 732 (codified as amended at 20 U.S.C.
                                     § 2354).
                                        57 H.R. 4403, 117th Cong (1st Sess. 2021).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00089   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      86

                                     nect ‘‘opportunity youth’’ to the labor market, through summer and
                                     year-round employment opportunities.
                                       In 2018, nearly 4.4 million young people ages 16 to 24 were dis-
                                     connected from both school and work, representing a steady, eight-
                                     year decline in youth disconnection rates.58 The COVID 19 pan-
                                     demic is expected to significantly roll back this progress. Research-
                                     ers estimate that there were six million young people disconnected
                                     in 2020 and that this number could grow to nine million (one in
                                     four) young people.59 Disconnected youth are three times more like-
                                     ly than other youth to have a disability, twice as likely to live
                                     below the federal poverty line, and significantly more likely to live
                                     in racially segregated neighborhoods, and disconnected young
                                     women and girls are four times more likely to have a child.60
                                       The new summer programs will help ‘‘in-school youth’’ remain
                                     connected to the education system and avoid involvement in the
                                     criminal and juvenile justice systems, while the year-round pro-
                                     gram will provide ‘‘opportunity youth’’ with the extended entry-
                                     level work experiences and work-readiness skills that are vital to
                                     improved employment outcomes.
                                       Each program shall be required to match eligible youth with an
                                     employer for placement in a high-quality summer or year-round
                                     job. Those jobs may be subsidized up to 65 percent to incentivize
                                     employers to participate in the program, with employers still re-
                                     quired to contribute so they have some financial responsibility to
                                     the participant. This bill requires that priority be given to pro-
                                     grams placing youth in jobs that are in high-skill, high wage, or in-
                                     demand sector or occupations, to ensure that participating youth
                                     acquire relevant skills and competencies and are prepared for a po-
                                     tential future career path.
                                       Both programs also include soft skills training, coaching or men-
                                     toring services, career services, financial literacy training, follow-up
                                     services, and other supportive services to ensure that a partici-
                                     pating youth receives comprehensive support and education along
                                     with the work experience gained from the subsidized employment.
                                     These programs are intended to bring eligible youth into the labor
                                     market with enough experience to earn unsubsidized employment
                                     in the medium to long term.
                                           ENCOURAGING FOCUS ON EQUITY AND JOB QUALITY IN ADULT AND
                                                        DISLOCATED WORKER PROGRAMS

                                       The bill makes a number of changes to the adult and dislocated
                                     worker formula programs aimed at enhancing equity within these
                                     programs, encouraging a greater focus on job quality, and making
                                     it easier and faster for individuals to access the services they
                                     need.61
                                     Reservation of Funds for Individuals with Barriers to Employment
                                       The bill reserves 75 percent of the adult formula funds allocated
                                     to local workforce areas for providing training, intensive career,
                                        58 KRISTEN LEWIS, SOC. SCI. RSCH. COUNCIL, MEASURE OF AMERICA, A DECADE UNDONE:
                                     YOUTH DISCONNECTION IN THE AGE OF CORONAVIRUS 4, 17 (2020), https://ssrc-stat-
                                     ic.s3.amazonaws.com/moa/ADecadeUndone.pdf.
                                        59 Id. at 7.
                                        60 Id. at 9–10.
                                        61 H.R. 7309, § 242.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00090   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                        87

                                     and supportive services to individuals with barriers to employment.
                                     Current law requires that adult funds be prioritized for those with
                                     certain barriers—low-income, public assistance recipients, and
                                     basic skills deficient.62 This bill strengthens the prioritization re-
                                     quirement by adding a specific percentage reservation but at the
                                     same time broadens the population that is prioritized. This bill also
                                     emphasizes serving individuals with barriers to employment in sev-
                                     eral ways, including by adding serving individuals with barriers to
                                     employment as one of the explicit purposes of the Act and by ex-
                                     panding the population to be prioritized for adult services to in-
                                     clude basic skills deficient.63 However, in practice, the proportion
                                     of individuals with barriers to employment who were served did
                                     not increase with the implementation of WIOA of 2014 between
                                     2015 and 2020. According to a Mathematica Policy Research study,
                                     the percentage of those who exited the WIOA adult program and
                                     who fell into at least one common category of individuals with bar-
                                     riers to employment remained fairly flat from 2015 to 2020.64 Local
                                     staff reported several common challenges to serving more individ-
                                     uals with barriers, including disincentives created by the perform-
                                     ance measures and difficulty determining eligibility as an indi-
                                     vidual with a barrier.65 Federal WIOA dollars should be targeted
                                     to those most in need of assistance. This bill continues and expands
                                     WIOA of 2014’s emphasis on serving individuals with barriers by
                                     pushing local areas in a more concerted way to focus on this popu-
                                     lation. This requirement will encourage local areas and states to
                                     think creatively about how to enroll and serve more individuals
                                     with barriers. Furthermore, for many states and local areas, this
                                     requirement will likely not require a significant shift in how they
                                     provide services. In its guidance, DOL already requires local areas
                                     to use at least 50 percent of their adult funds for the priority
                                     groups under WIOA, with 75 percent as an aspirational goal.66 Ac-
                                     cording to DOL, most states are already meeting the 50 percent re-
                                     quirement, with many using 75 percent of funds for these popu-
                                     lations. Only about 7 states are not meeting the 50 percent thresh-
                                     old. This bill codifies DOL’s existing focus on serving these popu-
                                     lations.
                                     Supportive Services Requirement
                                       This bill makes provision of supportive services a required local
                                     activity, instead of a permissible activity as under current law.
                                     This change enhances equity by making it possible for more indi-
                                     viduals who face obstacles to program participation—ranging from
                                     lack of affordable child care to substance use disorders to unreli-
                                     able internet access—to complete career and training services and
                                     achieve long-term economic self-sufficiency. Evidence shows that
                                           62 See 29 U.S.C. § 3174(c)(3)(E).
                                       63 KATE DUNHAM ET AL., MATHEMATICA, CHANGE AND CONTINUITY IN THE ADULT AND DIS-
                                     LOCATED WORKER PROGRAMS UNDER WIOA 18–19 (2020), https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/
                                     OASP/evaluation/pdf/ETA_WIOAStudy_AdultDW.pdf.
                                       64 KATE DUNHAM ET AL., MATHEMATICA, CHANGE AND CONTINUITY IN THE ADULT AND DIS-
                                     LOCATED WORKER PROGRAMS UNDER WIOA 20 (2020), https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/
                                     OASP/evaluation/pdf/ETA_WIOAStudy_AdultDW.pdf.
                                       65 KATE DUNHAM ET AL., MATHEMATICA, CHANGE AND CONTINUITY IN THE ADULT AND DIS-
                                     LOCATED WORKER PROGRAMS UNDER WIOA 20–22 (2020), https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/
                                     OASP/evaluation/pdf/ETA_WIOAStudy_AdultDW.pdf.
                                       66 Training and Employment Guidance Letter No. 7–20 from John Pallasch, Assistant Sec’y,
                                     Emp. and Training Admin, Dep’t of Labor, to State Workforce Agencies et al. 3 (Nov. 24, 2020),
                                     https://wdr.doleta.gov/directives/attach/TEGL/TEGL_7-20.pdf.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00091   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      88

                                     training services are more likely to have a positive impact when
                                     combined with supportive services.67 In a review of evidence on em-
                                     ployment and training programs, Mathematica Policy Research re-
                                     ported that supportive services, in combination with technical
                                     training and case management, have more positive employment
                                     and earnings outcomes compared to training services alone.68 How-
                                     ever, a separate Mathematica study found that a sample of local
                                     boards spent only 3 percent of their WIOA Title I formula funds
                                     on supportive services.69 By making supportive services a required
                                     activity, combined with significantly ramping up funding for the
                                     WIOA Title I formula program,70 this bill encourages local areas to
                                     see supportive services as an integral component of the array of
                                     services they can offer job seekers, along with career services and
                                     training. While local areas may still tap into other programs to pro-
                                     vide certain supportive services—WIOA requires that supportive
                                     services be provided only if not available from other sources—this
                                     bill encourages greater use of WIOA funds for supportive services
                                     when necessary.
                                     Greater Focus on Older Workers and Victims of Gender-Based Vio-
                                          lence
                                       The bill takes steps to enhance the workforce development sys-
                                     tem’s ability to serve older workers and victims of gender-based vi-
                                     olence. Specifically, the bill authorizes state workforce agencies to
                                     use their WIOA 15 percent set-aside funds to develop alternative
                                     approaches to serving older workers and to improve coordination
                                     with employment and training programs under the Older Ameri-
                                     cans Act 71 (such as the Senior Community Service Employment
                                     Program). For a variety of reasons, a growing proportion of older
                                     individuals is continuing to work,72 but the workforce system does
                                     not always serve this population effectively. This bill encourages
                                     states to consider how their WIOA services can better accommodate
                                     this important segment of the workforce.
                                       With regard to victims of gender-based violence, the bill author-
                                     izes state workforce agencies to use their set-aside funds to im-
                                     prove coordination with state domestic violence coalitions. Victims
                                     of gender-based violence are often in need of workforce develop-
                                     ment services, as they may no longer be supported by an abusive
                                     spouse or partner. At the same time, they may not be aware of
                                     available services and may face particular challenges with com-
                                     pleting services due to the trauma and disruptions caused by gen-
                                     der-based violence.73 Greater coordination between state workforce
                                        67 CYNTHIA HESS ET AL., INST. FOR WOMEN’S POL. RSCH., SUPPORTIVE SERVICES IN JOB TRAIN-
                                     ING    AND EDUCATION: A RESEARCH REVIEW 30 (2016), https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/
                                     ED612498.pdf.
                                        68 JONAH DEUTSCH ET AL., MATHEMATICA, THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY
                                     ACT (WIOA) RESEARCH PORTFOLIO 11 (2021), https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/OASP/evalua-
                                     tion/pdf/WIOA%20Portfolio%20Research%20Evidence%20Scan.pdf.
                                        69 JONAH DEUTSCH ET AL., MATHEMATICA, THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY
                                     ACT (WIOA) RESEARCH PORTFOLIO 11 (2021), https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/OASP/evalua-
                                     tion/pdf/WIOA%20Portfolio%20Research%20Evidence%20Scan.pdf.
                                        70 H.R. 7309, § 251.
                                        71 Older Americans Act of 1965, Pub. L. No. 89–73 (42 U.S.C. § 3001 et seq.).
                                        72 KATHARINE G. ABRAHAM & SUSAN N. HOUSEMAN, POLICIES TO IMPROVE WORKFORCE SERV-
                                     ICES FOR OLDER AMERICANS 5 (2020), https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/ES–
                                     11.19.20-Abraham-Houseman.pdf.
                                        73 FUTURES WITHOUT VIOLENCE, ECONOMIC JUSTICE, MOBILITY, AND SECURITY RECOMMENDA-
                                     TIONS FOR THE GENDER-BASED VIOLENCE NATIONAL ACTION PLAN 5–6 (2021), https://




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00092   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      89

                                     agencies and domestic violence coalitions may result, for example,
                                     in more referrals of victims to one-stops and to cross-training of
                                     one-stop staff so they are more aware of the unique challenges
                                     faced by this population. The Committee recommends that, when
                                     this section is being implemented and states are coordinating with
                                     domestic violence organizations, they may coordinate with both do-
                                     mestic violence state coalitions as well as state and local domestic
                                     violence organizations and other victim service providers. This will
                                     ensure that survivors’ needs are met as domestic violence state coa-
                                     litions tend to focus more on advocacy while domestic violence serv-
                                     ice providers and organizations focus more on providing services
                                     and meeting the needs of survivors.
                                     Encouraging Adult Education for WIOA Applicants
                                        The bill revises the eligibility criteria for WIOA Title I training
                                     services. If one-stop centers find individuals ineligible for training
                                     due to a lack of foundational skills, the centers are required to ei-
                                     ther provide or refer these individuals to adult literacy services.
                                     The requirement that individuals have the foundational skills
                                     needed to successfully complete a WIOA Title I training program
                                     ensures that Title I funds are targeted appropriately to those who
                                     can benefit from them. At the same time, this requirement is an
                                     obstacle for many individuals who have not been well-served by the
                                     nation’s primary and secondary school systems. This finding of in-
                                     eligibility should not be a stopping point in an individual’s efforts
                                     to achieve a better job; rather, it should serve as an opportunity
                                     to connect such individuals to the adult education services they
                                     need before enrolling in occupational training. Among individuals
                                     who exited the WIOA Title I adult formula program in 2020, about
                                     2 percent were co-enrolled in adult education services,74 suggesting
                                     there may be an opportunity to encourage more collaboration and
                                     co-enrollment between the programs.
                                     Job Quality Indicators for On-the-Job Training
                                       As part of its broader focus on quality jobs, the bill authorizes
                                     governors or local boards to increase the reimbursement rate for
                                     on-the-job training to as high as 90 percent, contingent on the jobs
                                     being subsidized meeting certain indicators of job quality. The goal
                                     of WIOA is to help individuals break out of the cycle of poverty and
                                     achieve long-term economic self-sufficiency. But too often, WIOA
                                     participants are placed in jobs that do not offer competitive wages
                                     or opportunities for advancement. Encouraging a greater focus on
                                     job quality within on-the-job training is one way the bill improves
                                     the workforce system’s record on job quality. The basic indicators
                                     of job quality defined in this bill—competitive wages, availability of
                                     benefits, safe workplaces—are the minimum that workers should
                                     accept. They are hallmarks of jobs that can become long-term ca-


                                     www.futureswithoutviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/FUTURES-Economic-Security-Rec-
                                     ommendations-for-the-GBV-National-Action-Plan-FINAL.pdf.
                                       74 SOCIAL POL’Y RSCH. ASSOCIATES, PY 2019 STATE DATA BOOK WISCONSIN 60 (2021), https://

                                     www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/eta/performance/pdfs/PY2019/
                                     PY%202019%20WIOA%20and%20Wagner-Peyser%20State%20Data%20Book_WI.pdf.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00093   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      90

                                     reers and lead to economic self-sufficiency.75 Employers that want
                                     higher federal subsidizes to hire and train up new staff should be
                                     willing, in return, to guarantee these basic, minimum levels of job
                                     quality. While it is not feasible at the federal level to establish
                                     more precise definitions of these basic indicators of job quality, as,
                                     for example, competitive wage levels vary across states and indus-
                                     tries, the bill gives governors or local boards—depending on wheth-
                                     er the on-the-job training subsidizes are administered at the state
                                     or local level—discretion to operationalize the basic indicators and
                                     develop objective standards that are a good fit for their states or
                                     labor market areas.
                                     Changes to Ease Program Enrollment
                                        The bill includes several changes that streamline or eliminate ob-
                                     stacles to program enrollment. First, it allows one-stop centers to
                                     enroll individuals (who initially appear to meet the necessary re-
                                     quirements) in training services while their eligibility is being
                                     verified. If the participant’s eligibility is ultimately confirmed,
                                     WIOA funds will be applied. If the participant is deemed ineligible,
                                     the training provider will be required to cover training costs in-
                                     curred to that point and no WIOA funds will be expended. The cur-
                                     rent process for determining eligibility for WIOA training services
                                     can be cumbersome, with assessments of need and capacity to ben-
                                     efit from services, and potentially documentation of income level or
                                     other qualifying conditions. For individuals with an immediate
                                     need for training services to upgrade their skills and obtain em-
                                     ployment, these delays can result in missed job opportunities, in-
                                     ability to enroll in a particular training program that may not be
                                     offered throughout the year, or even a decision not to further pur-
                                     sue WIOA training. This bill provides a path for such individuals
                                     to enroll in training more quickly so they can achieve their career
                                     goals.
                                        Second, the bill includes two important changes that make it
                                     easier for dislocated workers to access the needs-related payments
                                     to complete training for another, in-demand occupation. The bill
                                     eliminates a requirement that dislocated workers enroll in training
                                     within 13 weeks after dislocation. The existing requirement for dis-
                                     located workers to enroll in training within 13 weeks of losing their
                                     jobs is onerous for many dislocated workers, who within this initial
                                     period are often coming to terms with their dislocation and trying
                                     to develop a plan for what they will do to re-skill. Many have not
                                     fully developed this plan within 13 weeks, or if they have, the se-
                                     lected training program may not be available within this window.
                                        The bill also increases the level of payments for those who did
                                     not qualify for Unemployment Insurance from 100 percent to 150
                                     percent of the federal poverty line. According to stakeholders, the
                                     federal poverty line is insufficient to sustain dislocated workers
                                     and their families through their training programs. As has been
                                     documented extensively, the federal poverty line is based on an
                                     outdated calculation of family financial needs that has not evolved
                                     to reflect shifting costs of different household needs.76 Raising the
                                       75 WILLIAM J. CONGDON ET AL., URBAN INST., UNDERSTANDING GOOD JOBS: A REVIEW OF DEFI-
                                     NITIONS AND EVIDENCE, at v–vii (2020), https://www.urban.org/research/publication/under-
                                     standing-good-jobs-review-definitions-and-evidence.
                                       76 Dutta-Gupta Statement, supra note 29, at 3.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00094   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                        91

                                     level of payments for those who did not qualify for unemployment
                                     compensation will enable more dislocated workers to complete
                                     training and obtain the skills they need for longer-term economic
                                     self-sufficiency.
                                       Third, the bill makes diagnostic testing and other assessments of
                                     individuals an authorized component of the standard set of career
                                     services available to all one-stop customers, and not available only
                                     as an intensive career service. The purpose of this change is to
                                     make it easier for one-stop staff to conduct more in-depth assess-
                                     ments of individuals to determine if they lack foundational skills,
                                     which is one way that individuals may qualify as having a barrier
                                     to employment and receive prioritization for intensive career serv-
                                     ices and training services in the adult formula program. Current
                                     law only allows such in-depth assessments as part of intensive ca-
                                     reer services, which has created a challenge because one-stops may
                                     not be able to determine if an individual qualifies for the intensive
                                     career services priority without first conducting an in-depth assess-
                                     ment.77
                                     Encouraging Incumbent Worker Training and Transitional Jobs
                                        The bill authorizes local boards to spend a higher portion of their
                                     adult and dislocated worker formula funds on incumbent worker
                                     training and transitional jobs. It increases the portion of adult and
                                     dislocated worker formula funds that may be spent on incumbent
                                     worker training from 20 percent to 25 percent, and up to 30 per-
                                     cent if the governor determines that such training was effective in
                                     the prior year. Incumbent worker training can be an effective strat-
                                     egy both to help workers advance in their careers and achieve high-
                                     er wages and to avert layoffs by enabling workers to re-skill and
                                     remain relevant. Incumbent worker training is also an important
                                     tool that local boards can use to engage employers and get them
                                     involved with the workforce development system.78 Raising the cap
                                     on incumbent worker training gives local boards more flexibility to
                                     meet the needs of local employers. Also, the bill increases the cap
                                     on spending on transitional jobs from 10 percent to 40 percent.
                                     Transitional jobs are a proven strategy for helping certain popu-
                                     lations who face barriers to employment—such as individuals re-
                                     turning from incarceration—obtain longer-term employment. For
                                     individuals who may face challenges with obtaining unsubsidized
                                     employment, perhaps because of their minimal work experience or
                                     biases among employers, transitional jobs provide work experience
                                     for their resume, help them develop the soft skills that employers
                                     are looking for, and give them the chance to prove themselves to
                                     employers who may then hire them permanently. One rigorous
                                     evaluation of a nationwide reentry program that uses the transi-
                                     tional jobs model found that the program significantly increased
                                     employment and earnings for participants and resulted in net fi-
                                     nancial gains for society, in particular from reduced criminal jus-
                                     tice system costs as program participants were less likely to experi-
                                           77 29 U.S.C. 3174(c).
                                       78 KATE DUNHAM ET AL., MATHEMATICA, CHANGE AND CONTINUITY IN THE ADULT AND DIS-
                                     LOCATED WORKER PROGRAMS UNDER WIOA 35–36 (2020), https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/
                                     OASP/evaluation/pdf/ETA_WIOAStudy_AdultDW.pdf.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00095   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      92

                                     ence recidivism than control group members.79 Raising the cap to
                                     40 percent gives local boards more flexibility to tailor their services
                                     to the needs of their populations.
                                                                     STRENGTHENING JOB CORPS

                                     Self-Attestation
                                        Consistent with the eligible youth definition for the youth for-
                                     mula program (as discussed above), the bill allows for self-attesta-
                                     tion of eligibility by youth enrolling in the Job Corps program.
                                     Finding documentation is a barrier to enrollment and may slow
                                     down the enrollment process for youth, or even dissuade some from
                                     continuing with enrollment. Thus, the use of self-attestation is an
                                     acceptable process for the enrollment of youth, and the bill pro-
                                     hibits state and local areas from banning it. Further, self-attesta-
                                     tion should be the preferred method of enrolling eligible youth to
                                     ensure that barriers to service are minimized.
                                     Increasing Competitive Contract Bidding
                                            DOL uses a firm-fixed price contracting approach for Job
                                     Corps operators.80 This approach was recommended by government
                                     agencies such as GAO and the DOL Office of Inspector General
                                     (OIG) for the purpose of easing administrative burden. However,
                                     the move to fixed price contracts has the unintended consequence,
                                     according to stakeholders, of reducing the flexibility of Job Corps
                                     operators to maintain prevailing wages for their staff, such as
                                     teachers and instructors, leading to increased staff turnover. The
                                     quality of education is dependent on the quality of teachers,81
                                     making the retention of good teachers critical to the success of the
                                     Job Corps program. This bill requires that Job Corps use a best
                                     value and fair and reasonable pricing contracting process to ensure
                                     that operators have the flexibility to pay and retain quality
                                     instructors, and maintain Job Corps facilities, without the
                                     restrictions of agreed upon firm-fixed prices.
                                       Additionally, the bill requires the application of the Service Con-
                                     tract Act (SCA).82 The application of this law is further assurance
                                     that teachers and instructors are afforded prevailing wages. The
                                     law establishes a process of identifying the prevailing wage of rel-
                                     evant occupations within the local area. However, according to
                                     stakeholders, past instances of prevailing wage surveys conducted
                                     by DOL with the use of BLS’s Occupational Employment Statistics
                                     led to misclassification of Job Corps teachers and instructors and
                                     lower prevailing wages. This bill requires that future surveys com-
                                     pare the wages of Job Corps educators to schoolteachers within the
                                     local area to ensure that Job Corps educators are paid an accurate
                                       79 CINDY REDCROSS ET AL., DEP’T OF HEALTH & HUMAN SERVS., MORE THAN A JOB: FINAL RE-

                                     SULTS FROM THE EVALUATION OF THE CENTER FOR EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES (CEO) TRANSI-
                                     TIONAL   JOBS PROGRAM, at ES–1–ES–2 (2012), https://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/
                                     full_451.pdf.
                                       80 See News Release, Dep’t of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor Announces Award of Four Con-

                                     tracts For Job Corps Operations Using New Firm-Fixed Price Approach (May 15, 2020), U.S.
                                     Department of Labor Announces Award of Four Contracts for Job Corps Operations Using New
                                     Firm-Fixed Price Approach | U.S. Department of Labor (dol.gov).
                                       81 See, e.g., Dan Goldhaber, In Schools, Teacher Quality Matters Most, 16 EDUCATION NEXT
                                     56–62 (2016), https://www.educationnext.org/in-schools-teacher-quality-matters-most-coleman/.
                                       82 See 41 U.S.C. §§ 6701–6707.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00096   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                         93

                                     prevailing wage for a similar occupation, with the intent of improv-
                                     ing retention.
                                        Lastly, the quality of programmatic service and education is en-
                                     hanced through a more competitive bidding process. Under current
                                     law, the ability for new entrants to compete for a Job Corps oper-
                                     ator contract is limited as an operator must demonstrate relevant
                                     experience as a campus operator, which includes housing and edu-
                                     cating students. This bill minimizes that burden by encouraging
                                     the use of student outcome data as the basis for bid consideration,
                                     so that organizations that have no direct experience as a Job Corps
                                     operator but can demonstrate positive outcomes when serving at-
                                     risk youth have a reasonable chance of winning a bid. Further, the
                                     bill requires DOL to develop a mentor-protége program, like the
                                     program created under the Small Business Act,83 with the goal of
                                     developing sub-contractors into experienced operators through a
                                     mentor-protégé relationship with the sub contractor’s Job Corps
                                     Operator.
                                     Improving Zero Tolerance Through Behavioral Management
                                        The existing statute has a draconian zero-tolerance policy that
                                     allows for too many ways in which a student could be unfairly ex-
                                     pelled from the program. The current statute states that a student
                                     could be expelled for ‘‘an act of violence, for use, sale, or possession
                                     of a controlled substance, for abuse of alcohol, or for other illegal
                                     or disruptive activity.’’ 84 The use of the term ‘‘disruptive activity’’
                                     is broad and can lead to expulsion for acts conducted by a student
                                     that do not merit such a harsh disciplinary measure. The bill re-
                                     vises the zero-tolerance policy by appropriately limiting grounds for
                                     expulsion to only carrying out an act of violence that seriously en-
                                     dangers the safety of the students or engaging in illegal activity.
                                        Further, the disciplinary measures outlined in the bill, along
                                     with the narrowed zero-tolerance policy and drug testing, fall
                                     under a behavioral management plan that each director of a Job
                                     Corps campus will have to develop. The intention of this plan is to
                                     provide a process and structure for the director to manage the safe-
                                     ty and conduct of their respective student communities by encour-
                                     aging positive behavioral interventions with a multi-tier system of
                                     supports. Positive behavioral interventions reinforce positive be-
                                     havior rather than punishing students for bad behavior. Multi-tier
                                     systems of support are an evidence-based framework for applying
                                     a holistic approach to positive behavioral interventions.85
                                                            ENHANCING EXISTING NATIONAL PROGRAMS

                                     Native American Programs
                                       The bill makes several revisions to improve the Native American
                                     programs under WIOA.86 Among other things, it removes the re-
                                     quirement that DOL award grants under this program on a com-
                                     petitive basis. The intent of this change is to give DOL greater
                                           83 See 15 U.S.C. § 657r.
                                           84 29 U.S.C. § 3202(b)(1)–(2)(A).
                                       85 ROBERT H. HORNER et al., CTR. ON PBIS, IS SCHOOL-WIDE POSITIVE BEHAVIORAL INTERVEN-
                                     TIONS AND SUPPORTS (PBIS) AN EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE? (Mar. 2020), https://assets-glob-
                                     al.website-files.com/5d3725188825e071f1670246/60bf970915720b202ceafcd8_Evidence%20Base
                                     %20PBIS%20043020.pdf.
                                       86 H.R. 7309, § 271.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000    Frm 00097   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                        94

                                     flexibility in how it awards grants to nonprofit providers to ensure
                                     the highest quality services are provided. The competitive award
                                     process is meant to incentivize providers to compete to serve geo-
                                     graphic areas by improving the quality of their services. However,
                                     according to DOL and representatives of Native American tribes,
                                     providers are reluctant to compete, so the same providers continue
                                     to serve each geographic area. With this change, DOL could instead
                                     opt to bar low-performing providers and allow better-performing
                                     providers to take their place without any competition. The bill also
                                     encourages service providers to use evidence-based approaches. Ad-
                                     ditionally, the bill allows members of the Native American Council
                                     that advises DOL on employment and training issues to continue
                                     serving after their terms have expired, until their replacements
                                     have been named. This change is intended to ensure continuity on
                                     this Advisory Council so there are no gaps in its efforts to ensure
                                     high-quality services.
                                     Migrant and Seasonal Farmworkers Program
                                       To better reflect the typical work period of seasonal and some mi-
                                     grant farm laborers, this bill revises the period of consecutive work
                                     within the 24 months prior to program application by a farmworker
                                     from 12 months to 8 months. In doing so, the expected result will
                                     be greater numbers of eligible farmworkers accessing and benefit-
                                     ting from program service.
                                       The bill authorizes funds under this section to be available for
                                     federal obligation beginning April 1 of each fiscal year for expendi-
                                     ture by grantees beginning July 1 of each fiscal year.
                                     Technical Assistance
                                        The bill adds a requirement that DOL provide technical assist-
                                     ance that helps inform one-stop staff on trauma-informed ap-
                                     proaches and issues related to gender-based violence.87 As dis-
                                     cussed above, the intent of this addition is to develop the workforce
                                     system’s understanding of trauma-informed approaches to employ-
                                     ment and training services generally, and of gender-based violence
                                     issues specifically. Developing an understanding of trauma-in-
                                     formed approaches can help one-stop staff work more effectively
                                     with job seekers who have experienced a wide range of trauma that
                                     affects their ability to participate in employment and training serv-
                                     ices. Victims of gender-based violence are one group that has expe-
                                     rienced a particular type of trauma and may be served more effec-
                                     tively because of this technical assistance.88 When implementing
                                     this requirement, DOL should either contract with, hire, or fund in-
                                     dividuals or organizations with a background in gender-based vio-
                                     lence to provide training and technical assistance on trauma-in-
                                     formed practices and gender-based violence for WIOA program
                                     staff.


                                           87 H.R. 7309, § 273.
                                           88 FUTURES WITHOUT VIOLENCE, ECONOMIC JUSTICE, MOBILITY, AND SECURITY RECOMMENDA-

                                     TIONS FOR THE GENDER-BASED VIOLENCE NATIONAL ACTION PLAN 6 (2021),                              https://
                                     www.futureswithoutviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/FUTURES-Economic-Security-Rec-
                                     ommendations-for-the-GBV-National-Action-Plan-FINAL.pdf.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00098   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                         95

                                     Evaluations and Research
                                        The bill updates and strengthens the evaluations and research
                                     provisions of WIOA of 2014 in two ways.89 First, it removes the
                                     language in current law that authorizes research studies on several
                                     specific workforce development topics because those studies have
                                     been completed. The bill replaces those studies with an authoriza-
                                     tion for a new study about correctional institution employment and
                                     training, which is needed to further develop the limited evidence on
                                     effective strategies in this area.
                                        Second, the bill authorizes a workforce development innovation
                                     fund. The purpose of this fund is to encourage innovation in work-
                                     force development and help build the evidence base about effective
                                     approaches. With respect to administering this fund, DOL awards
                                     grants to local and state boards, nonprofits, and institutions of
                                     higher education to conduct innovative workforce development
                                     projects. Unlike the existing multistate project authority under
                                     WIOA, this fund allows for smaller, potentially single-site projects
                                     that test an innovative concept.90 The fund is authorized to provide
                                     early-phase grants to test such unproven ideas, mid-phase grants
                                     to scale up and evaluate initial projects that show promise, and ex-
                                     pansion grants to more widely implement and replicate the most
                                     successful projects. Over the longer term, the goal is for workforce
                                     programs under WIOA to draw on the evidence from this fund and
                                     increasingly adopt evidence-based approaches into their standard
                                     practices.
                                     YouthBuild Programs
                                        The bill makes several revisions to the YouthBuild program that
                                     enhance the services available through the program and make
                                     other improvements.91 The bill extends the authorized period of fol-
                                     low-up services after job placement from 12 months to 24 months,
                                     in recognition of the ongoing challenges that at-risk youth may face
                                     with maintaining employment and the need for extended supports.
                                     It authorizes the use of YouthBuild funds for providing meals to
                                     participants, which according to YouthBuild programs is critical to
                                     enabling low-income youth to participate in the program. It also al-
                                     lows YouthBuild grantees to count their YouthBuild grant funds to-
                                     wards the matching requirement of the National and Community
                                     Service Act of 1990.92 YouthBuild programs report that many of the
                                     grantees under the program are small, community-based organiza-
                                     tions that lack the funds to meet the matching requirement under
                                     the National and Community Service Act of 1990. This change en-
                                     ables more of these organizations—which best understand the
                                     needs of and have connections with at-risk youth in their commu-
                                     nities—to receive grants.
                                                              AUTHORIZING NEW NATIONAL PROGRAMS

                                     Strengthening Community Colleges Training Grants
                                       Community colleges are a critical partner in the workforce devel-
                                     opment system as a major provider of WIOA-funded training serv-
                                           89 H.R. 7309, § 274.
                                           90 29 U.S.C. § 3224(a)–(b).
                                           91 H.R. 7309, § 276.
                                           92 42 U.S.C. § 12571(e).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022     Jkt 047566   PO 00000    Frm 00099   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      96

                                     ices and a repository of subject matter expertise in a wide range
                                     of fields. Strengthening community colleges’ focus on workforce de-
                                     velopment will help the workforce system meet its goals. DOL’s
                                     Strengthening Community Colleges Training grants, currently op-
                                     erated by DOL under WIOA evaluations and research authority,
                                     aim to build the capacity of community colleges to provide training
                                     for in-demand jobs and address equity gaps in the labor market, in
                                     conjunction with employers and the workforce development sys-
                                     tem.93 In 2022, DOL announced the availability of $45 million for
                                     the second round of competitive grants.94 This bill codifies this
                                     competitive grant program, including its basic purposes and de-
                                     sign.95 It authorizes grants for community colleges to work in part-
                                     nership with employers and the workforce system to develop train-
                                     ing for in-demand industry sectors and occupations. Community
                                     colleges must use the funds to develop and deliver education and
                                     training programs, which can include career pathways, work-based
                                     learning, and apprenticeships. They must also reserve 15 percent
                                     of funds for supportive services to help participants complete train-
                                     ing, consistent with this bill’s overall emphasis on supportive serv-
                                     ices. The bill also continues the existing grants’ focus on addressing
                                     equity, as grants are prioritized to applicants that will serve indi-
                                     viduals with barriers to employment or incumbent workers who
                                     need foundational skills training.
                                     Reentry Employment Opportunities
                                       The bill authorizes reentry employment opportunity (REO) com-
                                     petitive grants, codifying the grant program currently operated by
                                     DOL under WIOA evaluations and research authority.96 There is
                                     a critical need for reentry employment and training services for in-
                                     dividuals returning from incarceration. Nearly 600,000 individuals
                                     are released from state and federal prisons each year,97 and accord-
                                     ing to one study almost half of them will experience repeat contact
                                     with the criminal justice system within a year of release.98 This bill
                                     takes a step toward addressing the employment challenges faced by
                                     these justice-involved individuals by making reentry services a per-
                                     manent part of the workforce development system and incor-
                                     porating best practices gleaned from congressional testimony and
                                     other sources. The bill authorizes DOL to award competitive grants
                                     to non-profit providers to provide employment and training services
                                     to justice-involved adults or youth. The grant period is for four
                                     years, ensuring that programs have sufficient time to provide serv-
                                     ices and continue follow-up after job placement. In awarding
                                     grants, priority is given to grantees serving individuals prior to or
                                     soon after release from incarceration, to maximize the chances for
                                     a smooth transition from incarceration to stable employment. Au-
                                        93 See FOA–ETA–22–02, Dep’t of Labor, Strengthening Community Colleges Training Grants
                                     3, 5 (Mar. 2, 2022), https://www.grants.gov/web/grants/view-opportunity.html?oppId=336701.
                                        94 Id. at 3.
                                        95 H.R. 7309, § 277.
                                        96 H.R. 7309, § 278; 29 U.S.C. § 3224(b)(5).
                                        97 NATHAN JAMES, CONG. RSCH. SERV., 7–5700, OFFENDER REENTRY: CORRECTIONAL STATIS-
                                     TICS, REINTEGRATION INTO THE COMMUNITY, AND RECIDIVISM 2 (2015).
                                        98 Annelies Goger et al., Prisoner Reentry, in BROOKINGS-AEI WORKING GROUP ON CRIMINAL
                                     JUSTICE REFORM, A BETTER PATH FORWARD FOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE 71 (2021), https://
                                     www.brookings.edu/research/a-better-path-forward-for-criminal-justice-prisoner-reentry/; MARIEL
                                     ALPER ET AL., DEP’T OF JUST., 2018 UPDATE ON PRISONER RECIDIVISM: A 9-YEAR FOLLOW-UP-
                                     PERIOD (2005–2014), at 1 (2018), https://bjs.ojp.gov/library/publications/2018-update-prisoner-re-
                                     cidivism-9-year-follow-period-2005–2014.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00100   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                       97

                                     thorized activities include intensive career counseling; the full
                                     range of training services available under WIOA; supportive serv-
                                     ices including mental health treatment such as cognitive behavioral
                                     therapy, which has been shown to be linked to improved employ-
                                     ment and recidivism outcomes for justice-involved individuals; em-
                                     ployer engagement; and transitional jobs, a common approach for
                                     helping justice-involved individuals get connected to the work-
                                     force.99 The grant program has a rigorous evaluation component to
                                     continue to build the evidence base in this area that examines the
                                     effectiveness of specific services, the impacts on different sub-popu-
                                     lations, and the appropriate sequencing of services.
                                     Sectoral Employment through Career Training for Occupational
                                          Readiness (SECTOR) Program
                                        The involvement of employers and industry groups is critical to
                                     the success of the workforce development system, as it ensures that
                                     training and other workforce development activities are targeted to
                                     skills that are in demand among local employers. Industry and sec-
                                     tor partnerships have the potential to be a valuable form of engage-
                                     ment between industry and the workforce system, as they bring
                                     employers and workforce professionals together to focus on building
                                     the worker pipeline for locally in-demand industry sectors. WIOA
                                     of 2014 included a new requirement for local boards to use adult
                                     and dislocated worker funds to develop and convene industry and
                                     sector partnerships.100 However, according to a Mathematica Policy
                                     Research report, few local boards undertook major new sector part-
                                     nership initiatives in response to this requirement, and some local
                                     staff said the definition of industry and sector partnerships was too
                                     nebulous and hard to operationalize.101 This bill establishes a sepa-
                                     rate industry and sector partnership program within WIOA, which
                                     includes a funding set-aside for this purpose and more fully devel-
                                     oped programmatic requirements.102 Most of the funding (80 per-
                                     cent) is distributed by formula to the states and local boards, to
                                     supplement their existing formula funds and allow them to in-
                                     crease their investment in such partnerships. In addition, 20 per-
                                     cent of funding is reserved for competitive grants, so the Secretary
                                     can target funds to particular regions experiencing economic dis-
                                     ruptions and to high-growth industries. For example, these grant
                                     funds could be used to support regional efforts to develop jobs in
                                     the creative economy, the green economy, health care, or informa-
                                     tion technology.
                                                                   ADULT EDUCATION AND LITERACY

                                     Digital Literacy Skills
                                       Technological advances since the last authorization of WIOA in
                                     2014 have made digital literacy a necessary skillset to function in
                                     the labor market and adult life in much the same way as literacy
                                     and numeracy. This bill includes ‘‘digital literacy’’ or ‘‘digital skills’’
                                        99 JOHANNA LACOE & HANNAH BETESH, SUPPORTING REENTRY EMPLOYMENT AND SUCCESS: A
                                     SUMMARY OF THE EVIDENCE FOR ADULTS AND YOUNG ADULTS 4, 6 (2019), https://www.dol.gov/
                                     sites/dolgov/files/OASP/evaluation/pdf/REOSupportingReentryEmploymentRB090319.pdf.
                                        100 Pub. L. No. 113–128, § 134(c), 128 Stat. 1425, 1520 (2014).
                                        101 KATE DUNHAM ET AL., MATHEMATICA, CHANGE AND CONTINUITY IN THE ADULT AND DIS-
                                     LOCATED WORKER PROGRAMS UNDER WIOA 34–35 (2020), https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/
                                     OASP/evaluation/pdf/ETA_WIOAStudy_AdultDW.pdf.
                                        102 H.R. 7309, § 279.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000    Frm 00101   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      98

                                     throughout the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act to ensure
                                     that adults receiving foundational education are gaining all the
                                     requisite skills needed in the current economy.
                                     Integrated Education
                                        This bill further expands upon the definition of ‘‘Integrated Edu-
                                     cation and Training’’ and ‘‘Integrated English Literacy and Civics
                                     Education.’’ In both instances, it provides further detail on the
                                     kinds of workforce preparation activities that make up integrated
                                     education. For ‘‘Integrated Education and Training,’’ it specifies
                                     that workforce preparation activities should lead to high wage and
                                     high demand occupations to ensure that participants in integrated
                                     adult education receive training for the same in-demand, sustain-
                                     able careers as Title I WIOA participants. The definition of ‘‘Inte-
                                     grated English Literacy and Civics Education’’ builds upon the ex-
                                     isting activities that make up that definition by further including
                                     the use of digital technology skills, application for federal student
                                     financial aid and apprenticeship programs, preparation for high
                                     school enrollment or employment, and instruction in navigating
                                     multiple support systems and financial literacy. These activities
                                     make up important components of civic life.
                                     Performance Accountability Demonstration
                                       The existing statute requires that adult education activities be
                                     subject to the same performance accountability requirements as
                                     Title I programs. While the alignment of performance measures
                                     across the workforce system and varying populations is a useful
                                     evaluative tool, it does not allow for the capture of different chal-
                                     lenges and achievements among different populations. In acknowl-
                                     edgment that adult education services should be measured in dif-
                                     ferent ways than Title I services, this bill authorizes a new dem-
                                     onstration grant for the purpose of innovating new performance
                                     measures that better capture the outcomes experienced by adult
                                     learners.
                                       An important element of the demonstration grants are the re-
                                     porting requirements during and after the duration of the grants.
                                     The grants require that those receiving funding shall provide to the
                                     Secretary a report on the progress made on alternative perform-
                                     ance measures, which shall go through a peer review process. The
                                     process of the progress report and associated peer review are in-
                                     tended to provide a robust feedback loop to best inform the Secre-
                                     taries of Labor and Education about the efficacy of proposed alter-
                                     native measures.
                                     Professional Development
                                       To ensure that individuals in adult education are receiving a
                                     high-quality education, the staffing and professional development
                                     of adult educators must be given increased funding and emphasis.
                                     This bill addresses the supply of high-quality adult educators in
                                     several ways. It amends the State Leadership activities to pilot and
                                     strengthen program quality standards and credentialing of adult
                                     educators. It also increases allowable funds for program develop-
                                     ment by removing professional development activities from the
                                     local administrative cost limit cap and providing their own sepa-
                                     rate allowance of funds. It amends the National Leadership Activi-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00102   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      99

                                     ties to allow for improved professionalization of the adult education
                                     workforce. According to stakeholders, the adult education workforce
                                     is comprised of too many part-time educators, which limits the effi-
                                     cacy and supply of educators for adult education services. This bill
                                     rectifies that by providing for the creation and implementation of
                                     full-time staffing models.
                                               AUTHORIZING FUNDS TO MEET THE NATION’S WORKFORCE
                                                              DEVELOPMENT NEEDS

                                        Overall, H.R. 7309 authorizes $78 billion in spending for work-
                                     force development programs over six years, Fiscal Year (FY) 2023
                                     to FY 2028. This historic investment corrects for decades of erosion
                                     of federal spending on these programs, which has left a weakened
                                     workforce system that cannot provide the needed level of services—
                                     training programs leading to high-quality jobs and supportive serv-
                                     ices to help participants complete training—and cannot serve
                                     enough people in need of services.
                                        With regard to the core Title I formula programs for adults, dis-
                                     located workers, and youth, the bill authorizes $6 billion for FY
                                     2023. This level of funding more than matches the inflation-ad-
                                     justed previous highest level of funding for these programs in FY
                                     2002 and is nearly double the amount appropriated for FY 2022.
                                     The bill then authorizes a 10 percent increase each year for these
                                     formula programs, so funding levels will at least keep up with in-
                                     flation and the federal investment will not continue to erode. Ulti-
                                     mately, by FY 2028, the authorized funding levels for the formula
                                     programs is estimated to support training for one million partici-
                                     pants.
                                        The bill authorizes a significant increase in the investment in re-
                                     entry services, with $250 million authorized for FY 2023—com-
                                     pared to about $100 million appropriated in FY 2022—followed by
                                     $50 million increases each year and a funding level of $500 million
                                     in FY 2028. The current level of spending for REO programs does
                                     not meet the needs of the entire reentry population; this bill recog-
                                     nizes the need to invest more while also providing time for reentry
                                     service providers to build up their capacity to serve more partici-
                                     pants.
                                        Lastly, the bill authorizes FY 2023 funding levels above the FY
                                     2022 enacted levels for all other WIOA programs as well, with sub-
                                     sequent annual increases to keep pace with inflation.
                                                                   SECTION-BY-SECTION ANALYSIS
                                     Sec. 1. Short title
                                       This section states that the title of this bill is the Workforce In-
                                     novation and Opportunity Act of 2022 (WIOA of 2022).
                                     Sec. 2. References
                                       This section states that any reference to an amendment to or re-
                                     peal of a section or other provisions is made to the Workforce Inno-
                                     vation and Opportunity Act of 2014 (WIOA of 2014), unless other-
                                     wise expressly provided.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00103   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     100

                                     Sec. 3. Transition provisions
                                       This section contains provisions that authorize the Secretary of
                                     Labor (Secretary) and other relevant agencies to take the actions
                                     needed for an orderly transition from WIOA of 2014 to WIOA of
                                     2022).
                                     Sec. 4. Effective date
                                       This section establishes that the date that WIOA of 2022 will
                                     take effect is July 1, 2023, with further specified guidance for the
                                     state and local plans.
                                     Sec. 5. Table of Contents
                                                  TITLE I—DEFINITIONS AND OTHER GENERAL MATTERS

                                     Sec. 101. Definitions
                                       This section amends or adds definitions of key terms, including:
                                             • Apprenticeship Program. Defines an apprenticeship pro-
                                          gram as a program registered under the National Apprentice-
                                          ship Act.
                                             • Career Pathways. Amends the definition of career path-
                                          ways to include supportive services, multiple entry and exit
                                          points, and a progression toward attainment of a recognized
                                          postsecondary credential.
                                             • Competency. Defines competency as the attainment of
                                          knowledge, skills, and abilities in a subject area, as specified
                                          by an occupational skill standard and demonstrated by an ap-
                                          propriate written or hands-on proficiency measurement.
                                             • Dislocated worker. Amends the definition of dislocated
                                          worker to include two additional populations, the under-
                                          employed and the long-term unemployed, who do not qualify
                                          for dislocated services under the existing statute.
                                             • Eligible youth. Amends the definition of eligible youth by
                                          replacing the in-school and out of school youth definitions with
                                          a single definition, and allows for self-attestation, thus stream-
                                          lining the eligibility determination process for youth who may
                                          lack access to otherwise required documentation.
                                             • Evidence-based. Defines three tiers of evidence-based ap-
                                          proaches based on the number and quality of evaluations sup-
                                          porting the effectiveness of these approaches.
                                             • Foundational skill needs. Replaces the term basic skills de-
                                          ficient with foundational skill needs and adds several new
                                          areas of foundational skill needs including digital literacy, fi-
                                          nancial literacy, and communication skills.
                                             • Individuals with barriers to employment. Amends this def-
                                          inition by adding individuals who have been historically under-
                                          served and marginalized as a result of race, color, national ori-
                                          gin, sexual orientation, or gender identity.
                                             • Justice-involved individual. Replaces the term offender
                                          with justice-involved individual.
                                             • Low-income individual. Expands this definition to include
                                          individuals with incomes up to 150 percent of the federal pov-
                                          erty line.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00104   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     101

                                               • Opportunity youth. Defines opportunity youth as individ-
                                            uals who are ages 16 to 24, not attending school, and under-
                                            employed or not employed.
                                               • Pre-Apprenticeship Program. Defines a pre-apprenticeship
                                            program as a program designed to prepare participants for an
                                            apprenticeship program registered under the National Appren-
                                            ticeship Act.
                                               • Supportive services. Expands this definition to include new
                                            services such as mental health care, substance use disorder
                                            treatment, and assistance with accessing the internet.
                                               • Work-based learning. Defines work-based learning with
                                            the definition given to this term in section 3 of the Carl D. Per-
                                            kins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006.
                                                        TITLE II—WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES

                                                                   Subtitle A—System Alignment
                                                                    Chapter 1—State Provisions
                                     Sec. 201. State Workforce Development Boards
                                        This section amends the membership requirements for state
                                     boards that set statewide workforce development strategies and
                                     priorities, including by increasing the potential share of labor orga-
                                     nizations to 30 percent, requiring representation by post-secondary
                                     and adult education institutions, and requiring demographic diver-
                                     sity on the boards that reflects the diversity of the state. The sec-
                                     tion also amends the functions of the state boards by requiring
                                     them to develop strategies for using digital technology to enhance
                                     access to workforce development services for individuals with bar-
                                     riers to employment.
                                     Sec. 202. Unified State Plan
                                        This section amends the required elements of the unified state
                                     plan by increasing the focus on how the workforce system in the
                                     state is meeting the needs of certain groups such as opportunity
                                     youth and individuals with disabilities. It also provides more direc-
                                     tion regarding the process for obtaining public input on the draft
                                     plan. The section also requires the state plan to describe the state’s
                                     strategy for joint planning, alignment, coordination, and leveraging
                                     funds, including with federal partners.
                                     Sec. 203. Combined State Plan
                                       This section amends the combined state plan—an option under
                                     which the state submits to the federal government a workforce de-
                                     velopment plan that includes the core partners in the workforce
                                     system as well as one or more additional partners—by adding ap-
                                     prenticeship programs as a potential additional program for inclu-
                                     sion.
                                                                    Chapter 2—Local Provisions
                                     Sec. 206. Workforce Development Areas
                                       This section amends the process that Governors use when desig-
                                     nating local workforce development areas—geographic areas that
                                     correspond to local labor markets and receive allocations of Title I




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00105   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     102

                                     funds by formula—including by requiring consultation with state
                                     economic development agencies and a consideration of how such
                                     designations will improve efficiency in service delivery and ensure
                                     access to comprehensive one-stop centers.
                                     Sec. 207. Local Workforce Development Boards
                                        This section amends the membership requirements for local
                                     boards that establish workforce development strategies and prior-
                                     ities for local areas by, among other things, increasing the potential
                                     share of labor organizations on the boards to 30 percent, requiring
                                     standing committees focused on adult education and other issues,
                                     and requiring the demographic composition of the boards to reflect
                                     the demographic diversity of the local area. It amends the functions
                                     of the local board in several ways, including by ensuring that tech-
                                     nology is leveraged to ensure individuals with barriers to employ-
                                     ment have access to workforce services.
                                     Sec. 208. Local Plans
                                       This section amends the required elements of local plans—docu-
                                     ments outlining workforce development strategies and priorities for
                                     local areas—by, among other things, requiring descriptions of how
                                     the local board will help job seekers assess their options for enter-
                                     ing training programs that lead to high quality jobs and how the
                                     local board will leverage technology to improve coordination and co-
                                     enrollment among one-stop partners. This section also requires the
                                     local board to conduct a comprehensive needs assessment for better
                                     coordination and availability of youth workforce activities.
                                                           Chapter 3—Performance Accountability
                                     Sec. 211. Performance Accountability System
                                       This section amends the workforce development system’s per-
                                     formance accountability metrics in several areas, including by:
                                            • adding a measure of longer-term earning progression (me-
                                          dian earnings at the fourth quarter following program exit);
                                            • providing authority to the Secretary to develop new per-
                                          formance measures to indicate the quality of jobs earned after
                                          participants receive training, such as paid time off and work-
                                          place safety, among others;
                                            • amending the process for states and federal agencies to
                                          come to an agreement on state performance levels, including
                                          by requiring the federal agencies to initially propose expected
                                          performance levels based on their statistical adjustment model
                                          and by expanding the requirement for continuous improvement
                                          to include adoption of new service strategies or serving new
                                          populations; and
                                            • requiring states to develop and publish state equity re-
                                          ports that identify and quantify any disparities in performance
                                          outcomes across demographic groups, such as race, ethnicity,
                                          and gender.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00106   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     103

                                             Subtitle B—Workforce Investment Activities and Providers
                                              Chapter 1—Workforce Investment Activities and Providers
                                     Sec. 221. Establishment of One-Stop Delivery Systems
                                        This section amends requirements for the one-stop delivery sys-
                                     tem—the network of comprehensive one-stop centers, affiliated
                                     sites, and partners that provides workforce development services in
                                     a local area—in several ways, including by:
                                             • authorizing public libraries to serve as affiliated one-stop
                                          sites, creating another option for bringing workforce services
                                          into communities;
                                             • providing greater clarity on the role of one-stop operators,
                                          which includes managing infrastructure, facilitating coordina-
                                          tion among partners, and providing direct services;
                                             • emphasizing that one-stop infrastructure includes both the
                                          physical footprint of the one-stop centers and the technology
                                          needed to provide virtual services;
                                             • allowing local workforce development boards to serve as
                                          one-stop operators under certain conditions; and
                                             • providing a set-aside of funding to cover one-stop infra-
                                          structure costs from Title I formula, Wagner-Peyser, and Adult
                                          Education programs, and eliminating the Infrastructure Fund-
                                          ing Agreement requirements.
                                     Sec. 222. Identification of Eligible Providers of Training Services
                                       This section amends the requirements governing the state eligi-
                                     ble training provider list (ETPL)—the list of training programs ap-
                                     proved by the state to be funded with Title I funds—in several
                                     ways, including by:
                                            • authorizing online education and training programs to
                                          qualify for the ETPL;
                                            • expanding the criteria that states can develop for inclusion
                                          on the ETPL, through guidance from the Secretary, to include
                                          a certification by employers or an industry and sector partner-
                                          ship that the training will lead to recognized post-secondary
                                          credentials, in-demand competencies, and opportunities for jobs
                                          paying competitive wages;
                                            • strengthening the accountability measures that bar train-
                                          ing providers whose performance does not meet established cri-
                                          teria from inclusion on the ETPL for a period of time; and
                                            • requiring the Governor to review the training providers on
                                          the ETPL annually to ensure they still satisfy the criteria for
                                          inclusion.
                                                    Chapter 2—Youth Workforce Investment Activities
                                     Sec. 231. State Allotments
                                       This section amends the allotment of youth funds to the states
                                     by reserving 1.5 percent of such funds for youth who are migrant
                                     and seasonal farmworkers and by increasing the reservation for
                                     youth in outlying areas.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00107   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     104

                                     Sec. 232. Within State Allocations
                                       This section amends how funds allocated to local areas are to be
                                     used by allowing for the transfer of youth funds between the sum-
                                     mer and year-round employment programs authorized in section
                                     234 of the bill and youth activities authorized under section 129 of
                                     WIOA of 2014.
                                     Sec. 233. Use of Funds for Youth Workforce Investment Activities
                                       This section amends the required and allowable youth workforce
                                     development activities that the one-stop delivery system provides
                                     to eligible youth in several ways, including by:
                                             • requiring local areas to conduct a comprehensive youth
                                          needs assessment, which must, among other things, address
                                          the performance outcomes for youth in the local area, the par-
                                          ticular workforce development needs of local youth, the work-
                                          force services available, and effective strategies that will be
                                          employed for meeting youths’ needs; and
                                             • removing the requirement that all program elements must
                                          be provided as a part of authorized youth workforce activities.
                                     Sec. 234. Summer and Year-Round Employment for Youth
                                       This section directs local areas to provide summer and year-
                                     round employment opportunities that may include subsidized and
                                     unsubsidized employment. The summer or year-round employment
                                     program must include elements such as mentoring, work-readiness
                                     training, career exploration, coaching, and financial literacy train-
                                     ing.
                                             Chapter 3—Adult and Dislocated Worker Employment and
                                                              Training Activities
                                     Sec. 241. Within State Allocations
                                       This section makes a technical change by eliminating references
                                     to unobligated funds left over from the Workforce Investment Act of
                                     1998 and allows for the transfer of funds between the adult and
                                     dislocated worker activities and the sectoral employment through
                                     career training for occupational readiness (SECTOR) program, au-
                                     thorized in section 279.
                                     Sec. 242. Use of Funds for Employment and Training Activities
                                       This section amends the required and allowable uses of funds for
                                     adult and dislocated worker employment and training activities
                                     provided by the one-stop delivery system in several ways, including
                                     by:
                                            • enhancing workforce development services for older work-
                                          ers, by allowing States to use their reserve funds to develop al-
                                          ternative strategies for meeting the needs of older workers—
                                          such as self-employment—and to coordinate with other pro-
                                          grams serving this population;
                                            • enhancing the workforce system’s ability to effectively
                                          serve individuals who have been victims of gender-based vio-
                                          lence by allowing states to use their reserve funds to coordi-
                                          nate with other programs serving victims;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00108   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     105

                                              • requiring one-stops to connect individuals to adult edu-
                                            cation services before finding them ineligible for training serv-
                                            ices because of a lack of foundational skills;
                                              • requiring that at least 75 percent of adult funds allocated
                                            to local areas for career, training, or supportive services be
                                            spent on individuals who have the highest needs, including
                                            those who are low-income, are public assistance recipients, and
                                            have other barriers to employment;
                                              • providing further clarity on the types of requirements em-
                                            ployers should meet to receive reimbursements for on-the-job
                                            training costs, such as basic indicators of job quality, including
                                            competitive wages, availability of benefits, and a safe work-
                                            place;
                                              • making supportive services a required activity, available to
                                            adults and dislocated workers who are in career or training
                                            services or in their first 12 months of a placement in unsub-
                                            sidized employment; and
                                              • raising the cap on the proportion of local funds that can
                                            be spent on incumbent worker training (to 25 percent) and
                                            transitional jobs (to 40 percent).
                                                Chapter 4—General Workforce Development Provisions
                                     Sec. 251. Authorization of Appropriations
                                        This section authorizes funding for Fiscal Years 2023 to 2028 for
                                     youth workforce investment activities; adult employment and train-
                                     ing activities; dislocated worker employment and training activi-
                                     ties; and industry or sector partnership training.
                                                                        Subtitle C—Job Corps
                                     Sec. 261. Amendments Relating to Job Corps
                                       This section amends the Job Corps program—a residential pro-
                                     gram for opportunity youth that provides employment and training
                                     services at centers across the country—by:
                                             • renaming ‘‘Job Corp Centers’’ as ‘‘Job Corps Campuses’’;
                                             • simplifying the eligibility requirements for Job Corps en-
                                          rollees by removing the 20 percent cap on individuals between
                                          the ages of 22 and 24, and allowing for an increase in the max-
                                          imum age to age 28 for individuals with disabilities and jus-
                                          tice-involved individuals;
                                             • allowing the self-attestation of youth who meet eligibility
                                          criteria, thus streamlining the eligibility determination process
                                          for those who may lack access to otherwise required docu-
                                          mentation;
                                             • establishing that contracts awarded to Job Corps operators
                                          and service providers are based on the best value and fair and
                                          reasonable pricing;
                                             • allowing new entrants into the competitive bidding process
                                          by establishing selection criteria for non-incumbent offerors to
                                          demonstrate relevant programmatic experience through past
                                          effectiveness assisting youth, and creating a mentor-protégé
                                          program modeled after the Small Business Act program, which
                                          would allow service providers to develop capacity as a Job
                                          Corps operator;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00109   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     106

                                               • removing volatility in the designation of high-performance
                                            Job Corps operators by using two prior years of data instead
                                            of one;
                                               • clarifying the authority of Job Corps Campus operators to
                                            hire staff and provide professional development as well as
                                            enter into agreements with local partners;
                                               • allowing operators to implement a behavioral management
                                            plan to establish standards of conduct and positive behavioral
                                            interventions;
                                               • narrowing the current definition of ‘‘zero tolerance’’ to in-
                                            stances of violence or illegal activity on campus;
                                               • revising the guidelines under the zero-tolerance policy to
                                            restrict disciplinary measures to only acts of violence that seri-
                                            ously endanger the safety of students, staff, or the community
                                            or illegal activity on campus;
                                               • establishing an advisory group of Job Corps operators and
                                            service providers to review reporting data and provide rec-
                                            ommendations for the newly established behavioral manage-
                                            ment plans;
                                               • covering employees of Job Corps operators and service pro-
                                            viders under the Service Contract Act, as well as academic and
                                            career technical instructors at Job Corps campuses (who are
                                            otherwise exempt from the Service Contract Act), to help en-
                                            sure high quality instructors can be hired and retained;
                                               • requiring bidders to identify costs for compliance with the
                                            wage and benefits requirements under the Service Contract
                                            Act, based upon a survey by the Secretary comparing wage and
                                            benefit levels with local public educational institutions; and
                                               • revising the performance model of Job Corps Campuses to
                                            ensure the performance measures are equitable, transparent,
                                            and open to the public.
                                     Sec. 162. Authorization of Appropriations
                                       This section authorizes funding for Fiscal Years 2023 to 2028 for
                                     all Job Corps operations and activities.
                                                                   Subtitle D—National Programs
                                     Sec. 271. Native American Programs
                                       This section amends Native American employment and training
                                     programs in several ways, including by eliminating the require-
                                     ment for DOL to award grants on a competitive basis; requiring
                                     that the organizational component within DOL that administers
                                     the Native American programs be a division of DOL; and allowing
                                     members of the Native American employment and training council
                                     to continue serving after their terms have expired until their suc-
                                     cessors have been named.
                                     Sec. 272. Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker Programs
                                       This section amends migrant and seasonal farmworker programs
                                     by clarifying the periods of time in which appropriated funds may
                                     be obligated and used for program activities.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00110   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     107

                                     Sec. 273. Technical Assistance
                                       This section clarifies that DOL’s technical assistance is intended
                                     to support the professional development of staff in the workforce
                                     development system. The section also requires DOL to support the
                                     provision of training to one-stop staff on trauma-informed ap-
                                     proaches, gender and racial biases, and the unique safety chal-
                                     lenges faced by survivors of gender-based violence.
                                     Sec. 274. Evaluations and Research
                                       This section amends the evaluations and research provisions in
                                     WIOA of 2014 by creating a new workforce development innovation
                                     fund. This new fund aims to build evidence on what works in work-
                                     force development by funding three different types of grants:
                                            • early-phase grants to test innovative program ideas;
                                            • mid-phase grants to implement and evaluate early-phase
                                          programs that showed promise; and
                                            • expansion grants to scale up, replicate, and fully evaluate
                                          programs that were found to produce sizable impacts in mid-
                                          phase grants.
                                       These grants may be awarded to entities including state and
                                     local boards and community-based organizations.
                                     Sec. 275. National Dislocated Worker Grants
                                       This section amends the national dislocated worker grants to
                                     allow national and regional intermediary organizations to receive
                                     grants.
                                     Sec. 276. YouthBuild Program
                                       This section amends the YouthBuild program in several ways, in-
                                     cluding by:
                                            • reserving grant funds for programs in rural areas, when
                                          appropriated funds are above a certain threshold;
                                            • extending the allowed period of follow-up services to 24
                                          months to ensure participants succeed in employment;
                                            • allowing the program to fund meals for participants;
                                            • allowing grantees to count YouthBuild funds toward the
                                          matching requirement under the National and Community
                                          Service Act; and
                                            • requiring states to facilitate YouthBuild programs’ access
                                          to Unemployment Insurance wage data for the purpose of per-
                                          formance measurement.
                                     Sec. 277. Community College and Industry Partnership Grants
                                       This section codifies DOL’s Strengthening Community Colleges
                                     Training Grants, authorizing a competitive grant program that
                                     aims to build community colleges’ capacity to provide employment
                                     and training programs leading to post-secondary credentials in in-
                                     demand industries or occupations. Community college grantees, in
                                     partnership with employers and the workforce development system,
                                     must develop employment and training programs targeting specific
                                     industry sectors. Required or allowable activities under the grants
                                     include:
                                            • developing or scaling up career training, career pathways,
                                          or work-based learning options such as apprenticeships;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00111   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     108

                                              • assisting individuals with barriers to employment with ac-
                                            cessing such programs; and
                                              • providing supportive services to help participants complete
                                            their education and training.
                                     Sec. 278. Reentry Employment Opportunities
                                       This section codifies DOL’s reentry employment opportunities
                                     (REO) current demonstration grant program as a permanent part
                                     of WIOA of 2022. It authorizes competitive grants to assist justice-
                                     involved adults and youth in obtaining and sustaining employment.
                                     Grantees may be community-based organizations or national and
                                     regional intermediary organizations. In awarding grants, DOL
                                     must prioritize grantees serving high-crime and high-poverty areas,
                                     enrolling participants prior to or soon after release from incarcer-
                                     ation, and using evidence-based approaches. Allowable activities
                                     under the grants include:
                                            • providing career counseling and training services;
                                            • transitional jobs;
                                            • outreach to employers; and
                                            • supportive services, including mental health care and sub-
                                          stance use disorder treatment.
                                     Sec. 279. Sectoral Employment Through Career Training for Occu-
                                         pational Readiness
                                       This section authorizes a new national industry and sector part-
                                     nership program that will help state or local boards convene, de-
                                     velop, or expand sectoral partnerships for the purposes of providing
                                     career, training, and supportive services to adult and dislocated
                                     workers, including those with barriers to employment. It allocates
                                     20 percent of authorized funding through national competitive
                                     grants and the remaining 80 percent to local boards through the
                                     adult formula.
                                     Sec. 280. Workforce Data Quality Initiative Grants
                                       This section authorizes a new workforce data quality initiative
                                     grant that would codify an existing program administered by DOL
                                     that allocates funds to states for the purposes of creating or ex-
                                     panding longitudinal systems.
                                     Sec. 281. Authorization of Appropriations
                                       This section authorizes funding for national programs for Fiscal
                                     Years 2023 to 2028.
                                                                    Subtitle E—Administration
                                     Sec. 291. Nondiscrimination
                                        This section clarifies that entities receiving WIOA of 2022 funds
                                     are allowed to limit services only to citizens in cases where career
                                     and education programs are related to projects of importance to na-
                                     tional security.
                                     Sec. 292. Secretarial Administrative Authorities and Responsibil-
                                         ities
                                       This section makes secretarial amendments to WIOA of 2014, in-
                                     cluding correcting the name of the Education and Labor Committee




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00112   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     109

                                     and making technical revisions to section 189 to correspond to the
                                     reauthorized bill.
                                     Sec. 293. Guardrails for Program Integrity
                                       This section restricts proprietary institutions of higher education
                                     from participating as a state or local board member and operating
                                     a one-stop center.
                                                   TITLE III—ADULT EDUCATION AND FAMILY LITERACY

                                     Sec. 301. Family Literacy
                                        This section amends the title of Title II of WIOA of 2014 to read
                                     ‘‘Adult Education and Family Literacy Act.’’
                                     Sec. 302. Purpose
                                       This section amends the purpose of the Adult Education and
                                     Family Literacy Act to include the need for digital literacy skills.
                                     Sec. 303. Definitions
                                       This section amends or adds definitions of key terms, including:
                                            • Adult education and literacy activities. Adds digital skills
                                          as another type of activity.
                                            • Family literacy activities. Adds digital literacy activities to
                                          the list of family literacy activities.
                                            • Integrated education and training. Clarifies that inte-
                                          grated education and training may be offered concurrently
                                          with other adult education activities.
                                            • Integrated English literacy and civics education. Amends
                                          integrated English literacy and civics education to include ad-
                                          ditional activities, such as achieving digital literacy, applying
                                          for federal aid, financial literacy, and navigating the housing
                                          market and secondary education.
                                     Sec. 304. Authorization of Appropriations
                                       This section authorizes funding for the Adult Education and
                                     Family Literacy Act for Fiscal Years 2023 to 2028.
                                     Sec. 305. Performance Accountability System
                                       This section creates a new demonstration program, under the au-
                                     thority of the Secretary of Education, for the purposes of developing
                                     new performance measures that better capture the efficacy of adult
                                     education and literacy programs as compared to the existing per-
                                     formance measures required under WIOA of 2014.
                                     Sec. 306. State Distribution of Funds; Matching Requirement
                                        This section requires that state agencies make publicly available
                                     the source of matching contributions and how such funds are dis-
                                     tributed to eligible providers.
                                     Sec. 307. State Leadership Activities
                                        This section allows for the development, maintenance, and im-
                                     provement of quality of credentialing and professional development
                                     of adult educators.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00113   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     110

                                     Sec. 308. Grants and Contracts for Eligible Providers
                                        This section amends section 231 of WIOA of 2014 by replacing
                                     ‘‘scientifically valid research and effective educational practice’’
                                     with the application of ‘‘universal design for learning.’’
                                     Sec. 309. Local Administrative Cost Limits
                                       This section increases the allowable use of funds for professional
                                     development of adult educators by moving such activities outside
                                     the administrative cost limits.
                                     Sec. 310. National Leadership Activities
                                       This section adds new technical assistance requirements to the
                                     national leadership programs, including requiring that outcomes
                                     and data are collected and reported in a timely manner and that
                                     such data is reported consistently across states.
                                     Sec. 311. Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education
                                       This section amends the Integrated English Literacy and Civics
                                     Education grants authorized under section 243 of WIOA of 2014 by
                                     including workforce preparation activities, such as pre-apprentice-
                                     ship and apprenticeship programs, as allowable activities.
                                     Sec. 312. Technical Corrections to Other Laws
                                       This section makes a technical correction to the title of the Adult
                                     Education and Family Literacy Act.
                                                                   TITLE IV—GENERAL PROVISIONS

                                     Sec. 401. Prohibition of National Database Management
                                       This section amends the prohibition on a national workforce data
                                     base under WIOA of 2014 by allowing the creation of one by DOL
                                     on the condition it be housed and managed by the federal govern-
                                     ment and not by a third party or contractor and that no personally
                                     identifiable information will be revealed or published.
                                     Sec. 402. Accessibility
                                       This section ensures that any use of digital technology for pur-
                                     poses of service delivery be compliant with assistive technology
                                     standards.
                                                  TITLE V—AMENDMENTS TO THE WAGNER-PEYSER ACT

                                     Sec. 501. Inclusion of Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Is-
                                         lands and American Samoa
                                       This section ensures that the Commonwealth of the Northern
                                     Mariana Islands and American Samoa be allowed to receive fund-
                                     ing under Wagner-Peyser.
                                     Sec. 502. Workforce and Labor Market Information System
                                        This section authorizes funding for the Labor Market Informa-
                                     tion System authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00114   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     111

                                            TITLE VI—AMENDMENTS TO THE REHABILITATION ACT OF 1973

                                     Sec. 601. Authorized Appropriations
                                        This section authorizes funding for provisions of the Rehabilita-
                                     tion Act of 1973, as amended under WIOA of 2014, for Fiscal Years
                                     2023 through 2028. Most of that funding is for mandatory grants
                                     that are increased each year by a formula in the Rehabilitation Act
                                     of 1973 that specifies that each year’s funding will equal at least
                                     the prior year’s funding plus an increase equal to inflation.
                                                                   EXPLANATION OF AMENDMENTS
                                       The amendments, including the amendment in the nature of a
                                     substitute, are explained in the descriptive portions of this report.
                                                   APPLICATION OF LAW TO THE LEGISLATIVE BRANCH
                                        Pursuant to section 102(b)(3) of the Congressional Accountability
                                     Act of 1995, Pub. L. No. 104–1, H.R. 7309, as amended, applies to
                                     terms and conditions of employment within the legislative branch
                                     because one of the laws amended by H.R. 7309 (Rehabilitation Act
                                     of 1973) is included within the list of laws applicable to the legisla-
                                     tive branch enumerated in section 102(a) of the Congressional Ac-
                                     countability Act of 1995.
                                                               UNFUNDED MANDATE STATEMENT
                                       Pursuant to Section 423 of the Congressional Budget and Im-
                                     poundment Control Act of 1974, Pub. L. No. 93–344 (as amended
                                     by Section 101(a)(2) of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995,
                                     Pub. L. No. 104–4) the Committee traditionally adopts as its own
                                     the cost estimate prepared by the Director of the Congressional
                                     Budget Office (CBO) pursuant to section 402 of the Congressional
                                     Budget and Impoundment Control Act of 1974. The Committee re-
                                     ports that because this cost estimate was not timely submitted to
                                     the Committee before the filing of this report, the Committee is not
                                     in a position to make a cost estimate for H.R. 7309, as amended.
                                                                        EARMARK STATEMENT
                                       In accordance with clause 9 of rule XXI of the Rules of the House
                                     of Representatives, H.R. 7309 does not contain any congressional
                                     earmarks, limited tax benefits, or limited tariff benefits as de-
                                     scribed in clauses 9(e), 9(f), and 9(g) of rule XXI.
                                                                           ROLL CALL VOTES
                                       In compliance with clause 3(b) of rule XIII of the Rules of the
                                     House of Representatives, the Committee advises that the following
                                     roll call votes occurred during the Committee’s consideration of
                                     H.R. 7309:




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00115   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     112




                                                                                                                                   Insert offset folio 121 here HR321.001


VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00116   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     113




                                                                                                                                   Insert offset folio 122 here HR321.002


VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00117   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     114




                                                                                                                                   Insert offset folio 123 here HR321.003


VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00118   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     115




                                                                                                                                   Insert offset folio 124 here HR321.004


VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00119   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     116




                                                                                                                                   Insert offset folio 125 here HR321.005


VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00120   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     117




                                                                                                                                   Insert offset folio 126 here HR321.006


VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00121   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     118

                                                 STATEMENT OF PERFORMANCE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
                                        Pursuant to clause (3)(c) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House
                                     of Representatives, the goals of H.R. 7309 are to modernize our na-
                                     tion’s workforce development system through increased funding
                                     and a new focus on equity and job quality.
                                                             DUPLICATION OF FEDERAL PROGRAMS
                                        Pursuant to clause 3(c)(5) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House
                                     of Representatives, the Committee states that no provision of H.R.
                                     7309 is known to be duplicative of another federal program, includ-
                                     ing any program that was included in a report to Congress pursu-
                                     ant to section 21 of Pub. L. No. 111–139 or the most recent Catalog
                                     of Federal Domestic Assistance.
                                                                                 HEARINGS
                                        Pursuant to clause 3(c)(6) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House
                                     of Representatives, the Committee held a bipartisan roundtable
                                     and three bipartisan hearings that were used to develop H.R. 7309.
                                        On April 21, 2021, the Education and Labor (Committee) held a
                                     bipartisan Member roundtable on the reauthorization of the Work-
                                     force Innovation and Opportunity Act. During the roundtable,
                                     Members and panelists discussed challenges facing the existing
                                     workforce system and how the reauthorization of WIOA of 2014
                                     could address those challenges. The panelists were: Mr. David
                                     Bradley, Analyst in Labor Economics, Congressional Research
                                     Service (CRS), Washington, DC; Ms. Dawn Locke, Acting Director,
                                     Education, Workforce, and Income Security, Government Account-
                                     ability Office (GAO), Washington, DC; Mr. Ron Painter, President
                                     and CEO, National Association of Workforce Boards, Washington,
                                     DC; and Ms. Maria Flynn, President and CEO, Jobs for the Future,
                                     Boston, MA.
                                        On May 13, 2021, the Committee held a bipartisan hearing enti-
                                     tled ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Reauthorization:
                                     Creating Opportunities for Youth Employment.’’ The Committee
                                     heard testimony on the challenges facing the youth activities au-
                                     thorized under WIOA of 2014. The witnesses were: Ms. Chekemma
                                     Fullmore-Townsend, President and CEO, Philadelphia Youth Net-
                                     work, Philadelphia, PA; Mr. Thomas Showalter, Senior Advisor,
                                     National Youth Employment Coalition, Washington, DC; Ms. Deb
                                     Lindner, Human Resources Manager, Precor, Whitsett, NC; and
                                     Mr. Byron Garret, President & CEO, National Job Corps Associa-
                                     tion, Washington, DC.
                                        On May 27, 2021, the Committee held a bipartisan hearing enti-
                                     tled ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Reauthorization:
                                     Creating Employment Pathways for Dislocated Workers.’’ The Com-
                                     mittee heard testimony on how to use the reauthorization of WIOA
                                     of 2014 to mitigate worker displacement and promote lifelong
                                     learning. The witnesses were: Mr. Joe Barela, Executive Director,
                                     Colorado Department of Labor and Employment, Denver, CO; Mr.
                                     P.J. McGrew, Executive Director, Indiana Governor’s Workforce
                                     Cabinet, Indianapolis, IN; Mr. Matt Sigelman, Chief Executive Of-
                                     ficer, Burning Glass Technologies, Boston, MA; and Ms. Portia Wu,
                                     Managing Director, U.S. Public Policy, U.S. Government Affairs,
                                     Microsoft Corporation, Washington, DC.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00122   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     119

                                        On June 15, 2021, the Committee held a bipartisan hearing enti-
                                     tled ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Reauthorization:
                                     Examining Successful Models of Employment for Justice-Involved
                                     Individuals.’’ The Committee heard testimony on the need for a
                                     codified reentry grant that provides comprehensive services to jus-
                                     tice-involved individuals. The witnesses were: Ms. Traci Scott, Vice
                                     President of Workforce Development, National Urban League, New
                                     York, NY; Mr. Gregg Keesling, President, Recycle Force, Indianap-
                                     olis, IN; Ms. Pamela Lattimore, Senior Director for Research Devel-
                                     opment, Division for Applied Justice Research, RTI International,
                                     Research, Triangle Park, NC; and Ms. Wendi Safstrom, Executive
                                     Director, SHRM Foundation, Alexandria, VA.
                                           STATEMENT OF OVERSIGHT FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF
                                                               THE COMMITTEE

                                       In compliance with clause 3(c)(1) of rule XIII and clause 2(b)(1)
                                     of Rule X of the Rules of the House of Representatives, the Com-
                                     mittee’s oversight findings and recommendations are reflected in
                                     the descriptive portions of this report.
                                                  NEW BUDGET AUTHORITY AND CBO COST ESTIMATE
                                       Pursuant to clause 3(c)(2) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House
                                     of Representatives and section 308(a) of the Congressional Budget
                                     and Impoundment Control Act of 1974, and pursuant to clause
                                     3(c)(3) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Representatives and
                                     section 402 of the Congressional Budget and Impoundment Control
                                     Act of 1974, the Committee has requested but not received a cost
                                     estimate for the bill from the Director of the Congressional Budget
                                     Office.
                                                                    COMMITTEE COST ESTIMATE
                                       Clause 3(d)(1) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Rep-
                                     resentatives requires an estimate and a comparison of the costs
                                     that would be incurred in carrying out H.R. 7309. However, clause
                                     3(d)(2)(B) of that rule provides that this requirement does not
                                     apply when the committee has included in its report a timely sub-
                                     mitted cost estimate of the bill prepared by the Director of the Con-
                                     gressional Budget Office under section 402 of the Congressional
                                     Budget and Impoundment Control Act of 1974. The Committee re-
                                     ports that because this cost estimate was not timely submitted to
                                     the Committee before the filing of this report, the Committee is not
                                     in a position to make a cost estimate for H.R. 7309, as amended.
                                            CHANGES IN EXISTING LAW MADE BY THE BILL, AS REPORTED
                                       In compliance with clause 3(e) of rule XIII of the Rules of the
                                     House of Representatives, changes in existing law made by the bill,
                                     H.R. 7309, as reported, are shown as follows:
                                            CHANGES IN EXISTING LAW MADE BY THE BILL, AS REPORTED
                                       In compliance with clause 3(e) of rule XIII of the Rules of the
                                     House of Representatives, changes in existing law made by the bill,
                                     as reported, are shown as follows (existing law proposed to be omit-
                                     ted is enclosed in black brackets, new matter is printed in italics,




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00123   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                      120

                                     and existing law in which no change is proposed is shown in
                                     roman):

                                           WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT
                                     SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS.
                                       (a) SHORT TITLE.—This Act may be cited as the ‘‘Workforce Inno-
                                     vation and Opportunity Act’’.
                                        (b) TABLE OF CONTENTS.—The table of contents for this Act is as
                                     follows:
                                     Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents.
                                               *          *                *               *               *         *           *
                                     Sec. 2. Purposes.
                                     Sec. 3. Definitions.
                                                         TITLE I—WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
                                                 *             *           *               *               *         *           *
                                                        Subtitle B—Workforce Investment Activities and Providers
                                                 *             *           *               *               *         *           *
                                                        CHAPTER 2—YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
                                               *       *          *        *          *                              *           *
                                     Sec. 130. Summer and year-round employment for youth.
                                                 *             *           *               *               *         *           *
                                                                       Subtitle D—National Programs
                                               *          *         *           *        *       *         *
                                     øSec. 172. Authorization of appropriations.¿
                                     Sec. 172. Strengthening Community Colleges Training Grants Program.
                                     Sec. 173. Reentry employment opportunities.
                                     Sec. 174. Sectoral employment through career training for occupational readiness
                                                  (sector) program.
                                     Sec. 175. Workforce data quality initiative grants.
                                     Sec. 176. Authorization of appropriations.
                                               *          *         *           *        *       *         *
                                                                    TITLE V—GENERAL PROVISIONS
                                                                     Subtitle A—Workforce Investment
                                               *           *               *               *               *         *           *
                                     Sec. 507. Accessibility.

                                                 *             *           *               *               *         *           *
                                     SEC. 3. DEFINITIONS.
                                       In this Act, and the core program provisions that are not in this
                                     Act, except as otherwise expressly provided:
                                             (1) ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.—The term ‘‘administrative costs’’
                                          means expenditures incurred by State boards and local boards,
                                          direct recipients (including State grant recipients under sub-
                                          title B of title I and recipients of awards under subtitles C and
                                          D of title I), local grant recipients, local fiscal agents or local
                                          grant subrecipients, and one-stop operators in the performance
                                          of administrative functions and in carrying out activities under
                                          title I that are not related to the direct provision of workforce
                                          investment services (including services to participants and em-
                                          ployers). Such costs include both personnel and nonpersonnel
                                          costs and both direct and indirect costs.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566    PO 00000   Frm 00124   Fmt 6659       Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     121

                                              (2) ADULT.—Except as otherwise specified in section 132, the
                                            term ‘‘adult’’ means an individual who is age 18 or older.
                                              (3) ADULT EDUCATION; ADULT EDUCATION AND LITERACY AC-
                                            TIVITIES.—The terms ‘‘adult education’’ and ‘‘adult education
                                            and literacy activities’’ have the meanings given the terms in
                                            section 203.
                                              (4) APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM.—The term ‘‘apprenticeship
                                            program’’ means a program registered under the Act of August
                                            16, 1937 (commonly known as the ‘‘National Apprenticeship
                                            Act’’; 50 Stat. 664, chapter 663; 29 U.S.C. 50 et seq.).
                                              ø(4)¿ (5) AREA CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION SCHOOL.—
                                            The term ‘‘area career and technical education school’’ has the
                                            meaning given the term in section 3 of the Carl D. Perkins Ca-
                                            reer and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2302).
                                              ø(5) BASIC SKILLS DEFICIENT.—The term ‘‘basic skills defi-
                                            cient’’ means, with respect to an individual—
                                                    ø(A) who is a youth, that the individual has English
                                                 reading, writing, or computing skills at or below the 8th
                                                 grade level on a generally accepted standardized test; or
                                                    ø(B) who is a youth or adult, that the individual is un-
                                                 able to compute or solve problems, or read, write, or speak
                                                 English, at a level necessary to function on the job, in the
                                                 individual’s family, or in society.¿
                                              (6) CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION.—The term ‘‘career
                                            and technical education’’ has the meaning given the term in
                                            section 3 of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Edu-
                                            cation Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2302).
                                              ø(7) CAREER PATHWAY.—The term ‘‘career pathway’’ means a
                                            combination of rigorous and high-quality education, training,
                                            and other services that—
                                                    ø(A) aligns with the skill needs of industries in the econ-
                                                 omy of the State or regional economy involved;
                                                    ø(B) prepares an individual to be successful in any of a
                                                 full range of secondary or postsecondary education options,
                                                 including apprenticeships registered under the Act of Au-
                                                 gust 16, 1937 (commonly known as the ‘‘National Appren-
                                                 ticeship Act’’; 50 Stat. 664, chapter 663; 29 U.S.C. 50 et
                                                 seq.) (referred to individually in this Act as an ‘‘apprentice-
                                                 ship’’, except in section 171);
                                                    ø(C) includes counseling to support an individual in
                                                 achieving the individual’s education and career goals;
                                                    ø(D) includes, as appropriate, education offered concur-
                                                 rently with and in the same context as workforce prepara-
                                                 tion activities and training for a specific occupation or oc-
                                                 cupational cluster;
                                                    ø(E) organizes education, training, and other services to
                                                 meet the particular needs of an individual in a manner
                                                 that accelerates the educational and career advancement
                                                 of the individual to the extent practicable;
                                                    ø(F) enables an individual to attain a secondary school
                                                 diploma or its recognized equivalent, and at least 1 recog-
                                                 nized postsecondary credential; and
                                                    ø(G) helps an individual enter or advance within a spe-
                                                 cific occupation or occupational cluster.¿




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00125   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     122

                                              (7) CAREER PATHWAY.—The term ‘‘career pathway’’ means a
                                            combination of rigorous and high-quality education, training,
                                            and other services that—
                                                     (A) are designed to support progression towards attain-
                                                  ment of a recognized postsecondary credential;
                                                     (B) align with the skill needs of industries in the econ-
                                                  omy of the State or regional economy involved;
                                                     (C) include multiple entry and exit points;
                                                     (D) prepare an individual to be successful in any of a full
                                                  range of secondary or postsecondary education options, in-
                                                  cluding apprenticeship programs;
                                                     (E) provide career services, including counseling to sup-
                                                  port an individual in achieving the individual’s education
                                                  and career goals, and helping the individual to identify
                                                  and access a path to skills and credentials that are needed
                                                  for the educational and career advancement of the indi-
                                                  vidual;
                                                     (F) include supportive services or provides assistance in
                                                  applying for and accessing direct support services, means-
                                                  tested Federal benefit programs, or similar State, tribal, or
                                                  local benefit programs;
                                                     (G) include, as appropriate, education offered concur-
                                                  rently with and in the same context as workforce prepara-
                                                  tion activities and training for a specific occupation or oc-
                                                  cupational cluster (such as through work-based learning
                                                  opportunities);
                                                     (H) organize education, training, and other services to
                                                  meet the particular needs of an individual in a manner
                                                  that accelerates the educational and career advancement of
                                                  the individual to the extent practicable;
                                                     (I) enable an individual to attain a secondary school di-
                                                  ploma or its recognized equivalent as applicable, and at
                                                  least 1 recognized postsecondary credential; and
                                                     (J) help an individual enter or advance within a specific
                                                  occupation or occupational cluster.
                                              (8) CAREER PLANNING.—The term ‘‘career planning’’ means
                                            the provision of a client-centered approach in the delivery of
                                            services, designed—
                                                     (A) to prepare and coordinate comprehensive employ-
                                                  ment plans, such as service strategies, for participants to
                                                  ensure access to necessary workforce investment activities
                                                  and supportive services, using, where feasible, computer-
                                                  based technologies; and
                                                     (B) to provide job, education, and career counseling, as
                                                  appropriate during program participation and after job
                                                  placement.
                                              (9) CHIEF ELECTED OFFICIAL.—The term ‘‘chief elected offi-
                                            cial’’ means—
                                                     (A) the chief elected executive officer of a unit of general
                                                  local government in a local area; and
                                                     (B) in a case in which a local area includes more than
                                                  1 unit of general local government, the individuals des-
                                                  ignated under the agreement described in section
                                                  107(c)(1)(B).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00126   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     123

                                               (10) COENROLLMENT.—The term ‘‘coenrollment’’ means simul-
                                            taneous enrollment in more than one of the programs or activi-
                                            ties carried out by a one-stop partner in section 121(b)(1)(B).
                                               ø(10)¿ (11) COMMUNITY-BASED ORGANIZATION.—The term
                                            ‘‘community-based organization’’ means a private nonprofit or-
                                            ganization (which may include a faith-based organization), that
                                            is representative of a community or a significant segment of a
                                            community and that has demonstrated expertise and effective-
                                            ness in the field of workforce development.
                                               (12) COMPETENCY.—The term ‘competency’ means the attain-
                                            ment of knowledge, skills, and abilities in a subject area, as
                                            specified by an occupational skill standard and demonstrated
                                            by an appropriate written, oral, hands-on, or other appropriate
                                            proficiency measurement.
                                               ø(11)¿ (13) COMPETITIVE INTEGRATED EMPLOYMENT.—The
                                            term ‘‘competitive integrated employment’’ has the meaning
                                            given the term in section 7 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
                                            (29 U.S.C. 705), for individuals with disabilities.
                                               ø(12)¿ (14) CORE PROGRAM.—The term ‘‘core programs’’
                                            means a program authorized under a core program provision.
                                               ø(13)¿ (15) CORE PROGRAM PROVISION.—The term ‘‘core pro-
                                            gram provision’’ means—
                                                    (A) chapters 2 and 3 of subtitle B of title I (relating to
                                                 youth workforce investment activities and adult and dis-
                                                 located worker employment and training activities);
                                                    (B) title II (relating to adult education and literacy ac-
                                                 tivities);
                                                    (C) sections 1 through 13 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29
                                                 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) (relating to employment services); and
                                                    (D) title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C.
                                                 720 et seq.), other than section 112 or part C of that title
                                                 (29 U.S.C. 732, 741) (relating to vocational rehabilitation
                                                 services).
                                               ø(14)¿ (16) CUSTOMIZED TRAINING.—The term ‘‘customized
                                            training’’ means training—
                                                    (A) that is designed to meet the specific requirements of
                                                 an employer (including a group of employers);
                                                    (B) that is conducted with a commitment by the em-
                                                 ployer to employ an individual upon successful completion
                                                 of the training; and
                                                    (C) for which the employer pays—
                                                         (i) a significant portion of the cost of training, as de-
                                                      termined by the local board involved, taking into ac-
                                                      count the size of the employer and such other factors
                                                      as the local board determines to be appropriate, which
                                                      may include the number of employees participating in
                                                      training, wage and benefit levels of those employees
                                                      (at present and anticipated upon completion of the
                                                      training), relation of the training to the competitive-
                                                      ness of a participant, and other employer-provided
                                                      training and advancement opportunities; and
                                                         (ii) in the case of customized training (as defined in
                                                      subparagraphs (A) and (B)) involving an employer lo-
                                                      cated in multiple local areas in the State, a significant
                                                      portion of the cost of the training, as determined by




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00127   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     124

                                                       the Governor of the State, taking into account the size
                                                       of the employer and such other factors as the Gov-
                                                       ernor determines to be appropriate.
                                              (17) DIGITAL LITERACY SKILLS.—The term ‘‘digital literacy
                                            skills’’ has the meaning given the term in section 202(A) of the
                                            Museum and Library Services Act (20 U.S.C. 9101(2)).
                                              ø(15)¿ (18) DISLOCATED WORKER.—The term ‘‘dislocated
                                            worker’’ means an individual who—
                                                    (A)(i) has been terminated or laid off, or who has re-
                                                 ceived a notice of termination or layoff, from employment;
                                                 and
                                                    (ii)(I) is eligible for or has exhausted entitlement to un-
                                                 employment compensation; øor¿
                                                          (II) has been employed for a duration sufficient to
                                                       demonstrate, to the appropriate entity at a one-stop
                                                       center referred to in section 121(e), attachment to the
                                                       workforce, but is not eligible for unemployment com-
                                                       pensation due to insufficient earnings or having per-
                                                       formed services for an employer that were not covered
                                                       under a State unemployment compensation law; øand¿
                                                       or
                                                    (III) has been an unemployed individual for 27 weeks or
                                                 more;
                                                    ø(iii) is unlikely to return to a previous industry or occu-
                                                 pation;¿
                                                    (B)(i) has been terminated or laid off, or has received a
                                                 notice of termination or layoff, from employment as a re-
                                                 sult of any permanent closure of, or any substantial layoff
                                                 at, a plant, facility, or enterprise;
                                                    (ii) is employed at a facility at which the employer has
                                                 made a general announcement that such facility will close
                                                 within 180 days; or
                                                    (iii) for purposes of eligibility to receive services other
                                                 than training services described in section 134(c)(3), career
                                                 services described in section 134(c)(2)(A)(xii), or supportive
                                                 services, is employed at a facility at which the employer
                                                 has made a general announcement that such facility will
                                                 close;
                                                    (C) was self-employed (including employment as a farm-
                                                 er, a rancher, or a fisherman) but is unemployed as a re-
                                                 sult of general economic conditions in the community in
                                                 which the individual resides or because of natural disas-
                                                 ters;
                                                    (D)(i) is currently underemployed and engaged in the oc-
                                                 casional performance of services for remuneration; and
                                                    (ii) is self-employed, is seeking part-time employment,
                                                 and does not have sufficient work history to qualify, or oth-
                                                 erwise would not qualify for regular unemployment or ex-
                                                 tended benefits under State or Federal law;
                                                    ø(D)¿ (E) is a displaced øhomemaker¿ caregiver; or
                                                    ø(E)¿ (F)(i) is the spouse of a member of the Armed
                                                 Forces on active duty (as defined in section 101(d)(1) of
                                                 title 10, United States Code), and who has experienced a
                                                 loss of employment as a direct result of relocation to ac-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00128   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     125

                                                 commodate a permanent change in duty station of such
                                                 member; or
                                                    (ii) is the spouse of a member of the Armed Forces on
                                                 active duty and who meets the criteria described in para-
                                                 graph (16)(B).
                                               ø(16)¿ (19) DISPLACED øHOMEMAKER¿ CAREGIVER.—The term
                                            ‘‘displaced øhomemaker¿ caregiver’’ means an individual who
                                            has been providing unpaid services to øfamily members¿ a
                                            family member in the home and who—
                                                    (A)(i) has been dependent on the income of another fam-
                                                 ily member but is no longer supported by that income;
                                                 øor¿
                                                    (ii) is the dependent spouse of a member of the Armed
                                                 Forces on active duty (as defined in section 101(d)(1) of
                                                 title 10, United States Code) and whose family income is
                                                 significantly reduced because of a deployment (as defined
                                                 in section 991(b) of title 10, United States Code, or pursu-
                                                 ant to paragraph (4) of such section), a call or order to ac-
                                                 tive duty pursuant to a provision of law referred to in sec-
                                                 tion 101(a)(13)(B) of title 10, United States Code, a perma-
                                                 nent change of station, or the service-connected (as defined
                                                 in section 101(16) of title 38, United States Code) death or
                                                 disability of the member; øand¿ or
                                                    (iii) has involuntarily left the labor market to provide
                                                 care for a relative or dependent, which may be validated
                                                 through self-attestation in a manner consistent with section
                                                 402A(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                 1070a–11(e)); and
                                                    (B) is unemployed or underemployed and is experiencing
                                                 difficulty in obtaining or upgrading employment.
                                               ø(17)¿ (20) ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.—The term
                                            ‘‘economic development agency’’ includes a local planning or
                                            zoning commission or board, a community development agency,
                                            or another local agency or institution responsible for regu-
                                            lating, promoting, or assisting in local economic development.
                                               ø(18) ELIGIBLE YOUTH.—Except as provided in subtitles C
                                            and D of title I, the term ‘‘eligible youth’’ means an in-school
                                            youth or out-of-school youth.¿
                                               (21) ELIGIBLE YOUTH.—Except as provided in subtitles C and
                                            D of title I, the term ‘‘eligible youth’’ means—
                                                    (A) an opportunity youth; or
                                                    (B) a youth who is not younger than 14 years of age and
                                                 not older than 24 years of age, who can self-attest, in a
                                                 manner consistent with section 402A(e) of the Higher Edu-
                                                 cation Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a–11(e)), that the
                                                 youth—
                                                          (i) is attending school (as defined by State law);
                                                          (ii) is a low-income individual; and
                                                          (iii) is one or more of the following:
                                                                (I) An English learner.
                                                                (II) An individual impacted by the juvenile or
                                                             adult justice system.
                                                                (III) A homeless individual (as defined in section
                                                             41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of
                                                             1994 (42 U.S.C. 14043e–2(6))), a homeless child or




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00129   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     126

                                                            youth (as defined in section 725(2) of the McKin-
                                                            ney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                            11434a(2))), a runaway, a child or youth in foster
                                                            care or who has aged out of the foster care system,
                                                            a child or youth eligible for assistance under sec-
                                                            tion 477 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 677),
                                                            or a child or youth in an out-of-home placement.
                                                               (IV) An individual who is pregnant or parenting.
                                                               (V) An individual with a disability.
                                               ø(19)¿ (22) EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITY.—The term
                                            ‘‘employment and training activity’’ means an activity de-
                                            scribed in section 134 that is carried out for an adult or dis-
                                            located worker.
                                               ø(20)¿ (23) ENGLISH LANGUAGE ACQUISITION PROGRAM.—The
                                            term ‘‘English language acquisition program’’ has the meaning
                                            given the term in section 203.
                                               ø(21)¿ (24) ENGLISH øLANGUAGE¿ LEARNER.—The term
                                            ‘‘English ølanguage¿ learner’’ has the meaning given the term
                                            in section 203.
                                               (25) EVIDENCE-BASED.—The term ‘‘evidence-based’’, when
                                            used with respect to an activity, strategy, or intervention, means
                                            an activity, strategy or intervention that—
                                                   (A) demonstrates a statistically significant effect on im-
                                                 proving participant outcomes or other relevant outcomes
                                                 based on—
                                                         (i) strong evidence from at least 1 well-designed and
                                                      well-implemented experimental study;
                                                         (ii) moderate evidence from at least 1 well-designed
                                                      and well-implemented quasi-experimental study; or
                                                         (iii) promising evidence from at least 1 well-designed
                                                      and well-implemented correlational study with statis-
                                                      tical controls for selection bias; or
                                                   (B)(i) demonstrates a rationale based on high-quality re-
                                                 search findings or positive evaluation that such activity,
                                                 strategy, or intervention is likely to improve student out-
                                                 comes or other relevant outcomes; and
                                                   (ii) includes ongoing efforts to examine the effects of such
                                                 activity, strategy, or intervention.
                                               (26) FOUNDATIONAL SKILL NEEDS.—The term ‘‘foundational
                                            skill needs’’ means, with respect to an individual—
                                                   (A) who is a youth or adult, that the individual has
                                                 English reading, writing, or computing skills at or below
                                                 the 8th grade level on a generally accepted standardized
                                                 test; or
                                                   (B) who is a youth or adult, that the individual is unable
                                                 to compute or solve problems, or read, write, or speak
                                                 English, or does not possess digital literacy, interpersonal
                                                 communication, time management, critical thinking, or fi-
                                                 nancial literacy skills at a level necessary to function on the
                                                 job, in the individual’s family, or in society.
                                               ø(22)¿ (27) GOVERNOR.—The term ‘‘Governor’’ means the
                                            chief executive of a State or an outlying area.
                                               ø(23)¿ (28) IN-DEMAND INDUSTRY SECTOR OR OCCUPATION.—
                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘‘in-demand industry sector
                                                 or occupation’’ means—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00130   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     127

                                                         (i) an industry sector that has a substantial current
                                                      or potential impact (including through jobs that lead
                                                      to economic self-sufficiency and opportunities for ad-
                                                      vancement) on the State, regional, or local economy, as
                                                      appropriate, and that contributes to the growth or sta-
                                                      bility of other supporting businesses, or the growth of
                                                      other industry sectors; or
                                                         (ii) an occupation that currently has or is projected
                                                      to have a number of positions (including positions that
                                                      lead to economic self-sufficiency and opportunities for
                                                      advancement) in an industry sector so as to have a
                                                      significant impact on the State, regional, or local econ-
                                                      omy, as appropriate.
                                                    (B) DETERMINATION.—The determination of whether an
                                                 industry sector or occupation is in-demand under this
                                                 paragraph shall be made by the State board or local board,
                                                 as appropriate, using State and regional business and
                                                 labor market projections, including the use of labor market
                                                 information.
                                               ø(24) INDIVIDUAL WITH A BARRIER TO EMPLOYMENT.—The
                                            term ‘‘individual with a barrier to employment’’ means a mem-
                                            ber of 1 or more of the following populations:
                                                    ø(A) Displaced homemakers.
                                                    ø(B) Low-income individuals.
                                                    ø(C) Indians, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiians, as
                                                 such terms are defined in section 166.
                                                    ø(D) Individuals with disabilities, including youth who
                                                 are individuals with disabilities.
                                                    ø(E) Older individuals.
                                                    ø(F) Ex-offenders.
                                                    ø(G) Homeless individuals (as defined in section
                                                 41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994 (42
                                                 U.S.C. 14043e-2(6))), or homeless children and youths (as
                                                 defined in section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
                                                 Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2))).
                                                    ø(H) Youth who are in or have aged out of the foster
                                                 care system.
                                                    ø(I) Individuals who are English language learners, indi-
                                                 viduals who have low levels of literacy, and individuals
                                                 facing substantial cultural barriers.
                                                    ø(J) Eligible migrant and seasonal farmworkers, as de-
                                                 fined in section 167(i).
                                                    ø(K) Individuals within 2 years of exhausting lifetime
                                                 eligibility under part A of title IV of the Social Security
                                                 Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.).
                                                    ø(L) Single parents (including single pregnant women).
                                                    ø(M) Long-term unemployed individuals.
                                                    ø(N) Such other groups as the Governor involved deter-
                                                 mines to have barriers to employment.¿
                                               (29) INDIVIDUAL WITH A BARRIER TO EMPLOYMENT.—The term
                                            ‘‘individual with a barrier to employment’’ means a member of
                                            1 or more of the following populations:
                                                    (A) Displaced caregivers.
                                                    (B) Low-income individuals.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00131   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     128

                                                    (C) Indians, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiians, as
                                                 such terms are defined in section 166.
                                                    (D) Individuals with disabilities, including youth who
                                                 are individuals with disabilities.
                                                    (E) Older individuals.
                                                    (F) Justice-involved individuals.
                                                    (G) Homeless individuals (as defined in section 41403(6)
                                                 of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994 (42 U.S.C.
                                                 14043e–2(6))), or homeless children and youths (as defined
                                                 in section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assist-
                                                 ance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2))).
                                                    (H) Youth who are in or have aged out of the foster care
                                                 system.
                                                    (I) Individuals who are English learners, individuals
                                                 who have low levels of literacy including digital literacy, or
                                                 individuals facing substantial cultural barriers.
                                                    (J) Eligible migrant and seasonal farmworkers, as de-
                                                 fined in section 167(i).
                                                    (K) Individuals who exhausted lifetime eligibility under
                                                 part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601
                                                 et seq.).
                                                    (L) Single parents (including single pregnant women).
                                                    (M) Long-term unemployed individuals.
                                                    (N) The spouse of, or youth with a parent who is—
                                                          (i) a member of the armed forces (as such term is de-
                                                       fined in section 101(a)(4) of title 10, United States
                                                       Code);
                                                          (ii) on active duty (as such term is defined in section
                                                       101(d)(1) of such title); and
                                                          (iii) deployed or recently transferred.
                                                    (O) Individuals who have been historically underserved
                                                 and marginalized as a result of race, color, national origin,
                                                 sexual orientation, or gender identity.
                                                    (P) Such other groups as the Governor involved deter-
                                                 mines to have barriers to employment.
                                               ø(25)¿ (30) INDIVIDUAL WITH A DISABILITY.—
                                                    (A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘‘individual with a dis-
                                                 ability’’ means an individual with a disability as defined in
                                                 section 3 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42
                                                 U.S.C. 12102).
                                                    (B) INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES.—The term ‘‘individ-
                                                 uals with disabilities’’ means more than 1 individual with
                                                 a disability.
                                               ø(26)¿ (31) INDUSTRY OR SECTOR PARTNERSHIP.—The term
                                            ‘‘industry or sector partnership’’ means a workforce collabo-
                                            rative, convened by or acting in partnership with a State board
                                            or local board, that—
                                                    (A) organizes key stakeholders in an industry cluster
                                                 into a working group that focuses on the shared goals and
                                                 human resources needs of the industry cluster and that in-
                                                 cludes, at the appropriate stage of development of the
                                                 partnership—
                                                          (i) representatives of multiple businesses or other
                                                       employers in the industry cluster, including small and
                                                       medium-sized employers when practicable;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00132   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     129

                                                         (ii) 1 or more representatives of a recognized State
                                                       labor organization or central labor council, or another
                                                       labor representative, as appropriate; and
                                                         (iii) 1 or more representatives of an institution of
                                                       higher education with, or another provider of, edu-
                                                       cation or training programs that support the industry
                                                       cluster; and
                                                    (B) may include representatives of—
                                                         (i) State or local government;
                                                         (ii) State or local economic development agencies;
                                                         (iii) State boards or local boards, as appropriate;
                                                         (iv) a State workforce agency or other entity pro-
                                                       viding employment services;
                                                         (v) other State or local agencies;
                                                         (vi) business or trade associations;
                                                         (vii) economic development organizations;
                                                         (viii) nonprofit organizations, community-based or-
                                                       ganizations, or intermediaries;
                                                         (ix) philanthropic organizations;
                                                         (x) industry associations; and
                                                         (xi) other organizations, as determined to be nec-
                                                       essary by the members comprising the industry or sec-
                                                       tor partnership.
                                               ø(27) IN-SCHOOL YOUTH.—The term ‘‘in-school youth’’ means
                                            a youth described in section 129(a)(1)(C).¿
                                               ø(28)¿ (32) INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION.—The term
                                            ‘‘institution of higher education’’ has the meaning given the
                                            term in section 101, and subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section
                                            102(a)(1), of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001,
                                            1002(a)(1)).
                                               ø(29)¿ (33) INTEGRATED EDUCATION AND TRAINING.—The
                                            term ‘‘integrated education and training’’ has the meaning
                                            given the term in section 203.
                                               ø(38) OFFENDER.—¿ (34) JUSTICE-INVOLVED INDIVIDUAL.— .—
                                            The term ‘‘øoffender¿ justice-involved individual’’ means an
                                            adult or juvenile—
                                                    (A) who is or has been subject to any stage of the crimi-
                                                  nal justice process, and for whom services under this Act
                                                  may be beneficial; or
                                                    (B) who requires assistance in overcoming artificial bar-
                                                  riers to employment resulting from a record of arrest or
                                                  conviction.
                                               ø(30)¿ (35) LABOR MARKET AREA.—The term ‘‘labor market
                                            area’’ means an economically integrated geographic area within
                                            which individuals can reside and find employment within a
                                            reasonable distance or can readily change employment without
                                            changing their place of residence. Such an area shall be identi-
                                            fied in accordance with criteria used by the Bureau of Labor
                                            Statistics of the Department of Labor and the economic devel-
                                            opment agency in defining such areas or similar criteria estab-
                                            lished by a Governor.
                                               (36) LABOR ORGANIZATION.—The term ‘‘labor organization’’
                                            has the meaning given the term in section 2(5) of the National
                                            Labor Relations Act (29 U.S.C. 152(5)), except that such term
                                            shall also include—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00133   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     130

                                                   (A) any organization composed of labor organizations,
                                                 such as a labor union federation or a State or municipal
                                                 labor body; and
                                                   (B) any organization which would be included in the def-
                                                 inition for such term under such section 2(5) but for the
                                                 fact that the organization represents—
                                                         (i) individuals employed by the United States, any
                                                      wholly owned Government corporation, any Federal
                                                      Reserve Bank, or any State or political subdivision
                                                      thereof;
                                                         (ii) individuals employed by persons subject to the
                                                      Railway Labor Act (45 25 U.S.C. 151 et seq.); or
                                                         (iii) individuals employed as agricultural laborers.
                                              ø(31)¿ (37) LITERACY.—The term ‘‘literacy’’ has the meaning
                                            given the term in section 203.
                                              ø(32)¿ (38) LOCAL AREA.—The term ‘‘local area’’ means a
                                            local workforce investment area designated under section 106,
                                            subject to sections 106(c)(3)(A), 107(c)(4)(B)(i), and 189(i).
                                              ø(33)¿ (39) LOCAL BOARD.—The term ‘‘local board’’ means a
                                            local workforce development board established under section
                                            107, subject to section 107(c)(4)(B)(i).
                                              ø(34)¿ (40) LOCAL EDUCATIONAL AGENCY.—The term ‘‘local
                                            educational agency’’ has the meaning given the term in section
                                            8101 of the Elementaryand Secondary Education Act of 1965.
                                              ø(35)¿ (41) LOCAL PLAN.—The term ‘‘local plan’’ means a
                                            plan submitted under section 108, subject to section
                                            106(c)(3)(B).
                                              ø(36)¿ (42) LOW-INCOME INDIVIDUAL.—
                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘‘low-income individual’’
                                                 means an individual who—
                                                         (i) receives, or in the past 6 months has received, or
                                                      is a member of a family that is receiving or in the past
                                                      6 months has received, assistance through the supple-
                                                      mental nutrition assistance program established under
                                                      the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et
                                                      seq.), the program of block grants to States for tem-
                                                      porary assistance for needy families program under
                                                      part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                      601 et seq.), or the supplemental security income pro-
                                                      gram established under title XVI of the Social Security
                                                      Act (42 U.S.C. 1381 et seq.), or State or local income-
                                                      based public assistance;
                                                         (ii) is in a family with total family income that does
                                                      not exceed the higher of—
                                                               ø(I) the poverty line; or¿
                                                               (I) 150 percent of the poverty line (exclusive of
                                                            unemployment compensation, child support pay-
                                                            ments, payments described in this subparagraph,
                                                            and old-age and survivors insurance benefits re-
                                                            ceived under section 202 of the Social Security Act
                                                            (42 U.S.C. 402)); or
                                                               (II) 70 percent of the lower living standard in-
                                                            come level;
                                                         (iii) is a homeless individual (as defined in section
                                                      41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00134   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     131

                                                       (42 U.S.C. 14043e-2(6))), or a homeless child or youth
                                                       (as defined under section 725(2) of the McKinney-
                                                       Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2)));
                                                          (iv) receives or is eligible to receive a free or reduced
                                                       price lunch under the Richard B. Russell National
                                                       School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1751 et seq.);
                                                          (v) is a foster child on behalf of whom State or local
                                                       government payments are made; øor¿
                                                          (vi) is an individual with a disability whose own in-
                                                       come meets the income requirement of clause (ii), but
                                                       who is a member of a family whose income does not
                                                       meet this requirementø.¿; or
                                                          (vii) is an individual who is—
                                                               (I) an eligible migrant or seasonal farmworker,
                                                             as defined in section 167(i); and
                                                               (II) in a family with total family income that
                                                             does not exceed 150 percent of the poverty line.
                                                     (B) LOWER LIVING STANDARD INCOME LEVEL.—The term
                                                 ‘‘lower living standard income level’’ means that income
                                                 level (adjusted for regional, metropolitan, urban, and rural
                                                 differences and family size) determined annually by the
                                                 Secretary of Labor øbased on the most recent lower living
                                                 family budget issued by the Secretary¿.
                                               ø(37) NONTRADITIONAL EMPLOYMENT.—The term ‘‘nontradi-
                                            tional employment’’ refers to occupations or fields of work, for
                                            which individuals from the gender involved comprise less than
                                            25 percent of the individuals employed in each such occupation
                                            or field of work.¿
                                               (43) NONTRADITIONAL EMPLOYMENT.—The term ‘‘nontradi-
                                            tional employment’’ refers to occupations or fields of work, for
                                            which a group of individuals (such as individuals from the
                                            same gender, race, or ethnicity), the members of which—
                                                     (A) comprise less than 25 percent of the individuals em-
                                                 ployed in each such occupation or field of work; or
                                                     (B) comprise a percentage of individuals employed in
                                                 such occupation that is lower than the percentage of the
                                                 total population comprised by such members, based on the
                                                 most recent data from the Bureau of the Census.
                                               ø(39)¿ (44) OLDER INDIVIDUAL.—The term ‘‘older individual’’
                                            means an individual age 55 or older.
                                               ø(40)¿ (45) ONE-STOP CENTER.—The term ‘‘one-stop center’’
                                            means a site described in section 121(e)(2).
                                               ø(41)¿ (46) ONE-STOP OPERATOR.—The term ‘‘one-stop oper-
                                            ator’’ means 1 or more entities designated or certified under
                                            section 121(d).
                                               ø(42)¿ (47) ONE-STOP PARTNER.—The term ‘‘one-stop partner’’
                                            means—
                                                     (A) an entity described in section 121(b)(1); and
                                                     (B) an entity described in section 121(b)(2) that is par-
                                                 ticipating, with the approval of the local board and chief
                                                 elected official, in the operation of a one-stop delivery sys-
                                                 tem.
                                               ø(43)¿ (48) ONE-STOP PARTNER PROGRAM.—The term ‘‘one-
                                            stop partner program’’ means a program or activities described
                                            in section 121(b) of a one-stop partner.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00135   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     132

                                              ø(44)¿ (49) ON-THE-JOB TRAINING.—The term ‘‘on-the-job
                                            training’’ means training by an employer that is provided to a
                                            paid participant while engaged in productive work in a job
                                            that—
                                                   (A) provides knowledge or skills essential to the full and
                                                adequate performance of the job;
                                                   (B) is made available through a program that provides
                                                reimbursement to the employer of up to 50 percent of the
                                                wage rate of the participant, except as provided in section
                                                134(c)(3)(H), for the extraordinary costs of providing the
                                                training and additional supervision related to the training;
                                                and
                                                   (C) is limited in duration as appropriate to the occupa-
                                                tion for which the participant is being trained, taking into
                                                account the content of the training, the prior work experi-
                                                ence of the participant, and the service strategy of the par-
                                                ticipant, as appropriate.
                                              (50) OPPORTUNITY YOUTH.—The term ‘‘opportunity youth’’—
                                                   (A) means an individual—
                                                        (i) who is not younger than 16 years of age and not
                                                     older than 24 years of age; and
                                                        (ii) who can self-attest to a one-stop operator or one-
                                                     stop center, in a manner consistent with section
                                                     402A(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                     1070a–11(e)) that the individual is—
                                                             (I) not attending any school (as defined under
                                                           State law); and
                                                             (II) not employed; and
                                                   (B) except in the case of an individual who is a low-in-
                                                come individual and has foundational skill needs, does not
                                                include any individual who is a recipient of a secondary
                                                school diploma or its recognized equivalent.
                                              ø(45)¿ (51) OUTLYING AREA.—The term ‘‘outlying area’’
                                            means—
                                                   (A) American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of the
                                                Northern Mariana Islands, and the United States Virgin
                                                Islands; and
                                                   (B) the Republic of Palau, except during any period for
                                                which the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Edu-
                                                cation determine that a Compact of Free Association is in
                                                effect and contains provisions for training and education
                                                assistance prohibiting the assistance provided under this
                                                Act.
                                              ø(46) OUT-OF-SCHOOL YOUTH.—The term ‘‘out-of-school
                                            youth’’ means a youth described in section 129(a)(1)(B).¿
                                              ø(47)¿ (52) PAY-FOR-PERFORMANCE CONTRACT STRATEGY.—
                                            The term ‘‘pay-for-performance contract strategy’’ means a pro-
                                            curement strategy that uses pay-for-performance contracts in
                                            the provision of training services described in section 134(c)(3)
                                            or activities described in section 129(c)(2), and includes—
                                                   (A) contracts, each of which shall specify a fixed amount
                                                that will be paid to an eligible service provider (which may
                                                include a local or national community-based organization
                                                or intermediary, community college, or other training pro-
                                                vider, that is eligible under section 122 or 123, as appro-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00136   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     133

                                                 priate) based on the achievement of specified levels of per-
                                                 formance on the primary indicators of performance de-
                                                 scribed in section 116(b)(2)(A) for target populations as
                                                 identified by the local board (including individuals with
                                                 barriers to employment), within a defined timetable, and
                                                 which may provide for bonus payments to such service pro-
                                                 vider to expand capacity to provide effective training;
                                                    (B) a strategy for independently validating the achieve-
                                                 ment of the performance described in subparagraph (A);
                                                 and
                                                    (C) a description of how the State or local area will re-
                                                 allocate funds not paid to a provider because the achieve-
                                                 ment of the performance described in subparagraph (A) did
                                                 not occur, for further activities related to such a procure-
                                                 ment strategy, subject to section 189(g)(4).
                                               (53) PERKINS-ELIGIBLE AGENCY.—The term ‘‘Perkins-eligible
                                            agency’’ has the meaning given the term ‘‘eligible agency’’ in sec-
                                            tion 3 of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education
                                            Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2302).
                                               ø(48)¿ (54) PLANNING REGION.—The term ‘‘planning region’’
                                            means a region described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of section
                                            106(a)(2), subject to section 107(c)(4)(B)(i).
                                               ø(49)¿ (55) POVERTY LINE.—The term ‘‘poverty line’’ means
                                            the poverty line (as defined by the Office of Management and
                                            Budget, and revised annually in accordance with section 673(2)
                                            of the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C.
                                            9902(2))) applicable to a family of the size involved.
                                               (56) PRE-APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM.—The term ‘‘pre-appren-
                                            ticeship program’’ means a training model or program that—
                                                    (A) is designed to prepare participants to enter an ap-
                                                 prenticeship program;
                                                    (B) has a written agreement with 1 or more sponsors of
                                                 apprenticeship programs that would enable participants
                                                 who successfully complete the pre-apprenticeship pro-
                                                 gram—
                                                        (i) to enter into the apprenticeship program if a place
                                                      in the program is available and if the participant
                                                      meets the qualifications of the apprenticeship program;
                                                      and
                                                        (ii) to earn credits towards the apprenticeship pro-
                                                      gram;
                                                    (C) includes skills development (including a curriculum
                                                 for the skills development) aligned with industry standards
                                                 related to an apprenticeship program created in consulta-
                                                 tion with sponsors of the apprenticeship program that are
                                                 parties to the written agreement under subparagraph (B),
                                                 and that will prepare participants by teaching the skills
                                                 and competencies needed to enter 1 or more apprenticeship
                                                 programs; and
                                                    (D) does not displace a paid employee.
                                               ø(50)¿ (57) PUBLIC ASSISTANCE.—The term ‘‘public assist-
                                            ance’’ means Federal, State, or local government cash pay-
                                            ments for which eligibility is determined by a needs or income
                                            test.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00137   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     134

                                               ø(51)¿ (58) RAPID RESPONSE ACTIVITY.—The term ‘‘rapid re-
                                            sponse activity’’ means an activity provided by a State, or by
                                            an entity designated by a State, with funds provided by the
                                            State under section 134(a)(1)(A), in the case of a permanent
                                            closure or mass layoff at a plant, facility, or enterprise, or a
                                            natural or other disaster, that results in mass job dislocation,
                                            in order to assist dislocated workers in obtaining reemploy-
                                            ment in a job position of similar wages and benefits, to the
                                            greatest extent possible, or on the job training for a new occupa-
                                            tion or industry, as soon as possible, with services including—
                                                   (A) the establishment of onsite contact with employers
                                                 and employee representatives—
                                                         (i) immediately after the State is notified of a cur-
                                                      rent or projected permanent closure or mass layoff; or
                                                         (ii) in the case of a disaster, immediately after the
                                                      State is made aware of mass job dislocation as a result
                                                      of such disaster;
                                                   (B) the provision of information on and access to avail-
                                                 able employment and training activities;
                                                   (C) assistance in establishing a labor-management com-
                                                 mittee, voluntarily agreed to by labor and management,
                                                 with the ability to devise and implement a strategy for as-
                                                 sessing the employment and training needs of dislocated
                                                 workers and obtaining services to meet such needs;
                                                   (D) the provision of emergency assistance adapted to the
                                                 particular closure, layoff, or disaster; and
                                                   (E) the provision of assistance to the local community in
                                                 developing a coordinated response and in obtaining access
                                                 to State economic development assistance.
                                               ø(52)¿ (59) RECOGNIZED POSTSECONDARY CREDENTIAL.—The
                                            term ‘‘recognized postsecondary credential’’ means a credential
                                            consisting of an industry-recognized certificate or certification,
                                            a certificate of completion of an apprenticeship, a license recog-
                                            nized by the State involved or Federal Government, or an asso-
                                            ciate or baccalaureate degree.
                                               ø(53)¿ (60) REGION.—The term ‘‘region’’, used without fur-
                                            ther description, means a region identified under section
                                            106(a), subject to section 107(c)(4)(B)(i) and except as provided
                                            in section 106(b)(1)(B)(ii).
                                               ø(54) SCHOOL DROPOUT.—The term ‘‘school dropout’’ means
                                            an individual who is no longer attending any school and who
                                            has not received a secondary school diploma or its recognized
                                            equivalent.¿
                                               ø(55)¿ (61) SECONDARY SCHOOL.—The term ‘‘secondary
                                            school’’ has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of the
                                            Elementaryand Secondary Education Act of 1965.
                                               ø(56)¿ (62) STATE.—The term ‘‘State’’ means each of the sev-
                                            eral States of the United States, the District of Columbia, and
                                            øthe Commonwealth of¿ Puerto Rico.
                                               ø(57)¿ (63) STATE BOARD.—The term ‘‘State board’’ means a
                                            State workforce development board established under section
                                            101.
                                               ø(58)¿ (64) STATE PLAN.—The term ‘‘State plan’’, used with-
                                            out further description, means a unified State plan under sec-
                                            tion 102 or a combined State plan under section 103.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00138   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     135

                                               ø(59) SUPPORTIVE SERVICES.—The term ‘‘supportive services’’
                                            means services such as transportation, child care, dependent
                                            care, housing, and needs-related payments, that are necessary
                                            to enable an individual to participate in activities authorized
                                            under this Act.¿
                                               (65) SUPPORTIVE SERVICES.—The term ‘‘supportive services’’
                                            means services such as transportation, child care, dependent
                                            care, housing, food and nutrition services, mental health care
                                            supports, substance use disorder treatment, access to
                                            broadband, affordable internet connection, or digital devices
                                            with connection to the internet, assistive technology, and needs-
                                            related payments, that are necessary to enable an individual to
                                            participate in workforce development activities.
                                               ø(60)¿ (66) TRAINING SERVICES.—The term ‘‘training services’’
                                            means services described in section 134(c)(3).
                                               ø(61)¿ (67) UNEMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL.—The term ‘‘unem-
                                            ployed individual’’ means an individual who is without a job
                                            and who wants and is available for work. The determination
                                            of whether an individual is without a job, for purposes of this
                                            paragraph, shall be made in accordance with the criteria used
                                            by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor
                                            in defining individuals as unemployed.
                                               ø(62)¿ (68) UNIT OF GENERAL LOCAL GOVERNMENT.—The
                                            term ‘‘unit of general local government’’ means any general
                                            purpose political subdivision of a State that has the power to
                                            levy taxes and spend funds, as well as general corporate and
                                            police powers.
                                               ø(63)¿ (69) VETERAN; RELATED DEFINITION.—
                                                    (A) VETERAN.—The term ‘‘veteran’’ has the meaning
                                                 given the term in section 101 of title 38, United States
                                                 Code.
                                                    (B) RECENTLY SEPARATED VETERAN.—The term ‘‘recently
                                                 separated veteran’’ means any veteran who applies for par-
                                                 ticipation under this Act within 48 months after the dis-
                                                 charge or release from active military, naval, or air serv-
                                                 ice.
                                               ø(64)¿ (70) VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION PROGRAM.—The
                                            term ‘‘vocational rehabilitation program’’ means a program au-
                                            thorized under a provision covered under paragraph (13)(D).
                                               (71) WORK-BASED LEARNING.—The term ‘‘work-based learn-
                                            ing’’ has the meaning given the term in section 3 of the Carl D.
                                            Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C.
                                            2302).
                                               (72) WORKFORCE AGENCY.—The term ‘‘workforce agency’’
                                            means the State agency or local agency responsible for admin-
                                            istering workforce development activities or the workforce devel-
                                            opment system.
                                               ø(65)¿ (73) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITY.—The term
                                            ‘‘workforce development activity’’ means an activity carried out
                                            through a workforce development program.
                                               ø(66)¿ (74) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM.—The term
                                            ‘‘workforce development program’’ means a program made
                                            available through a workforce development system.
                                               ø(67)¿ (75) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM.—The term
                                            ‘‘workforce development system’’ means a system that makes




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00139   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     136

                                            available the core programs, the other one-stop partner pro-
                                            grams, and any other programs providing employment and
                                            training services as identified by a State board or local board.
                                               ø(68)¿ (76) WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITY.—The term
                                            ‘‘workforce investment activity’’ means an employment and
                                            training activity, and a youth workforce investment activity.
                                               ø(69)¿ (77) WORKFORCE PREPARATION ACTIVITIES.—The term
                                            ‘‘workforce preparation activities’’ has the meaning given the
                                            term in section 203.
                                               ø(70)¿ (78) WORKPLACE LEARNING ADVISOR.—The term
                                            ‘‘workplace learning advisor’’ means an individual employed by
                                            an organization who has the knowledge and skills necessary to
                                            advise other employees of that organization about the edu-
                                            cation, skill development, job training, career counseling serv-
                                            ices, and credentials, including services provided through the
                                            workforce development system, required to progress toward ca-
                                            reer goals of such employees in order to meet employer re-
                                            quirements related to job openings and career advancements
                                            that support economic self-sufficiency.
                                               ø(71)¿ (79) YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITY.—The
                                            term ‘‘youth workforce investment activity’’ means an activity
                                            described in section 129 that is carried out for eligible youth
                                            (or as described in section 129(a)(3)(A)).

                                           TITLE I—WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
                                                      ACTIVITIES
                                                        Subtitle A—System Alignment
                                                           CHAPTER 1—STATE PROVISIONS
                                     SEC. 101. STATE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARDS.
                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—The Governor of a State shall establish a State
                                     workforce development board to carry out the functions described
                                     in subsection (d).
                                       (b) MEMBERSHIP.—
                                           (1) IN GENERAL.—The State board shall include—
                                                (A) the Governor;
                                                (B) a member of each chamber of the State legislature
                                             (to the extent consistent with State law), appointed by the
                                             appropriate presiding officers of such chamber; and
                                                (C) members appointed by the Governor, of which—
                                                     (i) a majority shall be representatives of businesses
                                                  in the State, who—
                                                           (I) are owners of businesses, chief executives or
                                                        operating officers of businesses, or other business
                                                        executives or employers with optimum policy-
                                                        making or hiring authority, and who, in addition,
                                                        may be members of a local board described in sec-
                                                        tion 107(b)(2)(A)(i);
                                                           (II) represent businesses (including small busi-
                                                        nesses), or organizations representing businesses
                                                        described in this subclause, that provide employ-
                                                        ment opportunities that, at a minimum, include




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00140   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     137

                                                               high-quality, work-relevant training and develop-
                                                               ment in in-demand industry sectors or occupations
                                                               in the State; and
                                                                  (III) are appointed from among individuals nom-
                                                               inated by State business organizations and busi-
                                                               ness trade associations;
                                                            (ii) not less than ø20 percent¿ 30 percent shall be
                                                          representatives of the workforce within the State,
                                                          who—
                                                                  (I) shall include representatives of labor organi-
                                                               zations, who have been nominated by State labor
                                                               federations;
                                                                  (II) shall include a representative, who shall be
                                                               a member of a labor organization or a training di-
                                                               rector, from a joint labor-management apprentice-
                                                               ship program, or if no such joint program exists in
                                                               the State, such a representative of an apprentice-
                                                               ship program in the State;
                                                                  (III) may include representatives of community-
                                                               based organizations that have demonstrated expe-
                                                               rience and expertise in addressing the employ-
                                                               ment, training, or education needs of individuals
                                                               with barriers to employment, including organiza-
                                                               tions that serve veterans, justice-involved individ-
                                                               uals, or that provide or support competitive, inte-
                                                               grated employment for individuals with disabil-
                                                               ities; and
                                                                  (IV) may include representatives of organiza-
                                                               tions that have demonstrated experience and ex-
                                                               pertise in addressing the employment, training, or
                                                               education needs of eligible youth, including rep-
                                                               resentatives of organizations that serve øout-of-
                                                               school¿ opportunity youth; and
                                                            (iii) the balance—
                                                                  (I) shall include representatives of government,
                                                               who—
                                                                        (aa) shall include the lead State officials
                                                                     with primary responsibility for the core pro-
                                                                     grams; øand¿
                                                                        (bb) shall include chief elected officials (col-
                                                                     lectively representing both cities and counties,
                                                                     where appropriate); and
                                                                        (cc) State agency officials responsible for the
                                                                     daily administration of education programs in
                                                                     the State, including secondary education and
                                                                     adult education programs, and chief executive
                                                                     officers (or their representatives) of community
                                                                     colleges and other institutions of higher edu-
                                                                     cation; and
                                                                  (II) may include such other representatives and
                                                               officials as the Governor may designate, such as—
                                                                        (aa) the State agency officials from agencies
                                                                     that are one-stop partners not specified in
                                                                     subclause (I) (including additional one-stop




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00141   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     138

                                                              partners whose programs are covered by the
                                                              State plan, if any);
                                                                 ø(bb) State agency officials responsible for
                                                              economic development or juvenile justice pro-
                                                              grams in the State;¿
                                                                 (bb) State agency officials responsible for
                                                              adult or juvenile justice programs in the State;
                                                                 (cc) individuals who represent an Indian
                                                              tribe or tribal organization, as such terms are
                                                              defined in section 166(b); øand¿
                                                                 ø(dd) State agency officials responsible for
                                                              education programs in the State, including
                                                              chief executive officers of community colleges
                                                              and other institutions of higher education.¿
                                                                 (dd) State agency officials responsible for vo-
                                                              cational rehabilitation; and
                                                                 (ee) State agency officials responsible for eco-
                                                              nomic development.
                                             (2) DIVERSE AND DISTINCT REPRESENTATION.—The members
                                          of the State board shall represent diverse geographic areas of
                                          the State, including urban, rural, and suburban areas, and di-
                                          verse demographic populations of the State.
                                             (3) NO REPRESENTATION OF MULTIPLE CATEGORIES.—No per-
                                          son shall serve as a member for more than 1 of—
                                                  (A) the category described in paragraph (1)(C)(i); or
                                                  (B) 1 category described in a subclause of clause (ii) or
                                               (iii) of paragraph (1)(C).
                                       (c) CHAIRPERSON.—The Governor shall select a chairperson for
                                     the State board from among the representatives described in sub-
                                     section (b)(1)(C)(i).
                                       (d) FUNCTIONS.—The State board shall assist the Governor in—
                                             (1) the development, implementation, and modification of the
                                          State plan;
                                             (2) consistent with paragraph (1), the review of statewide
                                          policies, of statewide programs, and of recommendations on ac-
                                          tions that should be taken by the State to align workforce de-
                                          velopment programs in the State in a manner that supports a
                                          comprehensive and streamlined workforce development system
                                          in the State, including the review and provision of comments
                                          on the State plans, if any, for programs and activities of one-
                                          stop partners that are not core programs;
                                             (3) the development and continuous improvement of the
                                          workforce development system in the State, including—
                                                  (A) the identification of barriers and means for removing
                                               barriers to better coordinate, align, øand avoid duplica-
                                               tion¿ avoid duplication, and leverage resources and exper-
                                               tise among the programs and activities carried out through
                                               the system;
                                                  (B) the development of strategies to support and expand
                                               the use of career pathways for the purpose of providing in-
                                               dividuals, including low-skilled adults, youth, and individ-
                                               uals with barriers to employment (including individuals
                                               with disabilities), with workforce investment activities,
                                               education, and supportive services to øenter or retain em-
                                               ployment¿ enter in, retain, or progress in employment;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00142   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     139

                                                   (C) the development of strategies for providing effective
                                                and equitable outreach to and improved access for individ-
                                                uals and employers who could benefit from services pro-
                                                vided through the workforce development system, includ-
                                                ing individuals with barriers to employment;
                                                   (D) the development and expansion of strategies for
                                                meeting the needs of employers, workers, and jobseekers,
                                                particularly through industry or sector partnerships re-
                                                lated to in-demand industry sectors and occupations;
                                                   (E) the øidentification of¿ continued identification of and
                                                support for regions, including planning regions, for the
                                                purposes of section 106(a), and the designation of local
                                                areas under section 106, after consultation with local
                                                boards and chief elected officials;
                                                   (F) the development and continuous improvement of the
                                                one-stop delivery system in local areas, including providing
                                                assistance to local boards, one-stop operators, one-stop
                                                partners, affiliated sites, and providers with planning and
                                                delivering services, including training øservices and sup-
                                                portive¿ services, career services, and supportive services,
                                                to support effective delivery of services to workers, job-
                                                seekers, and employers; and
                                                   (G) the development of strategies to support ongoing
                                                staff training and awareness across programs supported
                                                under the workforce development system;
                                              (4) the development and updating of comprehensive State
                                            performance accountability measures, including State adjusted
                                            levels of performance, to assess the effectiveness of the core
                                            programs in the State as required under section 116(b);
                                              (5) the identification and dissemination of information on
                                            best practices, including best practices for—
                                                   (A) the effective operation of one-stop øcenters, relating
                                                to the use of business outreach, partnerships, and service
                                                delivery strategies, including¿ centers, including the use of
                                                evidence-based strategies for such operations, the latest in
                                                digital technology and tools, and the use of partnerships to
                                                expand and improve services to jobseekers and workers, in-
                                                cluding strategies for serving individuals with barriers to
                                                employment;
                                                   (B) local boards and one-stop centers on effective out-
                                                reach and enhanced services to businesses, joint labor-man-
                                                agement partnerships, industry associations, and industry
                                                or sector partnerships, to provide employment and training
                                                activities reflective of regional economic priorities and the
                                                skill and competency needs of in-demand industry sectors
                                                and occupations;
                                                   ø(B)¿ (C) the development of effective local boards,
                                                which may include information on factors that contribute
                                                to enabling local boards to exceed negotiated local levels of
                                                performance, sustain fiscal integrity, and achieve other
                                                measures of effectiveness; and
                                                   ø(C)¿ (D) effective training programs that respond to
                                                real-time labor market analysis, that effectively use direct
                                                assessment and prior learning assessment to measure an
                                                individual’s prior knowledge, skills, competencies, and ex-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00143   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     140

                                                 periences, and that evaluate such skills, and competencies
                                                 for øadaptability, to¿ adaptablity to reduce the time re-
                                                 quired for attainment of a recognized postsecondary creden-
                                                 tial or reskilling, and support efficient placement into em-
                                                 ployment or career pathways;
                                              (6) the development and review of statewide policies affect-
                                            ing the coordinated provision of services through the State’s
                                            one-stop delivery system described in section 121(e), including
                                            the development of—
                                                    (A) objective criteria and procedures for use by local
                                                 boards in assessing the effectiveness and continuous im-
                                                 provement of one-stop centers described in such section;
                                                    (B) guidance for the allocation of one-stop center infra-
                                                 structure funds under section 121(h); and
                                                    (C) policies relating to the appropriate roles and con-
                                                 tributions of entities carrying out one-stop partner pro-
                                                 grams within the one-stop delivery system, including ap-
                                                 proaches to facilitating equitable and efficient cost alloca-
                                                 tion in such system;
                                              (7) the development of strategies for øtechnological improve-
                                            ments to facilitate access¿ improvements in the use of digital
                                            technology to facilitate and expand access to, and improve the
                                            quality of, services and activities provided through the one-stop
                                            delivery system, including such improvements to—
                                                    (A) enhance digital literacy skills (as defined in section
                                                 202 of the Museum and Library Services Act (20 U.S.C.
                                                 9101); referred to in this Act as ‘‘digital literacy skills’’);
                                                    ø(B) accelerate the acquisition of skills and recognized
                                                 postsecondary credentials by participants;
                                                    ø(C) strengthen the professional development of pro-
                                                 viders and workforce professionals; and¿
                                                    (B) accelerate—
                                                        (i) the acquisition of skills, competencies, and recog-
                                                      nized postsecondary credentials by participants with
                                                      respect to an in-demand industry sector or occupation
                                                      in a State or local area; and
                                                        (ii) the matching of participants to career pathways
                                                      and employment opportunities based on the skills, com-
                                                      petencies, and recognized postsecondary credentials at-
                                                      tained by such participants;
                                                    (C) strengthen the professional development of providers
                                                 and workforce professionals, ensuring professional develop-
                                                 ment activities include—
                                                        (i) trauma-informed practices and human-centered
                                                      design that serve individuals with barriers to employ-
                                                      ment;
                                                        (ii) preparing providers and workforce professionals
                                                      to use the latest technology;
                                                        (iii) accessing and understanding labor market data;
                                                      and
                                                        (iv) ensuring equitable access and service delivery for
                                                      individuals who have been historically underserved,
                                                      marginalized, and adversely affected as a result of
                                                      race, ethnicity, or gender, including training on cus-
                                                      tomer-centered service delivery, racial bias, cultural




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00144   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     141

                                                    competence, occupational stereotyping, and strategies
                                                    for increasing participant and worker voices; and
                                                  (D) ensure such technology is accessible to individuals
                                               øwith disabilities and individuals¿ with barriers to employ-
                                               ment, including individuals with disabilities, and to indi-
                                               viduals residing in remote areas;
                                             (8) the development of strategies for aligning technology and
                                          data systems across one-stop partner programs to enhance
                                          service delivery and improve efficiencies in reporting on per-
                                          formance accountability measures (including the design and
                                          implementation of common intake, data collection, case man-
                                          agement information, and performance accountability measure-
                                          ment and reporting processes and the incorporation of local
                                          input into such design and implementation, to improve coordi-
                                          nation of services across one-stop partner programs);
                                             (9) the development of allocation formulas for the distribu-
                                          tion of funds for employment and training activities for adults,
                                          and youth workforce investment activities, to local areas as
                                          permitted under sections 128(b)(3) and 133(b)(3);
                                             (10) the preparation of the annual reports described in para-
                                          graphs (1) and (2) of section 116(d);
                                             (11) the development of the statewide workforce and labor
                                          market information system described in section 15(e) of the
                                          Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l-2(e)); and
                                             (12) the development of such other policies as may promote
                                          statewide objectives for, and enhance the performance of, the
                                          workforce development system in the State.
                                       (e) ALTERNATIVE ENTITY.—
                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—For the purposes of complying with sub-
                                          sections (a), (b), and (c), a State may use any State entity (in-
                                          cluding a State council, State workforce development board
                                          (within the meaning of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998,
                                          as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this
                                          Act), combination of regional workforce development boards, or
                                          similar entity) that—
                                                  (A) was in existence on the day before the date of enact-
                                               ment of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998;
                                                  (B) is substantially similar to the State board described
                                               in subsections (a) through (c); and
                                                  (C) includes representatives of business in the State and
                                               representatives of labor organizations in the State.
                                             (2) REFERENCES.—A reference in this Act, or a core program
                                          provision that is not in this Act, to a State board shall be con-
                                          sidered to include such an entity.
                                       (f) CONFLICT OF INTEREST.—A member of a State board may
                                     not—
                                             (1) vote on a matter under consideration by the State
                                          board—
                                                  (A) regarding the provision of services by such member
                                               (or by an entity that such member represents); or
                                                  (B) that would provide direct financial benefit to such
                                               member or the immediate family of such member; or
                                             (2) engage in any other activity determined by the Governor
                                          to constitute a conflict of interest as specified in the State plan.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00145   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     142

                                       (g) SUNSHINE PROVISION.—The State board shall make available
                                     to the public, on a regular basis through electronic means and open
                                     meetings, information regarding the activities of the State board,
                                     including information regarding the State plan, or a modification
                                     to the State plan, prior to submission of the plan or modification
                                     of the plan, respectively, information regarding membership, and,
                                     on request, minutes of formal meetings of the State board.
                                       (h) AUTHORITY TO HIRE STAFF.—
                                            (1) IN GENERAL.—The State board may hire a director and
                                          other staff to assist in carrying out the functions described in
                                          subsection (d) using funds available as described in section
                                          129(b)(3) or 134(a)(3)(B)(i).
                                            (2) QUALIFICATIONS.—The State board shall establish and
                                          apply a set of objective qualifications for the position of direc-
                                          tor, that ensures that the individual selected has the requisite
                                          knowledge, skills, and abilities, to meet identified benchmarks
                                          and to assist in effectively carrying out the functions of the
                                          State board.
                                            (3) LIMITATION ON RATE.—The director and staff described in
                                          paragraph (1) shall be subject to the limitations on the pay-
                                          ment of salary and bonuses described in section 194(15).
                                     SEC. 102. UNIFIED STATE PLAN.
                                       (a) PLAN.—For a State to be eligible to receive allotments for the
                                     core programs, the Governor shall submit to the Secretary of Labor
                                     for the approval process described under subsection (c)(2), a unified
                                     State plan. The unified State plan shall outline a 4-year strategy
                                     for the core programs of the State and meet the requirements of
                                     this section.
                                       (b) CONTENTS.—
                                            ø(1) STRATEGIC PLANNING ELEMENTS.—The unified State
                                          plan shall include strategic planning elements consisting of a
                                          strategic vision and goals for preparing an educated and
                                          skilled workforce, that include—
                                                  ø(A) an analysis of the economic conditions in the State,
                                               including—
                                                       ø(i) existing and emerging in-demand industry sec-
                                                    tors and occupations; and
                                                       ø(ii) the employment needs of employers, including
                                                    a description of the knowledge, skills, and abilities,
                                                    needed in those industries and occupations;
                                                  ø(B) an analysis of the current workforce, employment
                                               and unemployment data, labor market trends, and the
                                               educational and skill levels of the workforce, including in-
                                               dividuals with barriers to employment (including individ-
                                               uals with disabilities), in the State;
                                                  ø(C) an analysis of the workforce development activities
                                               (including education and training) in the State, including
                                               an analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of such activi-
                                               ties, and the capacity of State entities to provide such ac-
                                               tivities, in order to address the identified education and
                                               skill needs of the workforce and the employment needs of
                                               employers in the State;
                                                  ø(D) a description of the State’s strategic vision and
                                               goals for preparing an educated and skilled workforce (in-
                                               cluding preparing youth and individuals with barriers to




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00146   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     143

                                                 employment) and for meeting the skilled workforce needs
                                                 of employers, including goals relating to performance ac-
                                                 countability measures based on primary indicators of per-
                                                 formance described in section 116(b)(2)(A), in order to sup-
                                                 port economic growth and economic self-sufficiency, and of
                                                 how the State will assess the overall effectiveness of the
                                                 workforce investment system in the State; and
                                                    ø(E) taking into account analyses described in subpara-
                                                 graphs (A) through (C), a strategy for aligning the core
                                                 programs, as well as other resources available to the State,
                                                 to achieve the strategic vision and goals described in sub-
                                                 paragraph (D).¿
                                              (1) STRATEGIC PLANNING ELEMENTS.—The unified State plan
                                            shall include strategic planning elements consisting of a stra-
                                            tegic vision and goals for preparing an educated and skilled
                                            workforce, that include—
                                                    (A) a summary and conclusions of analysis conducted of
                                                 the economic conditions in the State using labor market in-
                                                 formation, including—
                                                         (i) existing and emerging in-demand industry sectors
                                                      and occupations;
                                                         (ii) the industry or sector partnerships within the
                                                      State and the opportunities for expansion of such part-
                                                      nerships to support sector-specific initiatives;
                                                         (iii) projected industries or sectors within the State
                                                      expected to decline or face significant changes in em-
                                                      ployment opportunities; and
                                                         (iv) the employment needs of employers, including a
                                                      description of the knowledge, skills, competencies, and
                                                      abilities currently needed and projected to be needed,
                                                      in those industries and occupations;
                                                    (B) a summary and conclusions of analysis conducted of
                                                 the current workforce using labor market information, em-
                                                 ployment and unemployment data, labor market trends,
                                                 and the educational and skill levels of the workforce, in-
                                                 cluding individuals with barriers to employment, in the
                                                 State;
                                                    (C) an analysis of the workforce development activities
                                                 (including supportive services, career services, education,
                                                 and training) in the State, in coordination with the Per-
                                                 kins-eligible agency in the State, in order to address the
                                                 identified education and skill needs of the workforce and
                                                 the employment needs of employers in the State, includ-
                                                 ing—
                                                         (i) an analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of
                                                      such activities;
                                                         (ii) the capacity of State entities to provide such ac-
                                                      tivities that meet the specific needs of youth, including
                                                      opportunity youth, and individuals with barriers to
                                                      employment;
                                                         (iii) an analysis of educational, skill, and competency
                                                      levels of individuals served by the workforce system as
                                                      compared to such levels required to address the em-
                                                      ployment needs in the State; and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00147   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     144

                                                          (iv) an analysis of the career pathways offered within
                                                       the State, including an analysis of how such pathways
                                                       are aligned to the education and training needs of the
                                                       current and future workforce within the State, and the
                                                       development and expansion of career pathways to meet
                                                       current and future workforce needs;
                                                     (D) a description of—
                                                          (i) the State’s strategic vision and goals for preparing
                                                       an educated and skilled workforce, including preparing
                                                       youth (including opportunity youth), and individuals
                                                       with barriers to employment and for meeting the
                                                       skilled workforce needs of employers (including in ex-
                                                       isting and emerging in-demand industry sectors and
                                                       occupations as identified by the State), and goals of the
                                                       State relating to performance accountability measures
                                                       based on primary indicators of performance described
                                                       in section 116(b)(2)(A), in order to support economic
                                                       growth and economic self-sufficiency;
                                                          (ii) how the State will assess the overall effectiveness
                                                       of the workforce investment system in the State;
                                                          (iii) the career pathways offered within the State, in-
                                                       cluding an analysis of how such pathways are aligned
                                                       to the education and training needs of the current and
                                                       future workforce within the State, and the development
                                                       and expansion of career pathways to meet current and
                                                       future workforce needs; and
                                                          (iv) how the State will work with local areas to
                                                       achieve equitable service delivery and outcomes for in-
                                                       dividuals with barriers to employment, including em-
                                                       ployment and earnings outcomes by applying the infor-
                                                       mation provided in the State equity report, for such
                                                       State under section 116(f);
                                                     (E) a description of strategies the State intends to adopt
                                                   to achieve the vision and each goal described in subpara-
                                                   graph (D) through—
                                                          (i) joint planning, alignment, coordination, and
                                                       leveraging of funds between—
                                                                (I) core programs under this Act; and
                                                                (II) other Federal programs, as determined ap-
                                                             propriate by the State, such as—
                                                                     (aa) programs and activities under the Carl
                                                                   D. Perkins Career and Technical Education
                                                                   Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq.);
                                                                     (bb) programs under the Elementary and
                                                                   Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                   6301 et seq.);
                                                                     (cc) programs under the Individuals with
                                                                   Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et
                                                                   seq.);
                                                                     (dd) programs under the Higher Education
                                                                   Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.);
                                                                     (ee) apprenticeship programs; and
                                                                     (ff) the Medicaid program under title XIX of
                                                                   the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et
                                                                   seq.); and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00148   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     145

                                                          (ii) the provision of information about access to
                                                       available State assistance or assistance under related
                                                       Federal programs, including such assistance under—
                                                                (I) section 6(d) of the Food and Nutrition Act of
                                                             2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(d));
                                                                (II) section 3672(c)(1) of title 38, United States
                                                             Code;
                                                                (III) section 231 of the Second Chance Act of
                                                             2007 (34 U.S.C. 60541); and
                                                                (IV) the State Temporary Assistance for Needy
                                                             Families programs under part A of title IV of the
                                                             Social Security Act.
                                                (2) PLAN DEVELOPMENT.—
                                                     (A) IN GENERAL.—The Governor and State board shall—
                                                          (i) develop the unified State plan in consultation
                                                       with—
                                                                (I) representatives of local boards and chief elect-
                                                             ed officials;
                                                                (II) the community colleges in the State;
                                                                (III) eligible providers of training services, in-
                                                             cluding eligible providers of nontraditional train-
                                                             ing services and eligible providers of apprentice-
                                                             ship programs and pre-apprenticeship programs,
                                                             and eligible providers of on-the-job training, cus-
                                                             tomized training, incumbent worker training, in-
                                                             ternships, paid or unpaid work experience opportu-
                                                             nities, or transitional jobs, secondary schools and
                                                             institutions of higher education (including institu-
                                                             tions offering career and technical education pro-
                                                             grams, minority-serving institutions, and histori-
                                                             cally Black colleges and universities), and pro-
                                                             viders of supported employment services;
                                                                (IV) interested community representatives, in-
                                                             cluding community-based organizations;
                                                                (V) individuals with barriers to employment or
                                                             organizations representing such individuals;
                                                                (VI) representatives of business and industry, in-
                                                             cluding representatives of small business and rep-
                                                             resentatives of industry and sector partnerships in
                                                             the State;
                                                                (VII) representatives of labor organizations and
                                                             joint labor-management organizations in the State;
                                                                (VIII) representatives of agencies serving oppor-
                                                             tunity youth, and homeless children and youth, in-
                                                             cluding the State Coordinator for Education of
                                                             Homeless Children and Youths established or des-
                                                             ignated under section 722(d)(3) of the McKinney-
                                                             Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                             11432(d)(3));
                                                                (IX) representatives of Indian tribes and tribal
                                                             organizations located in, or providing services in,
                                                             the State;
                                                                (X) representatives of the Perkins-eligible agency;
                                                                (XI) representatives of the adult education and
                                                             literacy community; and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00149   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     146

                                                                (XII) other primary stakeholders; and
                                                          (ii) consult the heads of other State agencies with re-
                                                       spect to the development of the unified State plan, in-
                                                       cluding the State designated unit under subparagraph
                                                       (A) of section 101(a)(11) of the Rehabilitation Act of
                                                       1973.
                                                    (B) PUBLIC COMMENT.—
                                                          (i) WRITTEN COMMENTS.—Not less than 60 days prior
                                                       to submission of the unified State plan, the Governor
                                                       shall provide stakeholders described in subparagraph
                                                       (A)(i) with the opportunity to provide written comments
                                                       on the unified State plan that shall—
                                                                (I) be included in the final unified State plan;
                                                             and
                                                                (II) include comments on whether and how the
                                                             unified State plan—
                                                                      (aa) meets the requirements of this Act;
                                                                      (bb) supports the improvement of perform-
                                                                   ance of individuals with barriers to employ-
                                                                   ment;
                                                                      (cc) supports the employment needs of the
                                                                   State (including the business community,
                                                                   labor organizations, education and training
                                                                   providers, and other relevant parties), includ-
                                                                   ing in the design and content of the training,
                                                                   work experience, career exploration, on-the-job
                                                                   training, and other career and training activi-
                                                                   ties (including information related to employ-
                                                                   ment opportunities, wage rates, benefits, career
                                                                   pathways, and in-demand industry sectors
                                                                   and occupations); and
                                                                      (dd) takes into account collective bargaining
                                                                   agreements that include training or subsidized
                                                                   employment, including how the elements of
                                                                   such training or employment may affect the
                                                                   bargaining agreement (such as wages, bene-
                                                                   fits, and other factors).
                                                          (ii) STATE WORKFORCE AGENCY RESPONSE.—Each
                                                       unified State plan shall include a written response to
                                                       the comments provided by stakeholders under clause
                                                       (i).
                                                ø(2)¿ (3) OPERATIONAL PLANNING ELEMENTS.—
                                                    (A) IN GENERAL.—The unified State plan shall include
                                                  the operational planning elements contained in this para-
                                                  graph, which shall support the strategy described in para-
                                                  graph (1)(E), including a description of how the State
                                                  board will implement the functions under section 101(d).
                                                    (B) IMPLEMENTATION OF STATE STRATEGY.—The unified
                                                  State plan shall describe how the lead State agency with
                                                  responsibility for the administration of a core program will
                                                  implement the strategy described in paragraph (1)(E), in-
                                                  cluding a description of—
                                                          (i) the activities that will be funded by the entities
                                                       carrying out the respective core programs to imple-
                                                       ment the strategy and how such activities will be




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00150   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     147

                                                        aligned across the programs and among the entities
                                                        administering the programs, including using co-enroll-
                                                        ment and other strategies;
                                                           (ii) how the activities described in clause (i) will be
                                                        aligned with activities provided under employment,
                                                        training, education, including career and technical
                                                        education, and human services programs not covered
                                                        by the plan, as appropriate, assuring coordination of,
                                                        and avoiding duplication among, the activities referred
                                                        to in this clause;
                                                           (iii) how the entities carrying out the respective core
                                                        programs will coordinate activities and provide com-
                                                        prehensive, high-quality services including supportive
                                                        services, to individuals;
                                                           (iv) how the State’s strategy will engage the State’s
                                                        community øcolleges and area career and technical
                                                        education schools¿ colleges, secondary schools and area
                                                        career and technical education schools, and adult edu-
                                                        cation providers under title II as partners in the work-
                                                        force development system and enable the State to le-
                                                        verage other Federal, State, and local investments
                                                        that have enhanced access to workforce development
                                                        programs at those institutions;
                                                           (v) how the activities described in clause (i) will be
                                                        coordinated with economic development strategies and
                                                        activities in the State; øand¿
                                                           ø(vi) how the State’s strategy will improve access to
                                                        activities leading to a recognized postsecondary cre-
                                                        dential (including a credential that is an industry-rec-
                                                        ognized certificate or certification, portable, and
                                                        stackable).¿
                                                           (vi) how the State’s strategy will—
                                                                 (I) improve access to activities leading to a recog-
                                                              nized postsecondary credential (including creden-
                                                              tials that are portable, stackable, and aligned to
                                                              high-skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry sec-
                                                              tors and occupations); and
                                                                 (II) assess and validate the skills and com-
                                                              petencies of such credentials and alignment to new
                                                              or existing career pathways; and
                                                           (vii) how the State will work with local areas to
                                                        achieve equitable service delivery and outcomes for in-
                                                        dividuals with barriers to employment by applying the
                                                        information provided in the State equity report for
                                                        such State under section 116(f).
                                                      (C) STATE OPERATING SYSTEMS AND POLICIES.—The uni-
                                                   fied State plan shall describe the State operating systems
                                                   and policies that will support the implementation of the
                                                   strategy described in paragraph (1)(E), including a descrip-
                                                   tion of—
                                                           (i) the State board, including the activities to assist
                                                        members of the State board and the staff of such
                                                        board in carrying out the functions of the State board
                                                        effectively (but funds for such activities may not be




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00151   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     148

                                                       used for long-distance travel expenses for training or
                                                       development activities available locally or regionally);
                                                          (ii)(I) how the respective core programs will be as-
                                                       sessed each year, including an assessment of the qual-
                                                       ity, effectiveness, and improvement of programs (ana-
                                                       lyzed by local area, or by provider), based on State
                                                       performance accountability measures described in sec-
                                                       tion 116(b); and
                                                          (II) how other one-stop partner programs will be as-
                                                       sessed each year;
                                                          (iii) the results of an assessment of the effectiveness
                                                       of the core programs and other one-stop partner pro-
                                                       grams during the preceding 2-year period;
                                                          (iv) the methods and factors the State will use in
                                                       distributing funds under the core programs, in accord-
                                                       ance with the provisions authorizing such distribu-
                                                       tions;
                                                          (v)(I) how the lead State agencies with responsibility
                                                       for the administration of the core programs will align
                                                       and integrate available workforce and education data
                                                       on core programs, unemployment insurance programs,
                                                       and education through postsecondary education;
                                                          (II) how such agencies will use the workforce devel-
                                                       opment system to assess the progress of participants
                                                       that are exiting from core programs in entering, per-
                                                       sisting in, and completing postsecondary education, or
                                                       entering or remaining in employment; and
                                                          (III) the privacy safeguards incorporated in such
                                                       system, including safeguards required by section 444
                                                       of the General Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C.
                                                       1232g) and other applicable Federal laws;
                                                          (vi) how the State will implement the priority of
                                                       service provisions for veterans in accordance with the
                                                       requirements of section 4215 of title 38, United States
                                                       Code;
                                                          (vii) how the one-stop delivery system, including
                                                       one-stop operators and the one-stop partners, will
                                                       comply with section 188, if applicable, and applicable
                                                       provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of
                                                       1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), regarding the physical
                                                       and programmatic accessibility of facilities, programs,
                                                       services, technology, and materials, for individuals
                                                       with disabilities, including complying through pro-
                                                       viding staff training and support for addressing the
                                                       needs of individuals with disabilities; and
                                                          (viii) such other operational planning elements as
                                                       the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education,
                                                       as appropriate, determines to be necessary for effec-
                                                       tive State operating systems and policies.
                                                     (D) PROGRAM-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.—The unified
                                                   State plan shall include—
                                                          (i) with respect to activities carried out under sub-
                                                       title B, a description of—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00152   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     149

                                                                   (I) State policies or guidance, for the statewide
                                                                workforce development system and for use of
                                                                State funds for workforce investment activities;
                                                                   (II) the local areas designated in the State, in-
                                                                cluding the process used for designating local
                                                                areas, and the process used for identifying any
                                                                planning regions under section 106(a), including a
                                                                description of how the State consulted with the
                                                                ølocal boards and chief elected officials in deter-
                                                                mining the planning regions¿ State economic de-
                                                                velopment agency to support alignment to the ex-
                                                                tent practicable, local boards and chief elected offi-
                                                                cials in determining the planning regions and
                                                                work of such regions;
                                                                   (III) the appeals process referred to in section
                                                                106(b)(6), relating to designation of local areas;
                                                                   (IV) the appeals process referred to in section
                                                                121(h)(2)(E), relating to determinations for infra-
                                                                structure funding; and
                                                                   (V) with respect to youth workforce investment
                                                                activities authorized in section 129, information
                                                                identifying the criteria to be used by local boards
                                                                in awarding grants for youth workforce invest-
                                                                ment activities and describing how the local
                                                                boards will take into consideration the ability of
                                                                the providers to meet performance accountability
                                                                measures based on primary indicators of perform-
                                                                ance for the youth program as described in section
                                                                116(b)(2)(A)(ii) in awarding such grants;
                                                             (ii) with respect to activities carried out under title
                                                          II, a description of—
                                                                   (I) how the eligible agency will, if applicable,
                                                                align content standards for adult education with
                                                                challenging State academic standards, as adopted
                                                                under section 1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and
                                                                Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                6311(b)(1));
                                                                   (II) how the State will fund local activities using
                                                                considerations specified in section 231(e) for—
                                                                        (aa) activities under section 231(b);
                                                                        (bb) programs for corrections education
                                                                      under section 225;
                                                                        (cc) programs for integrated English literacy
                                                                      and civics education under section 243; and
                                                                        (dd) integrated education and training;
                                                                   (III) how the State will use the funds to carry
                                                                out activities under section 223;
                                                                   (IV) how the State will use the funds to carry
                                                                out activities under section 243;
                                                                   (V) how the eligible agency will assess the qual-
                                                                ity of providers of adult education and literacy ac-
                                                                tivities under title II and take actions to improve
                                                                such quality, including providing the activities de-
                                                                scribed in section 223(a)(1)(B); and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00153   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     150

                                                                (VI) how the eligible agency will promote the
                                                             professionalization of adult education through the
                                                             adoption of full-time staffing models, including, at
                                                             the eligible agency’s discretion, how the eligible
                                                             agency will give funding priority to local providers
                                                             that have adopted such models;
                                                          (iii) with respect to programs carried out under title
                                                       I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720 et
                                                       seq.), other than section 112 or part C of that title (29
                                                       U.S.C. 732, 741), the information described in section
                                                       101(a) of that Act (29 U.S.C. 721(a)); and
                                                          (iv) information on such additional specific require-
                                                       ments for a program referenced in any of clauses (i)
                                                       through (iii) or the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49
                                                       et seq.) as the Secretary of Labor determines to be
                                                       necessary to administer that program but cannot rea-
                                                       sonably be applied across all such programs.
                                                     (E) ASSURANCES.—The unified State plan shall include
                                                   assurances—
                                                          (i) that the State has established a policy identifying
                                                       circumstances that may present a conflict of interest
                                                       for a State board or local board member, or the entity
                                                       or class of officials that the member represents, and
                                                       procedures to resolve such conflicts;
                                                          (ii) that the State has established a policy to provide
                                                       to the public (including individuals with disabilities)
                                                       access to meetings of State boards and local boards,
                                                       and information regarding activities of State boards
                                                       and local boards, such as data on board membership
                                                       and minutes;
                                                          (iii)(I) that the lead State agencies with responsi-
                                                       bility for the administration of core programs reviewed
                                                       and commented on the appropriate operational plan-
                                                       ning elements of the unified State plan, and approved
                                                       the elements as serving the needs of the populations
                                                       served by such programs, ensuring that services and
                                                       resources are accessible throughout the State and local
                                                       areas, including in urban, rural and suburban areas;
                                                       and
                                                          ø(II) that the State obtained input into the develop-
                                                       ment of the unified State plan and provided an oppor-
                                                       tunity for comment on the plan by representatives of
                                                       local boards and chief elected officials, businesses,
                                                       labor organizations, institutions of higher education,
                                                       other primary stakeholders, and the general public
                                                       and that the unified State plan is available and acces-
                                                       sible to the general public;¿
                                                          (II) that the State obtained input into the develop-
                                                       ment of the unified State plan and provided an oppor-
                                                       tunity for comment on the plan by the individuals list-
                                                       ed in subsection (b)(2)(A)(i), and that the unified State
                                                       plan is published on a publicly accessible website;
                                                          (iv) that the State has established, in accordance
                                                       with section 116(i), fiscal control and fund accounting
                                                       procedures that may be necessary to ensure the proper




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00154   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     151

                                                        disbursement of, and accounting for, funds paid to the
                                                        State through allotments made for adult, dislocated
                                                        worker, and youth programs to carry out workforce in-
                                                        vestment activities under chapters 2 and 3 of subtitle
                                                        B;
                                                           (v) that the State has taken appropriate action to se-
                                                        cure compliance with uniform administrative require-
                                                        ments in this Act, including that the State will annu-
                                                        ally monitor local areas to ensure compliance and oth-
                                                        erwise take appropriate action to secure compliance
                                                        with the uniform administrative requirements under
                                                        section 184(a)(3);
                                                           (vi) that the State has taken the appropriate action
                                                        to be in compliance with section 188, if applicable;
                                                           (vii) that the Federal funds received to carry out a
                                                        core program will not be expended for any purpose
                                                        other than for activities authorized with respect to
                                                        such funds under that core program;
                                                           (viii) that the eligible agency under title II will—
                                                                 (I) expend the funds appropriated to carry out
                                                              that title only in a manner consistent with fiscal
                                                              requirements under section 241(a) (regarding sup-
                                                              plement and not supplant provisions); and
                                                                 (II) ensure that there is at least 1 eligible pro-
                                                              vider serving each local area;
                                                           (ix) that the State will pay an appropriate share (as
                                                        defined by the State board) of the costs of carrying out
                                                        section 116, from funds made available through each
                                                        of the core programs; øand¿
                                                           (x) regarding such other matters as the Secretary of
                                                        Labor or the Secretary of Education, as appropriate,
                                                        determines to be necessary for the administration of
                                                        the core programsø.¿;
                                                           (xi) that the employment services authorized under
                                                        sections 1 through 13 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29
                                                        U.S.C. 49 et seq.) are performed by public employees
                                                        under a merit system; and
                                                           (xii) that the State will not prohibit self-attestation
                                                        in a manner consistent with section 402A(e) of the
                                                        Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a–11(e))
                                                        as a means for determining eligibility for a program or
                                                        service under this Act of any individual who is so self-
                                                        attesting.
                                                 ø(3)¿ (4) EXISTING ANALYSIS.—As appropriate, a State may
                                              use an existing analysis in order to carry out the requirements
                                              of paragraph (1) concerning an analysis.
                                           (c) PLAN SUBMISSION AND APPROVAL.—
                                                 (1) SUBMISSION.—
                                                      (A) INITIAL PLAN.—The initial unified State plan under
                                                   this section (after the date of enactment of øthe Workforce
                                                   Innovation and Opportunity Act¿ the Workforce Innovation
                                                   and Opportunity Act of 2022) shall be submitted to the
                                                   Secretary of Labor not later than 120 days prior to the
                                                   commencement of the second full program year after the
                                                   date of enactment of this Act.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00155   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     152

                                                   (B) SUBSEQUENT PLANS.—Except as provided in subpara-
                                                graph (A), a unified State plan shall be submitted to the
                                                Secretary of Labor not later than 120 days prior to the end
                                                of the 4-year period covered by the preceding unified State
                                                plan.
                                              (2) SUBMISSION AND APPROVAL.—
                                                   (A) SUBMISSION.—In approving a unified State plan
                                                under this section, the Secretary shall submit the portion
                                                of the unified State plan covering a program or activity to
                                                the head of the Federal agency that administers the pro-
                                                gram or activity for the approval of such portion by such
                                                head.
                                                   (B) APPROVAL.—A unified State plan shall be subject to
                                                the approval of both the Secretary of Labor and the Sec-
                                                retary of Education, after approval of the Commissioner of
                                                the Rehabilitation Services Administration for the portion
                                                of the plan described in subsection (b)(2)(D)(iii). The plan
                                                shall be considered to be approved at the end of the 90-day
                                                period beginning on the day the plan is submitted, unless
                                                the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education
                                                makes a written determination, during the 90-day period,
                                                that the plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this
                                                section or the provisions authorizing the core programs, as
                                                appropriate.
                                              (3) MODIFICATIONS.—
                                                   (A) MODIFICATIONS.—At the end of the first 2-year pe-
                                                riod of any 4-year unified State plan, the State board shall
                                                review the unified State plan, and the Governor shall sub-
                                                mit modifications to the plan to reflect changes in labor
                                                market and economic conditions or in other factors affect-
                                                ing the implementation of the unified State plan.
                                                   (B) APPROVAL.—A modified unified State plan submitted
                                                for the review required under subparagraph (A) shall be
                                                subject to the approval requirements described in para-
                                                graph (2). A Governor may submit a modified unified State
                                                plan at such other times as the Governor determines to be
                                                appropriate, and such modified unified State plan shall
                                                also be subject to the approval requirements described in
                                                paragraph (2).
                                              ø(4) EARLY IMPLEMENTERS.—The Secretary of Labor, in con-
                                            junction with the Secretary of Education, shall establish a
                                            process for approving and may approve unified State plans
                                            that meet the requirements of this section and are submitted
                                            to cover periods commencing prior to the second full program
                                            year described in paragraph (1)(A).¿
                                     SEC. 103. COMBINED STATE PLAN.
                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—
                                            (1) AUTHORITY TO SUBMIT PLAN.—A State may develop and
                                            submit to the appropriate Secretaries a combined State plan
                                            for the core programs and 1 or more of the programs and ac-
                                            tivities described in paragraph (2) in lieu of submitting 2 or
                                            more plans, for the programs and activities and the core pro-
                                            grams.
                                               (2) PROGRAMS.—The programs and activities referred to in
                                            paragraph (1) are as follows:




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00156   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     153

                                                      (A) Career and technical education programs authorized
                                                   under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education
                                                   Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq.).
                                                      (B) Programs authorized under part A of title IV of the
                                                   Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.).
                                                      (C) Programs authorized under section 6(d)(4) of the
                                                   Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(d)(4)).
                                                      (D) Work programs authorized under section 6(o) of the
                                                   Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(o)).
                                                      (E) Activities authorized under chapter 2 of title II of the
                                                   Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2271 et seq.).
                                                      (F) Activities authorized under chapter 41 of title 38,
                                                   United States Code.
                                                      (G) Programs authorized under State unemployment
                                                   compensation laws (in accordance with applicable Federal
                                                   law).
                                                      (H) Programs authorized under title V of the Older
                                                   Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056 et seq.).
                                                      (I) Employment and training activities carried out by the
                                                   Department of Housing and Urban Development.
                                                      (J) Employment and training activities carried out under
                                                   the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9901
                                                   et seq.).
                                                      (K) Programs authorized under section 212 of the Second
                                                   Chance Act of 2007 (42 U.S.C. 17532).
                                                      (L) State Apprenticeship Agencies, as applicable.
                                           (b) REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                 (1) IN GENERAL.—The portion of a combined plan covering
                                              the core programs shall be subject to the requirements of sec-
                                              tion 102 (including section 102(c)(3)). The portion of such plan
                                              covering a program or activity described in subsection (a)(2)
                                              shall be subject to the requirements, if any, applicable to a
                                              plan or application for assistance for that program or activity,
                                              under the Federal law authorizing the program or activity. At
                                              the election of the State, section 102(c)(3) may apply to that
                                              portion.
                                                 (2) ADDITIONAL SUBMISSION NOT REQUIRED.—A State that
                                              submits a combined plan that is approved under subsection (c)
                                              shall not be required to submit any other plan or application
                                              in order to receive Federal funds to carry out the core pro-
                                              grams or the program or activities described in subsection
                                              (a)(2) that are covered by the combined plan.
                                                 (3) COORDINATION.—A combined plan shall include—
                                                      (A) a description of the methods used for joint planning
                                                   and coordination of the core programs and the other pro-
                                                   grams and activities covered by the combined plan; and
                                                      (B) an assurance that the methods included an oppor-
                                                   tunity for the entities responsible for planning or admin-
                                                   istering the core programs and the other programs and ac-
                                                   tivities to review and comment on all portions of the com-
                                                   bined plan.
                                           (c) APPROVAL BY THE APPROPRIATE SECRETARIES.—
                                                 (1) JURISDICTION.—The appropriate Secretary shall have the
                                              authority to approve the corresponding portion of a combined
                                              plan as described in subsection (d). On the approval of the ap-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00157   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     154

                                         propriate Secretary, that portion of the combined plan, cov-
                                         ering a program or activity, shall be implemented by the State
                                         pursuant to that portion of the combined plan, and the Federal
                                         law authorizing the program or activity.
                                            (2) APPROVAL OF CORE PROGRAMS.—No portion of the plan re-
                                         lating to a core program shall be implemented until the appro-
                                         priate Secretary approves the corresponding portions of the
                                         plan for all core programs.
                                            (3) TIMING OF APPROVAL.—
                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraphs
                                              (B) and (C), a portion of the combined State plan covering
                                              the core programs or a program or activity described in
                                              subsection (a)(2) shall be considered to be approved by the
                                              appropriate Secretary at the end of the 90-day period be-
                                              ginning on the day the plan is submitted.
                                                 (B) PLAN APPROVED BY 3 OR MORE APPROPRIATE SECRE-
                                              TARIES.—If an appropriate Secretary other than the Sec-
                                              retary of Labor or the Secretary of Education has author-
                                              ity to approve a portion of a combined plan, that portion
                                              of the combined plan shall be considered to be approved by
                                              the appropriate Secretary at the end of the 120-day period
                                              beginning on the day the plan is submitted.
                                                 (C) DISAPPROVAL.—The portion shall not be considered
                                              to be approved if the appropriate Secretary makes a writ-
                                              ten determination, during the 90-day period (or the 120-
                                              day period, for an appropriate Secretary covered by sub-
                                              paragraph (B)), that the portion is not consistent with the
                                              requirements of the Federal law authorizing or applicable
                                              to the program or activity involved, including the criteria
                                              for approval of a plan or application, if any, under such
                                              law, or the plan is not consistent with the requirements of
                                              this section.
                                            (4) SPECIAL RULE.—In paragraph (3), the term ‘‘criteria for
                                         approval of a plan or application’’, with respect to a State and
                                         a core program or a program under the Carl D. Perkins Career
                                         and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq.),
                                         includes a requirement for agreement between the State and
                                         the appropriate Secretaries regarding State performance meas-
                                         ures or State performance accountability measures, as the case
                                         may be, including levels of performance.
                                       (d) APPROPRIATE SECRETARY.—In this section, the term ‘‘appro-
                                     priate Secretary’’ means—
                                            (1) with respect to the portion of a combined plan relating to
                                         any of the core programs (including a description, and an as-
                                         surance concerning that program, specified in subsection
                                         (b)(3)), the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education;
                                         and
                                            (2) with respect to the portion of a combined plan relating to
                                         a program or activity described in subsection (a)(2) (including
                                         a description, and an assurance concerning that program or ac-
                                         tivity, specified in subsection (b)(3)), the head of the Federal
                                         agency who exercises plan or application approval authority for
                                         the program or activity under the Federal law authorizing the
                                         program or activity, or, if there are no planning or application
                                         requirements for such program or activity, exercises adminis-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00158   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     155

                                             trative authority over the program or activity under that Fed-
                                             eral law.
                                                           CHAPTER 2—LOCAL PROVISIONS
                                     SEC. 106. WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT AREAS.
                                       (a) REGIONS.—
                                            (1) IDENTIFICATION.—Before the second              full program year
                                             after the date of enactment of øthis Act¿ the Workforce Innova-
                                             tion and Opportunity Act of 2022, in order for a State to re-
                                             ceive an allotment under section 127(b) or 132(b) and as part
                                             of the process for developing the State plan, a State shall iden-
                                             tify regions in the State after consultation with the local
                                             boards, the State economic development agency, the State ap-
                                             prenticeship agency, as applicable, and chief elected officials in
                                             the local areas and consistent with the considerations de-
                                             scribed in subsection (b)(1)(B).
                                                (2) TYPES OF REGIONS.—For purposes of this Act, the State
                                             shall identify—
                                                     (A) which regions are comprised of 1 local area that is
                                                  aligned with the region;
                                                     (B) which regions are comprised of 2 or more local areas
                                                  that are (collectively) aligned with the region (referred to
                                                  as planning regions, consistent with section 3); and
                                                     (C) which, of the regions described in subparagraph (B),
                                                  are interstate areas contained within 2 or more States,
                                                  and consist of labor market areas, economic development
                                                  areas, or other appropriate contiguous subareas of those
                                                  States.
                                           (b) LOCAL AREAS.—
                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                     (A) PROCESS.—Except as provided in subsection (d), and
                                                  consistent with paragraphs (2) and (3), in order for a State
                                                  to receive an allotment under section 127(b) or 132(b), the
                                                  Governor of the State shall designate local workforce de-
                                                  velopment areas within the State—
                                                         (i) through consultation with the State board; and
                                                         ø(ii) after consultation with chief elected officials
                                                       and local boards, and after consideration of comments
                                                       received through the public comment process as de-
                                                       scribed in section 102(b)(2)(E)(iii)(II).¿
                                                         (ii) after consultation with the State economic devel-
                                                       opment agency, chief elected officials, and local boards,
                                                       and consideration of comments received through the
                                                       public comment process as described in section
                                                       102(b)(2)(E)(iii)(II).
                                                     (B) CONSIDERATIONS.—The Governor shall designate
                                                  local areas (except for those local areas described in para-
                                                  graphs (2) and (3)) based on considerations consisting of
                                                  the extent to which the areas—
                                                         (i) are consistent with labor market areas in the
                                                       State;
                                                         (ii) are consistent with regional economic develop-
                                                       ment areas in the State; øand¿
                                                         (iii) have available the Federal and non-Federal re-
                                                       sources necessary to effectively administer activities




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00159   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     156

                                                      under subtitle B and other applicable provisions of
                                                      this Act, including whether the areas have the appro-
                                                      priate education and training providers, such as insti-
                                                      tutions of øhigher education and¿ higher education,
                                                      area career and technical education schoolsø.¿, and
                                                      apprenticeship and pre-apprenticeship programs; and
                                                         (iv) improve service delivery and efficiency under the
                                                      workforce development system, and provide for suffi-
                                                      cient access to comprehensive one-stop centers and af-
                                                      filiated sites.
                                                    (C) CONSULTATIONS.—The State economic development
                                                 agency, chief elected officials, and local boards shall pro-
                                                 vide such consultations as requested by the Governor in a
                                                 timely manner.
                                               ø(2) INITIAL DESIGNATION.—During the first 2 full program
                                            years following the date of enactment of this Act, the Governor
                                            shall approve a request for initial designation as a local area
                                            from any area that was designated as a local area for purposes
                                            of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 for the 2-year period
                                            preceding the date of enactment of this Act, performed success-
                                            fully, and sustained fiscal integrity.¿
                                               (2) INITIAL DESIGNATION.—During the first 2 full program
                                            years following the date of enactment of the Workforce Innova-
                                            tion and Opportunity Act of 2022, the Governor shall approve
                                            a request for initial designation as a local area from any area
                                            that—
                                                    (A) was designated as a local area for purposes of this
                                                 Act for the 2-year period preceding the date of enactment of
                                                 the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2022;
                                                    (B) performed successfully; and
                                                    (C) sustained fiscal integrity.
                                               (3) SUBSEQUENT DESIGNATION.—After the period for which a
                                            local area is initially designated under paragraph (2), the Gov-
                                            ernor shall approve a request for subsequent designation as a
                                            local area from such local area, if such area—
                                                    (A) performed successfully;
                                                    (B) sustained fiscal integrity; and
                                                    (C) in the case of a local area in a planning region, met
                                                 the requirements described in subsection (c)(1).
                                               (4) DESIGNATION ON RECOMMENDATION OF STATE BOARD.—
                                            The Governor may approve a request from any unit of general
                                            local government (including a combination of such units) for
                                            designation of an area as a local area if the State board deter-
                                            mines, based on the considerations described in paragraph
                                            (1)(B), and recommends to the Governor, that such area should
                                            be so designated. Such designation may include the combining
                                            of areas that were designated as local areas under this sub-
                                            section before the date of enactment of the Workforce Innovation
                                            and Opportunity Act of 2022 within a region described in sub-
                                            section (a), to form a new, redesignated local area under this
                                            subsection, if all chief elected officials and local boards in the
                                            affected areas agree to such a redesignation.
                                               (5) AREAS SERVED BY RURAL CONCENTRATED EMPLOYMENT
                                            PROGRAMS.—The Governor may approve, under paragraph (2)




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00160   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     157

                                              or (3), a request for designation as a local area from an area
                                              described in section 107(c)(1)(C).
                                                 (6) APPEALS.—A unit of general local government (including
                                              a combination of such units) or grant recipient that requests
                                              but is not granted designation of an area as a local area under
                                              paragraph (2) or (3) may submit an appeal to the State board
                                              under an appeal process established in the State plan. If the
                                              appeal does not result in such a designation, the Secretary of
                                              Labor, after receiving a request for review from the unit or
                                              grant recipient and on determining that the unit or grant re-
                                              cipient was not accorded procedural rights under the appeals
                                              process described in the State plan, as specified in section
                                              102(b)(2)(D)(i)(III), or that the area meets the requirements of
                                              paragraph (2) or (3), may require that the area be designated
                                              as a local area under such paragraph.
                                                 (7) REDESIGNATION ASSISTANCE.—On the request of all of the
                                              local areas in a planning region, the State shall provide fund-
                                              ing from funds made available under sections 128(a) and
                                              133(a)(1) to assist the local areas in carrying out activities to
                                              facilitate the redesignation of the local areas to a single local
                                              area.
                                           (c) REGIONAL COORDINATION.—
                                                 (1) REGIONAL PLANNING.—The local boards and chief elected
                                              officials in each planning region described in subparagraph (B)
                                              or (C) of subsection (a)(2) shall engage in a regional planning
                                              process that results in—
                                                      (A) the preparation of a regional plan, as described in
                                                   paragraph (2);
                                                      (B) the establishment of regional service strategies, in-
                                                   cluding use of cooperative service delivery agreements;
                                                      (C) the development and implementation of sector initia-
                                                   tives for in-demand industry sectors or occupations for the
                                                   region;
                                                      (D) the collection and analysis of regional labor market
                                                   data (in conjunction with the State);
                                                      (E) the establishment of administrative cost arrange-
                                                   ments, including the pooling of funds for administrative
                                                   costs, as appropriate, for the region;
                                                      (F) the coordination of transportation and other sup-
                                                   portive services, and prioritizing such services for individ-
                                                   uals with barriers to employment, as appropriate, for the
                                                   region;
                                                      (G) the coordination of services with regional economic
                                                   development services and providers; øand¿
                                                      (H) the establishment of an agreement concerning how
                                                   the planning region will collectively negotiate and reach
                                                   agreement with Governor on local levels of performance
                                                   for, and report on, the performance accountability meas-
                                                   ures described in section 116(c), for local areas or the plan-
                                                   ning regionø.¿; and
                                                      (I) the analysis of in-demand skills and competencies
                                                   within the region, and corresponding wages offered for jobs
                                                   requiring such skills and competencies.
                                                 (2) REGIONAL PLANS.—The State, after consultation with
                                              local boards and chief elected officials for the planning regions,




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00161   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     158

                                              shall require the local boards and chief elected officials within
                                              a planning region to prepare, submit, and obtain approval of
                                              a single regional plan that includes a description of the activi-
                                              ties described in paragraph (1) and that incorporates local
                                              plans for each of the local areas in the planning region. The
                                              State shall provide technical assistance and labor market data,
                                              as requested by local areas, to assist with such regional plan-
                                              ning and subsequent service delivery efforts.
                                                 (3) REFERENCES.—In this Act, and the core program provi-
                                              sions that are not in this Act:
                                                      (A) LOCAL AREA.—Except as provided in section
                                                   101(d)(9), this section, paragraph (1)(B) or (4) of section
                                                   107(c), or section 107(d)(12)(B), or in any text that provides
                                                   an accompanying provision specifically for a planning re-
                                                   gion, the term ‘‘local area’’ in a provision includes a ref-
                                                   erence to a planning region for purposes of implementation
                                                   of that provision by the corresponding local areas in the re-
                                                   gion.
                                                      (B) LOCAL PLAN.—Except as provided in this subsection,
                                                   the term ‘‘local plan’’ includes a reference to the portion of
                                                   a regional plan developed with respect to the cor-
                                                   responding local area within the region, and any region-
                                                   wide provision of that plan that impacts or relates to the
                                                   local area.
                                           (d) SINGLE STATE LOCAL AREAS.—
                                                 (1) CONTINUATION OF PREVIOUS DESIGNATION.—The Governor
                                              of any State that was a single State local area for purposes of
                                              title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, as in effect on
                                              July 1, 2013, may designate the State as a single State local
                                              area for purposes of this title. In the case of such designation,
                                              the Governor shall identify the State as a local area in the
                                              State plan.
                                                 (2) EFFECT ON LOCAL PLAN AND LOCAL FUNCTIONS.—In any
                                              case in which a State is designated as a local area pursuant
                                              to this subsection, the local plan prepared under section 108
                                              for the area shall be submitted for approval as part of the
                                              State plan. In such a State, the State board shall carry out the
                                              functions of a local board, as specified in this Act or the provi-
                                              sions authorizing a core program, but the State shall not be re-
                                              quired to meet and report on a set of local performance ac-
                                              countability measures.
                                           (e) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section:
                                                 (1) PERFORMED SUCCESSFULLY.—The term ‘‘performed suc-
                                              cessfully’’, used with respect to a local area, means the local
                                              area met or exceeded the adjusted levels of performance for
                                              primary indicators of performance described in section
                                              116(b)(2)(A) ø(or, if applicable, core indicators of performance
                                              described in section 136(b)(2)(A) of the Workforce Investment
                                              Act of 1998, as in effect the day before the date of enactment
                                              of this Act)¿ for each of the last 2 consecutive years for which
                                              data are available preceding the determination of performance
                                              under this paragraph.
                                                 (2) SUSTAINED FISCAL INTEGRITY.—The term ‘‘sustained fiscal
                                              integrity’’, used with respect to a local area, means that the
                                              Secretary has not made a formal determination, during either




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00162   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     159

                                            of the last 2 consecutive years preceding the determination re-
                                            garding such integrity, that either the grant recipient or the
                                            administrative entity of the area misexpended funds provided
                                            under subtitle B ø(or, if applicable, title I of the Workforce In-
                                            vestment Act of 1998 as in effect prior to the effective date of
                                            such subtitle B)¿ due to willful disregard of the requirements
                                            of the provision involved, gross negligence, or failure to comply
                                            with accepted standards of administration.
                                     SEC. 107. LOCAL WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARDS.
                                       (a) ESTABLISHMENT.—Except as provided in subsection (c)(2)(A),
                                     there shall be established, and certified by the Governor of the
                                     State, a local workforce development board in each local area of a
                                     State to carry out the functions described in subsection (d) (and
                                     any functions specified for the local board under this Act or the
                                     provisions establishing a core program) for such area.
                                       (b) MEMBERSHIP.—
                                            (1) STATE CRITERIA.—The Governor, in partnership with the
                                         State board, shall establish criteria for use by chief elected offi-
                                         cials in the local areas for appointment of members of the local
                                         boards in such local areas in accordance with the requirements
                                         of paragraph (2).
                                            (2) COMPOSITION.—Such criteria shall require that, at a min-
                                         imum—
                                                 (A) a majority of the members of each local board shall
                                              be representatives of business in the local area, who—
                                                      (i) are owners of businesses, chief executives or oper-
                                                   ating officers of businesses, or other business execu-
                                                   tives or employers with optimum policymaking or hir-
                                                   ing authority;
                                                      (ii) represent businesses, including small businesses,
                                                   or organizations representing businesses described in
                                                   this clause, that provide employment opportunities
                                                   that, at a minimum, include high-quality, work-rel-
                                                   evant training and development in in-demand indus-
                                                   try sectors or occupations in the local area; and
                                                      (iii) are appointed from among individuals nomi-
                                                   nated by local business organizations and business
                                                   trade associations;
                                                 (B) not less than ø20¿ 30 percent of the members of each
                                              local board shall be representatives of the workforce within
                                              the local area, who—
                                                      (i) shall include representatives of labor organiza-
                                                   tions (for a local area in which employees are rep-
                                                   resented by labor organizations), who have been nomi-
                                                   nated by local labor federations, or (for a local area in
                                                   which no employees are represented by such organiza-
                                                   tions) other representatives of employees;
                                                      (ii) shall include a representative, who shall be a
                                                   member of a labor organization or a training director,
                                                   from a joint labor-management apprenticeship pro-
                                                   gram, or if no such joint program exists in the area,
                                                   such a representative of an apprenticeship program in
                                                   the area, if such a program exists;
                                                      (iii) may include representatives of community-based
                                                   organizations that have demonstrated experience and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00163   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     160

                                                      expertise in addressing the employment needs of indi-
                                                      viduals with barriers to employment, including organi-
                                                      zations that serve veterans or that provide or support
                                                      competitive integrated employment for individuals
                                                      with disabilities; and
                                                         (iv) may include eligible youth and representatives
                                                      of organizations that have demonstrated experience
                                                      and expertise in addressing the employment, training,
                                                      or education needs of eligible youth, including rep-
                                                      resentatives of organizations that serve øout-of-school¿
                                                      opportunity youth;
                                                    (C) each local board shall include representatives of enti-
                                                 ties administering education and training activities in the
                                                 local area, who—
                                                         (i) shall include a representative of eligible providers
                                                      administering adult education and literacy activities
                                                      under title II;
                                                         (ii) shall include a representative of institutions of
                                                      higher education providing workforce investment ac-
                                                      tivities (including community colleges)ø;¿; and
                                                         (iii) may include representatives of local educational
                                                      agencies, and of community-based organizations with
                                                      demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing
                                                      the education or training needs of individuals with
                                                      barriers to employment;
                                                    (D) each local board shall include representatives of gov-
                                                 ernmental and economic and community development enti-
                                                 ties serving the local area, who—
                                                         (i) shall include a representative of economic and
                                                      community development entities;
                                                         (ii) shall include an appropriate representative from
                                                      the State employment service office under the Wag-
                                                      ner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) serving the local
                                                      area;
                                                         (iii) shall include an appropriate representative of
                                                      the programs carried out under title I of the Rehabili-
                                                      tation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq.), other than
                                                      section 112 or part C of that title (29 U.S.C. 732, 741),
                                                      serving the local area;
                                                         (iv) may include representatives of agencies or enti-
                                                      ties administering programs serving the local area re-
                                                      lating to transportation, housing, and public assist-
                                                      ance; and
                                                         (v) may include representatives of philanthropic or-
                                                      ganizations serving the local area; øand¿
                                                    (E) each local board may include such other individuals
                                                 or representatives of entities as the chief elected official in
                                                 the local area may determine to be appropriateø.¿; and
                                                    (F) the members of each local board shall represent di-
                                                 verse demographic populations of the local area.
                                              (3) CHAIRPERSON.—The members of the local board shall
                                            elect a chairperson for the local board from among the rep-
                                            resentatives described in paragraph (2)(A). Each chairperson
                                            shall ensure that each new board member is provided with in-
                                            formation on the local area, employment opportunities (includ-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:14 May 21, 2022   Jkt 047566   PO 00000   Frm 00164   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6601   E:\HR\OC\HR321.XXX   HR321
                                                                                     161

Full text truncated for size; the complete document is in the PDF above.

File and source

File
CRPT_crpt-117hrpt321_crpt-117hrpt321.pdf
Size
1,768,000 bytes
SHA-256
c32144b7fc79124dd310d8733f5fd2983adef43c8dde792549b4cb7051bc6e17
Our copy
CRPT_crpt-117hrpt321_crpt-117hrpt321.pdf
Original
www.govinfo.gov
Back to top